Hyundai Sonata Hybrid 2024 Owner Manual

OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of
publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes
descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely
affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition,
violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications
may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation
and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger Occupant
Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for an improperly
installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems.
For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
01
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F3
Introduction
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use
information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai
has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies
and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website
at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy,
please contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday
through Friday,
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday
between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives
are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F4
Table of contents
Introduction
1
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information
and Reporting Safety Defects
2
Seats & Safety System
3
Instrument Cluster
4
Convenience Features
5
Driving Your Vehicle
6
Driver Assistance System
7
Emergency Situations
8
Maintenance
9
Index
I
1. Introduction
Introduction ......................................................................................................................1-2
HYUNDAI Motor America.................................................................................................1-2
Guide to HYUNDAI genuine parts ...................................................................................1-3
How to use this manual....................................................................................................1-5
Safety messages...............................................................................................................1-6
Fuel requirements ............................................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle modifications.......................................................................................................1-9
Vehicle break-in process................................................................................................ 1-10
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ........................................................ 1-11
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) system ........................................................................... 1-12
Driving your hybrid vehicle ............................................................................................ 1-13
Starting your vehicle................................................................................................... 1-13
Stopping your vehicle................................................................................................. 1-14
Special features........................................................................................................... 1-15
Energy flow...................................................................................................................1-17
Hybrid system gauge..................................................................................................1-22
Warning and indicator lights......................................................................................1-24
Cluster display messages...........................................................................................1-26
Safety precautions for hybrid system ...........................................................................1-28
Hybrid vehicle components .......................................................................................1-28
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off .............................................................................1-32
Countermeasures for accidents or fire......................................................................1-33
1
Introduction
Introduction
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you
to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAI. We are very proud of
the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it,
read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate
your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car
be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to
provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should
be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the
vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and
maintenance information.
HYUNDAI Motor America
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and
lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality
fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed in the "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2023 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
1-2
1
Guide to HYUNDAI genuine parts
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA to
manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety,
performance, and reliability for our customers.
A100A01L
A100A02L
1-3
Introduction
2. Why HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing
requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is
not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI
warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by
any HYUNDAI Warranty.
A100A04L
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in
English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
A100A03L
1-4
1
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the
WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when
looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in
your manual.
Sections: This manual has nine chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief
list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want.
1-5
Introduction
Safety messages
Your safety, and the safety of others are very important. This Owner's Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you
to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, and may damage your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT
SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards.
Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The
safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
1-6
1
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as
well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to perform optimally using unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a
gasohol comprised of 15 % ethanol and 85 % gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15 % ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems
and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline,
and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to
your vehicle's engine and fuel system. Do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding
15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15 % ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
1-7
Introduction
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
• Silicone fuel additive
• Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
• Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst,
or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or
fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Do not use gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help
the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website
(www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems
starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can
purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance
schedule is recommended (refer to the "Scheduled maintenance services" section in
chapter 9).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
1-8
1
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use
unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
Some vehicle interior sounds (including welcome sound, navigation alerts, or warning
sounds) may be generated from the interior speakers and amplifier. Do not replace these
components with anything other than the original HYUNDAI factory parts. Any
unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the vehicle interior sounds that may
affect the intended operation of the vehicle.
1-9
Introduction
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 mi. (1,000 km), you may add to the
performance, economy, and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed (RPM, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000
RPM and 4,000 RPM.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after 4,000 mi. (6,000 km). New engines may consume more
oil during the vehicle break-in period.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm.
1-10
1
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment
or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data
with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties that
have the special equipment, such as law enforcement, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
1-11
Introduction
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) system
1C_HybridDriveSystem
The HYUNDAI Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the
electric motor for power. The electric motor is run by a high voltage hybrid battery.
Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between
the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time.
fuel economy increases when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV
battery.
The hybrid battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on even
at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative
braking.
(1) Startup/Low speed cruise - Electric motor
(2) Acceleration - Electric motor + Engine
(3) High speed cruise - Electric motor or Engine
(4) Deceleration - Charging
(5) Stop
1-12
1
Driving your hybrid vehicle
Starting your vehicle
CAUTION
• Always fasten the seat belt before starting the vehicle.
• Check if the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is applied before starting the vehicle.
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park). You cannot start the vehicle with the gear in N
(Neutral).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button while depressing the brake pedal.
• The READY indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
• If the READY indicator does not illuminate, start the vehicle again.
• Whether the engine is cold or warm, the vehicle should be started without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
4. Depress and hold the brake pedal and shift to the desired position.
5. Release the parking brake and slowly release the brake pedal. Check if the vehicle
slowly moves forward, then depress the accelerator pedal.
1-13
Introduction
Stopping your vehicle
1. Hold down the brake pedal while the vehicle is stopped.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) while depressing the brake pedal.
3. Apply the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button and turn off the engine while depressing the brake
pedal.
• The READY indicator turns off on the instrument cluster.
ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERATION of the Hybrid system
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate and maintain a steady cruising speed.
Do not make “jackrabbit”starts. Do not race between stoplights.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other
vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear out.
• The regenerative brake generates energy when the vehicle decelerates.
• When the hybrid battery power is low, the hybrid system automatically recharges the
hybrid battery.
• When the engine is running with the gear in N (Neutral), the hybrid system cannot
generate electricity. The hybrid battery cannot recharge with the gear in N (Neutral).
Information
In the hybrid system, the engine automatically runs and stops. When the hybrid system
operates, the READY indicator is illuminated.
In the following situation, the engine may operate automatically.
• When the engine is ready to run
• When the hybrid battery is being charged
• Depending on the temperature condition of the hybrid battery
1-14
1
Special features
Hybrid vehicles sound different than gasoline engine vehicles. When the hybrid system
operates, you may hear a sound from the hybrid battery system under the floor. If you
apply the accelerator pedal rapidly, you may hear an unconventional sound. When you
apply the brake pedal, you may hear a sound from the regenerative brake system. When
the hybrid system is turned off or on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment.
If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on, you may
hear a sound in the engine compartment. None of these sounds indicate a problem.
These are normal characteristics of hybrid vehicles.
If any of following occur, it’s a normal condition if you hear a motor sound in the engine
compartment:
• After turning off the hybrid system, the brake pedal is released.
• When the hybrid system is turned off, the brake pedal is applied.
• When the driver door is opened.
When the hybrid system is turned ON, the gasoline engine may run or may not. In this
situation, you may feel a vibration. This does not indicate a malfunction. When the READY
indicator illuminates, the hybrid system is ready to begin driving. Even if the engine is off,
you can operate the vehicle as long as the READY indicator is illuminated.
NOTICE
The hybrid system contains many electronic components. High voltage components,
such as cables and other parts, may emit electromagnetic waves. Even when the
electromagnetic cover blocks electromagnetic emissions, electromagnetic waves may
have an effect on electronic devices. When your vehicle is not used for a long period of
time, the hybrid system will discharge. You need to drive the vehicle several times a
month. We recommend driving at least for 1 hour or 16 km (10 mi.). When the hybrid
battery is discharged, or when it is impossible to jump start the vehicle, we recommend
that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• When you start the hybrid system with the gear in P (Park), the READY indicator
illuminates on the instrument cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle, even when the
gasoline engine is off.
• When you leave the vehicle, you should turn off the hybrid system or shift the gear to
P (Park). When you depress the accelerator pedal by mistake, or when the gear is not
in P (Park), the vehicle will abruptly move, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
1-15
Introduction
Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)
The Virtual Engine Sound System generates virtual engine sound for pedestrians to hear
vehicle sound because there is limited sound while motor power is used.
• When the engine is not running(only motor is running) and the gear is not in P(Park),
the VESS operates.
What does regenerative braking do?
It uses an electric motor when decelerating and when braking and transforms kinetic
energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery.
Battery information
• The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air
conditioner, and a 12 V battery with the hybrid battery that operates the lamps, wipers,
and audio system.
• The 12 V battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready mode
(READY indicator on).
1-16
1
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While
driving, the current energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
Vehicle stop
2C_HybridStop
The vehicle is stopped.
(No energy flow)
Electric mode
2C_HybridMotorDrive
Only the motor power is used to drive the vehicle.
(Battery → Wheel)
1-17
Introduction
Hybrid mode
2C_HybridEngineNMotorDrive
Both the motor and the engine power are used to drive the vehicle.
(Battery & Engine → Wheel)
Fuel engine mode
2C_HybridEngineDrive
Only the engine power is used to drive the vehicle.
(Engine → Wheel)
1-18
1
Engine generation
2C_HybridBatteryCharging
The engine charges the high voltage battery according to the vehicle and surrounding
conditions.
(Engine → Battery)
Regeneration
2C_HybridRegenerating
The high voltage battery is charged up by the regenerative brake system.
(Wheel → Battery)
1-19
Introduction
Engine brake
2C_HybridEngineBrake
The engine braking is used to decelerate the vehicle.
(Wheel → Engine)
Power reserve
2C_HybridEngineDriveNCharing
The engine is simultaneously used to drive the vehicle and to charge up the high voltage
battery.
(Engine → Wheel and Battery)
1-20
1
Engine generation/motor drive
2C_HybridMotorDriveNCharing
The engine charges up the high voltage battery. The motor power is used to drive the
vehicle.
(Engine → Battery → Wheel)
Engine generation/regeneration
2C_HybridRegeneratingCharing
The engine and regenerative brake system charges up the high voltage battery.
(Engine and Wheel → Battery)
Engine brake/regeneration
2C_HybridEngineBrakeRegenerating
The engine braking is simultaneously used to decelerate the vehicle and to charge up the
high voltage battery.
(Wheel → Engine and Battery)
1-21
Introduction
Hybrid system gauge
Power gauge
Type A
2C_HybridGauge
Type B
2C_HybridGauge_2
The hybrid system gauge indicates whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient
or not.
• CHARGE: Shows that the energy made by the vehicle is being converted to electrical
energy. (Regenerated energy)
• ECO: Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco-friendly manner.
• POWER: Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco-friendly range.
According to the hybrid system gauge area, the EV indicator comes on or off.
• EV indicator ON: The vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the gasoline engine
is stopped.
• EV indicator OFF: The vehicle is driven using the gasoline engine.
1-22
1
Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge
Type A
2C_HighVoltageBatteryLevel
Type B
2C_HighVoltageBatteryLevel_2
This gauge indicates the remaining hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near the L (Low)
level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery.
However, if the Service Indicator («) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (I) turn on
when the SOC gauge is near the L (Low) level, we recommend that your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1-23
Introduction
Warning and indicator lights
Ready indicator
¢
This indicator illuminates:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
• ON: Normal driving is possible.
• OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred.
When the READY indicator goes off or blinks, there is a problem with the system. If this
occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Service warning light
«
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The service warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off when all
checks have been performed.
• When there is a problem with the hybrid vehicle control system or hardware.
When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the
vehicle, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
1-24
1
EV mode indicator
£
This indicator illuminates:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric motor.
Regenerative brake warning light
"
This warning light illuminates:
When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This
causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to
illuminate simultaneously.
If this occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the
braking distance may increase.
1-25
Introduction
Cluster display messages
Check hybrid system
2C_HybridWarningInfo
This message appears when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. Refrain
from driving when the warning message appears.
If this occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Check Hybrid system. Stop safely.
2C_HybridWarningInfo_2
This message appears when there is a problem with the hybrid control system. The
READY indicator will blink and a warning chime will sound until the problem is solved.
Refrain from driving when the warning message appears.
If this occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
1-26
1
Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine
2C_HybridWarningInfo_3
This message appears when the hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low. A warning chime will
sound until the problem is solved. Refrain from driving when the warning message appears.
If this occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Stop vehicle and check power supply
2C_HybridWarningInfo_4
This message appears when a failure occurs in the power supply system.
If this occurs, we recommend that your vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Refill battery system coolant
2C_HybridWarningInfo_5
This message appears when the battery system coolant is nearly empty.
You should refill the battery system coolant.
1-27
Introduction
Safety precautions for hybrid system
Hybrid vehicle components
High voltage battery system
• HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit): Located in the engine compartment
2C_HPCU
• High voltage battery system: Located under rear seat
2C_HybridBattery
WARNING
• Never touch orange colored or high voltage labeled components, including wires,
cables, and connections. When the insulators or covers are damaged or removed,
severe injury or death from electrocution may occur.
• While replacing the fuses in the engine compartment, never touch the HPCU. The
HPCU carries high voltage. Touching the HPCU may result in electrocution, serious
injury, or death.
• In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the motor and
other components. This high voltage hybrid battery system can be very dangerous.
Never touch the hybrid system. When you touch the hybrid battery system, serious
injury or death may occur.
1-28
1
WARNING
• Do not disassemble or assemble the high voltage battery system. Doing so may result
in electric shock,causing death or serious injury.
• If you disassemble or assemble hybrid system components improperly, it may damage
the performance and reliability of your vehicle.
• If electrolyte comes in contact with your body, clothes or eyes, immediately flush with
a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Never assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system.
• If you assemble or disassemble the high voltage battery system, the durability and
performance of the vehicle may be damaged.
• When you want to check the high voltage battery system, we recommend that your
vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not touch the high voltage battery and high voltage cable connected to motor
(orange color). Severe burns and electric shock may occur. For your safety, do not
touch the cover of electronic components and electronic cable. Do not remove the
cover of electronic components and electronic cable. In particular, never touch the
high voltage battery system when the hybrid system in operation. It may result in death
or serious injury.
WARNING
• Never use the package modules (high voltage battery, inverter and converter) for any
other purpose.
• Do not use an unauthorized battery charger to charge the high voltage battery. Doing
so may result in death or serious injury.
• Never locate the high voltage system near or in a fire.
• Never drill into or strike the package module. Otherwise, it may be damaged. An
electric shock may occur, resulting in serious injury or death.
1-29
Introduction
NOTICE
• When the vehicle is paint baked, do not bake over 30 minutes in 70 °C (158 °F) or 20
minutes in 80 °C (176 °F)degree.
• Do not wash the engine compartment, using water. Water may cause an electric shock
and damage the electronic components.
WARNING
This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid battery system inverter and converter to generate
high voltage. High voltage in the hybrid battery system is very dangerous and may cause
severe burns and electric shock. This may result in serious injury or death.
• For your safety, never touch, replace, disassemble or remove the hybrid battery
system including components, cables and connectors. Severe burns or electric shock
may result in serious injury or death when you fail to follow this warning.
• When the hybrid battery system operates, the hybrid battery system can be hot.
Always be careful because burns or electric shock maybe caused by high voltage.
• Do not spill liquid on the HPCU, HSG, motor and fuses. If the hybrid system
components come in contact with liquid, it may result in electric shock.
High Voltage Motor Connector
• Drive Motor: Located in the engine compartment
2C_HighVoltageMotorConnector_2
WARNING
• Do not disassemble the high voltage motor connector. The high voltage motor
connector may contain residual high voltage. Coming in contact with high voltage may
result in death or serious injury.
• We recommend that your vehicle’s hybrid system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
1-30
1
High voltage cut-off switch
2C_InterlockConnector
High voltage cut-off switch is a device located inside the engine compartment to block
the battery’s high voltage when your vehicle is inspected at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
• Never touch the high voltage cut-off switch. This could result in serious injury or death
in a collision or electric shock.
• If the high voltage cut-off switch requires an inspection or repair, we recommend that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never disconnect or cut the high voltage cut-off switch except in an emergency
situation. Serious problems may occur, such as the vehicle may not start.
Hybrid battery cooling duct
2C_BatteryAirVent
The hybrid battery cooling duct is located below the center of the rear seat. The cooling
duct cools down the hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery cooling duct is blocked, the
hybrid battery may be overheated.
Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid battery with a dry cloth on a regular basis.
1-31
Introduction
WARNING
• Never clean the cooling duct of the hybrid battery with a wet cloth. If any water enters
the cooling duct of the hybrid battery, the hybrid battery may cause an electric shock,
resulting in a serious damage, an injury or a death.
• The hybrid battery is composed of lithium-ion polymer. If the hybrid battery is
improperly handled, it is dangerous to the environment. Also it may cause electrical
shock and severe burns, resulting in a serious injury or a death.
• Do not spill liquid over the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so is very
dangerous. It may cause electric shock or serious injury.
• Do not cover the cooling duct with objects.
• Do not put any objects into the cooling duct of the hybrid battery. Doing so may cause
loss of cooling duct volume to the hybrid battery. When the cooling duct is blocked
with any objects, we recommend that you immediately contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never place a container of liquid on or near the cooling duct. If the liquid spills, the
hybrid battery located in the under floor may be damaged.
• Do not obstruct the cooling duct with any other objects.
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off
When the high voltage battery or 12 V battery is discharged, or when the fuel tank is
empty, the hybrid system may not operate while driving. When the Hybrid system does
not operate, do the followings:
1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed. Pull over your engine off the road in a safe area.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
4. Turn off the vehicle and try to start the hybrid system again, while depressing the brake
pedal and turning on the Engine Start/Stop button.
5. When the hybrid system still does not operate, refer to the "Jump starting" section in
chapter 8.
Before jump starting the vehicle,check the fuel level and the exact procedure to jump
start. For more information, refer to the "Jump starting" section in chapter 8. When the
fuel level is low, do not attempt to drive the vehicle only with the battery power. The
high voltage battery may be discharged, and the hybrid system may turn off.
1-32
1
Countermeasures for accidents or fire
When an accident occurs while driving the hybrid vehicle, turn on the hazard warning
flasher, move the vehicle to a safe place, and do not let other people approach the site.
WARNING
When an accident occurs, and the high voltage battery is damaged, harmful gas and
electrolytes may leak.
• Be careful not to touch the leaked liquid.
• When you suspect leakage of inflammable gas and other harmful gases, open the
windows and immediately evacuate to a safe location.
• If any leaked fluid comes in contact with your eyes or skin, immediately clean the
affected area thoroughly with tap water or saline solution and have doctors inspect it
as soon as possible.
If the hybrid vehicle catches fire
If a fire occurs, evacuate to a safe place and do not let other people approach the site.
• Contact the fire department, report a hybrid vehicle fire, and then follow its
instructions.
CAUTION
• If a fire occurs, evacuate to a safe place and wait until the firefighters arrive.
• If the lower part of the vehicle where the high voltage battery is located catches fire,
large amount of water must be supplied continuously for a long time to completely
extinguish the fire. It is hard to extinguish the fire without sufficient water and
appropriate fire extinguishers. If you approach the vehicle carelessly, it may cause
accidents, such as electric shock, and result in serious injury.
If the hybrid vehicle is submerged
If the hybrid vehicle is submerged while driving, follow the instructions below:
• Immediately turn off the vehicle and evacuate to a safe place with your key.
• Contact the emergency rescue service such as a fire department, or an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Never touch the submerged hybrid vehicle. This may lead to an accident such as an
electric shock or fire.
1-33
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior overview (Front view)........................................................................................ 2-2
Exterior overview (Rear view)......................................................................................... 2-3
Interior overview.............................................................................................................. 2-4
Center console overview ................................................................................................2-6
Steering wheel control overview....................................................................................2-8
Engine compartment overview ...................................................................................... 2-9
Dimensions .................................................................................................................... 2-10
Engine............................................................................................................................. 2-10
Bulb wattage................................................................................................................... 2-11
Tires and wheels .............................................................................................................2-12
Air conditioning system .................................................................................................2-13
Vehicle weight and luggage volume.............................................................................2-13
Recommended lubricants and capacities ....................................................................2-14
Recommended SAE viscosity number ......................................................................2-15
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .............................................................................2-16
Vehicle certification label ..............................................................................................2-16
Tire specification and pressure label ............................................................................2-16
Engine number ............................................................................................................... 2-17
Air conditioner compressor label .................................................................................. 2-17
Open source software notice ........................................................................................ 2-17
Consumer information ...................................................................................................2-18
Reporting safety defects................................................................................................2-19
2
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior overview (Front view)
1C_OutsideVehicleFrontOverview
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
2-2
Hood ........................................................................................................................5-54
Front light ...................................................................................................... 5-70, 9-54
Tires and wheels ..................................................................................................... 9-31
Side view mirror ......................................................................................................5-44
Sunroof .....................................................................................................................5-51
Front windshield wiper blades ..................................................................... 5-79, 9-26
Windows .................................................................................................................. 5-47
Front radar ................................................................................................................. 7-5
2
Exterior overview (Rear view)
1C_OutsideVehicleRearOverview
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Door ......................................................................................................................... 5-24
Fuel filler door .........................................................................................................5-63
Rear combination light ................................................................................. 5-70, 9-54
Trunk ........................................................................................................................ 5-55
High mounted stop light ........................................................................................9-55
Antenna ................................................................................................................. 5-104
Wide-rear view camera ..........................................................................................7-84
2-3
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Interior overview
1C_SideInsideVehicleOverview
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Inside door handle ..................................................................................................5-26
(2) Integrated memory system ....................................................................................5-30
(3) Side view mirror control switch .............................................................................5-44
(4) Side view mirror folding switch .............................................................................5-45
(5) Central door lock switch ........................................................................................ 5-26
(6) Power window switches .........................................................................................5-48
(7) Power window lock button ....................................................................................5-50
(8) Instrument panel illumination control switch ........................................................4-3
(9) 12V BATT RESET button.............................................................................................8-4
(10) ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF button .....................................................6-35
2-4
2
(11) Trunk open button .................................................................................................. 5-55
(12) EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch .................................................................6-28
(13) Hood release lever ................................................................................................. 5-54
(14) Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ...................................................................... 5-33
(15) Steering wheel ....................................................................................................... 5-33
(16) Seat ...........................................................................................................................3-4
(17) Fuse box .................................................................................................................9-44
2-5
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Center console overview
1C_CenterInsideVehicleOverview
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................4-2
(2) Horn .........................................................................................................................5-34
(3) Driver's front airbag.................................................................................................3-40
(4) Engine Start/Stop Button .........................................................................................6-5
(5) Rotary gear shift dial ............................................................................................... 6-10
(6) Infotainment system ............................................................................................ 5-105
(7) Hazard warning flasher switch ................................................................................8-2
(8) Automatic climate control system ........................................................................ 5-81
(9) USB Port, USB Charger................................................................................ 5-103, 5-98
(10) USB Charger/USB Port convert button ................................................................5-98
2-6
2
(11) USB Charger/Wireless charging system indicator .....................................5-98, 5-99
(12) Power outlet ...........................................................................................................5-98
(13) Wireless smartphone charging system ................................................................5-99
(14) Auto Hold button ...................................................................................................6-32
(15) Drive mode button .................................................................................................6-39
(16) Parking/View button .............................................................................................. 7-85
(17) Cup holder ..............................................................................................................5-96
(18) Center console storage ..........................................................................................5-96
(19) Glove box ................................................................................................................5-96
(20) Passenger's front airbag .......................................................................................3-40
(21) USB Charger ...........................................................................................................5-98
2-7
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Steering wheel control overview
1C_SideInsideVehicleOverview_2
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Lighting control lever ............................................................................................. 5-70
(2) Wiper and washer control lever ............................................................................. 5-79
(3) Paddle shifter ...........................................................................................................6-17
(4) Driving Assist button .............................................................................................. 7-57
(5) Cluster display controls ..........................................................................................4-24
(6) Vehicle Distance button ......................................................................................... 7-58
(7) Lane Driving Assist button ...................................................................................... 7-21
(8) Voice recognition button ..................................................................................... 5-105
(9) Audio remote control buttons ............................................................................. 5-104
(10) Bluetooth® hands-free phone button ................................................................ 5-105
2-8
2
Engine compartment overview
Smartstream G2.0 GDI HEV
1C_EngineRoom
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Windshield washer fluid reservoir .........................................................................9-23
Air cleaner ...............................................................................................................9-23
Engine oil filler cap ................................................................................................. 9-16
Engine oil dipstick ................................................................................................... 9-16
Brake fluid reservoir ............................................................................................... 9-22
Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................ 9-19
Fuse box ..................................................................................................................9-44
Battery .....................................................................................................................9-29
2-9
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Dimensions
Items
in. (mm)
Overall length
4,910 (193.30)
Overall width
1,860 (73.22)
Overall height
1,445 (56.88)
Front tread
Rear tread
205/65 R16
1,633 (64.29)
215/55 R17
1,623 (63.89)
205/65 R16
1,640 (64.56)
215/55 R17
1,630 (64,17)
Wheelbase
2,840 (111,81)
Engine
Engine
Displacement
cu. in. (cc)
Bore x Stroke in.
(mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
Smartstream
G2.0 GDI HEV
1,999 (121.98)
81 x 97 (3.2 x 3.8)
1-3-4-2
4, in-line
2-10
2
Bulb wattage
Light bulb
Bulb type
Wattage
Low
LED
LED
High
LED
LED
Daytime running light/Parking light
LED
LED
Turn signal light
LED
LED
Side repeater light
LED
LED
Side marker light
LED
LED
Tail/Stop light
LED
LED
Turn signal light
LED
LED
Side marker light
LED
LED
Reverse light
P21W
21W
High mounted stop light
LED
LED
License plate light
W5W
5W
Type A
WEDGE
10W
Type B
LED
LED
FESTOON
10W
Personal lamp (if equipped)
LED
LED
Luggage compartment lamp
FESTOON
5W
Vanity mirror lamp
FESTOON
5W
LED
LED
Headlight
Front
Rear
Map lamp
Room lamp (if equipped)
Interior
Mood lamp
(Front seat door lamp, Passenger seat
open tray lamp)
2-11
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tires and wheels
Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Items
Full size tire
Tire size
Wheel size
Normal load
Maximum load
Front
Front
Rear
205/65R16
6.5J X 16
35 (240)
215/55R17
7.0J X 17
35 (240)
Rear
Wheel nut
torque lbf·ft
(kgf·m, N ·m)
11-13, 107-127
(79-94)
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi (20 kPa) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder
temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically lose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 7 °C (12 °F) temperature drop. If extreme
temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep
them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures may differ depending on changes in elevation (about 2.4 psi (10
kPa) for every mile (or kilometer) elevation change). If driving in areas of higher or
lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
• Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure, as found on the sidewall of the tire(s).
CAUTION
When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction, and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
2-12
2
Air conditioning system
Item
Refrigerant g (oz.)
Compressor lubricant g (oz.)
Weight of volume
Classification
600±25 (21.2±0.88)
R-1234yf
130±10 (4.6±0.35)
POE
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
Vehicle weight and luggage volume
Items
Smartstream G2.0 GDI HEV
Gross vehicle weight kg (lbs.)
2,075 (4,575)
Luggage volume (SAE) ℓ (cu ft.)
441 (15.57)
2-13
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant
Volume
Classification
4.5 US qt.
(4.3 ℓ)
SAE 0W-16 API SN PLUS/SP or ILSAC GF-6*4
Automatic transmission fluid
6.3 US qt.
(6.0 ℓ)
SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF SP4M-1,
S-OIL ATF SP4M-1, Hyundai Genuine ATF
SP4-M1
Coolant
9.2 US qt.
(8.7 ℓ)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled
water(Ethylene glycol base coolant for
aluminum radiator)
Brake fluid*3
As needed
DOT-4
Fuel
13.2 US gal.
(50 ℓ)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in chapter 1.
Engine oil *1*2 (drain and refill)
Recommends
*1 Refer to the "Recommended SAE viscosity number" section.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they
contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these
improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost
and energy savings.
*3 Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe
maintenance condition.
*4 To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, use genuine brake fluid that conform to
specifications.
2-14
2
Recommended SAE viscosity number
NOTICE
• Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas
will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
• Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause serious engine failure.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating
(engine start and engine oil flow ability). Typically, lower viscosity engine oils can provide
better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine
oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity
other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in
before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
Engine Oil*1
°C
(°F)
Smartstream
G2.0 GDI HEV
-30
-20
-10
0
-10
0
20
10
40
20
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
8
*1 Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe
maintenance condition.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification Mark
conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is
recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
2-15
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle certification label
Frame number (if equipped)
2C_CertificationLabelPosition
2C_VINPosition
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under
the right front seat. To check the number,
open the cover.
The vehicle certification label attached on
the driver's (or front passenger's) side
center pillar gives the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN).
Tire specification and
pressure label
VIN label (if equipped)
2C_TireLabel
2C_VINPosition_2
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the left side dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be seen
through the windshield from outside.
2-16
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are
chosen to provide the best performance
for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's (or
front passenger's) side center pillar gives
the tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle.
2
Engine number
2C_EngineNumberPosition
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
Air conditioner
compressor label
Open source software
notice
This vehicle contains software with open
source licenses. Open source software
information including the source code,
copyright notices and referred license
terms may be obtained on the website
https://www.hyundai.com/worldwide/o
pensource
HYUNDAI Motor America will provide the
open source code to you in storage
medium such as CD-ROM for minimum
charge covering the cost of performing
source distribution upon email request to
[email protected] within a
period of 3 years from the date of product
purchase.
2C_AirconCompLabel
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part number,
production number, refrigerant (1) and
refrigerant oil (2).
2-17
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Consumer information
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation. Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this
Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION"
and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your
vehicle, please contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center.
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai's Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST
and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available
Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
2-18
2
Reporting safety defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR
AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
2-19
3. Seats & Safety System
Important safety precautions ......................................................................................... 3-2
Always wear your seat belt.......................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain all children ..................................................................................................... 3-2
Airbag hazards.............................................................................................................. 3-2
Driver distraction ......................................................................................................... 3-2
Never drink or take drugs and drive ........................................................................... 3-3
Control your speed ...................................................................................................... 3-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition............................................................................ 3-3
Seats .................................................................................................................................3-4
Safety precautions ....................................................................................................... 3-5
Front seats ....................................................................................................................3-6
Rear seats .................................................................................................................... 3-11
Head restraint..............................................................................................................3-13
Seats warmers ............................................................................................................... 3-16
Air ventilation seats ........................................................................................................3-17
Seat belts........................................................................................................................ 3-18
Seat belt safety precautions ..................................................................................... 3-18
Seat belt warning light............................................................................................... 3-19
Seat belt restraint system..........................................................................................3-20
Additional seat belt safety precautions.................................................................... 3-25
Care of seat belts ....................................................................................................... 3-27
Child Restraint System (CRS) .......................................................................................3-28
Children always in the rear........................................................................................3-28
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-29
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-30
Airbag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System................................................... 3-37
SRS components........................................................................................................3-39
Where are the airbags?..............................................................................................3-40
How does the airbags system operate? ...................................................................3-43
What to expect after an airbag inflates ....................................................................3-46
SRS warning light....................................................................................................... 3-47
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................................................................... 3-47
Why didn't my airbag go off in a collision? .............................................................. 3-53
SRS care...................................................................................................................... 3-57
Additional safety precautions ...................................................................................3-58
Airbag warning labels ................................................................................................3-58
3
Seats & Safety System
Important safety
precautions
You will find many safety precautions and
recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual. The
safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Airbags are designed
to supplement seat belts, not to replace
them. So even though your vehicle is
equipped with airbags, always make sure
you and your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride in
your vehicle properly restrained in a rear
seat, not the front seat. Infants and small
children should be restrained in an
appropriate Child Restraint System.
Larger children should use a booster seat
with the lap/shoulder belt until they can
use the seat belt properly without a
booster seat.
Airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can also
cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and short adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating airbag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
3-2
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the primary concern when behind the
wheel and drivers need to be aware of the
wide array of potential distractions, such
as drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using mobile phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they
take their eyes and attention off the road
or their hands off the wheel to focus on
activities other than driving. To reduce
your risk of distraction and an accident:
• Set up your mobile devices (for
example, MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) ONLY when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and conditions permit
safe use. NEVER text or email while
driving. Most local laws prohibit drivers
from texting while driving. Some
countries and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel as
well as your eyes and attention on the
road.
3
Never drink or take drugs and
drive
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs can
reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions and emergencies.
Do not drink or take drugs and drive, and
do not let your friends drink or take drugs
and drive.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious
injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current
conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe
condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
3-3
Seats & Safety System
Seats
1C_FrontSeatOverview
Driver's seat [A]
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Forward or rearward
Seatback angle
Seat cushion height
Seat cushion angle (if equipped)
Lumbar support (if equipped)
Head restraint
Front passenger's seat [B]
(1) Forward or rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Head restraint
Rear seat [C]
(1) Head restraint
3-4
3
Infotainment system
Safety precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting
in a safe and comfortable position plays
an important role for the safety of the
driver and passengers, as much as seat
belts and airbags when in an accident.
WARNING
2C_AdjustSeatAVN
Select Setup > Vehicle > Seat from the
Setup menu in the infotainment system,
you may use various convenience
functions.
• Seating Easy Access
- Driver Seat Easy Access: The
distance (Normal/Extended/Off) the
seat automatically moves when the
driver enters or leaves the vehicle
may be selected.
• Seat Position Change Alert: When the
seat position changes, details of the
change are shown with a seat image.
Information
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
• The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction
between the seat and the passenger. The
passenger's hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during an accident
or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries could
result because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
Airbags
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating airbag.
Sitting too close to an airbag greatly
increases the risk of injury in the event the
airbag inflates. The National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating airbag:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear
as possible while maintaining your
ability to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far to
the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim with
your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and arms.
• Never place anything or anyone
between you and the airbag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard to
minimize the risk of leg injuries.
3-5
Seats & Safety System
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip. At all times, passengers
should sit upright and be properly
restrained with a seat belt. Infants and
small children must be restrained in
appropriate Child Restraint Systems.
Children who have outgrown a booster
seat and adults must be restrained using
the seat belts.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Never use one seat belt for more than
one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• Never allow children or small infants to
ride on a passenger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
3-6
Front seats
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Never attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. The seat could
respond with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
• Do not place anything under the front
seats. Loose including unsecured floor
mats, in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of the foot
pedals.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position and proper locking
of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on the
floor or seat.
• Use extreme caution when picking up
small objects trapped under the seats
or between the seat and the center
console. Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of the seat
mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear seats,
be careful while adjusting the front
seat.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not, the
seat might move unexpectedly.
3
Reclining seatback
Manual adjustment
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is moving can be dangerous. Even
when you are buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/or
airbags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips
and chest to work properly.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater the chance for the passenger's
hips to slide under the lap belt or the
passenger's neck to strike the shoulder
belt.
The front passenger seat can be adjusted
by using the levers located underneath
the front part of the seat or on the outer
side of the seat.
Forward and rearward adjustment
WARNING
Never ride with a reclined seatback when
the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases
your chance of serious or fatal injuries in
the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should always sit
well back in their seats, properly belted,
and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips
and chest to work properly. When the
seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt
cannot do its job because it will not be
snug against your chest. Instead, it will be
in front of you.
During a collision, you could be thrown
into the seat belt, causing neck or other
injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger's hips will
slide under the lap belt or the passenger's
neck will strike the shoulder belt.
2C_AdjustSeatForwardBackwardmanual
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position desired
position.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place. Move forward
and rearward without using the lever. If
the seat moves, it is not locked
properly.
3-7
Seats & Safety System
Seatback angle
Power adjustment
if equipped
The driver's seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion.
WARNING
NEVER allow children to remain in the
vehicle unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
2C_AdjustSeatBackmanual
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback to the desired
position.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
Seat height
2C_AdjustSeatHeightmanual
To change the height of the seat cushion:
• Push down on the lever several times,
to lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up on the lever several times, to
raise the seat cushion.
3-8
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more seats at the
same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
3
Forward and rearward adjustment
Seat cushion tilt/Seat height adjustment
2C_AdjustSeatForwardBackwardAuto
2C_AdjustSeatHeightAuto
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
• Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
1. Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
• Seat height (2)
To change the height of the seat:
1. Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle adjustment
2C_AdjustSeatBackAuto
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
3-9
Seats & Safety System
Lumbar support (for driver's seat)
Seatback pocket
if equipped
2C_SeatBackPocket
2C_AdjustSeatBackCushionAuto
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the switch (1)
to increase support or the rear portion
of the switch (2) to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once the lumbar
support reaches the desired position.
NOTICE
Do not continue to operate the lumbar
support when the lumbar support
provides its
maximum support. Damage to the
lumbar support motor could occur.
3-10
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front passenger seatback.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pocket. In a collision, they can
come loose from the pocket and injure
occupants.
3
Rear seats
Folding the rear seats
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the rear cargo volume in the
vehicle.
Before folding the rear seats, lower the
head restraint to the lowest position and
store the seat belt to both sides of the
seats.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Adjust the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the front
seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the
lowest position by pushing and holding
the release button (1) and pushing
down on the head restraint (2).
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top of
the folded down seatback while the
vehicle is moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat belts are
available for use. This could result in
serious injury or death in a collision or
sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher than
the top of the front seatbacks. This can
allow cargo to slide forward and cause
property damage or serious injury or
even death during a collision or sudden
stop.
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUpDown_4
3. Route the seat belt webbing to the
outward of the rear seat to prevent the
belts from being damaged.
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep_2
4. Open the trunk and fold the seat back
forward while pulling the seat folding
lever (1).
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep_3
3-11
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the shift
button is in P (Park), and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the vehicle to
move if the shift button is inadvertently
moved to another position.
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep_4
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback rearward. Pull the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place. Make
sure the seatback is locked in place and
return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
Armrest
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a
folded to an upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that
the seatback is completely locked into its
upright position by pushing on the top of
the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, an unlocked seatback could allow
cargo to move forward with great force
and enter the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly secured
and may hit vehicle occupants in a
collision causing serious injury or death.
3-12
2C_RearArmrestFilp
The armrest is located in the center of the
rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the
seatback to use it.
NOTICE
Make sure there is no object on the center
cushion before pulling down the armrest.
WARNING
Make sure the armrest is securely locked
in its original position after use. The
armrest may fall and cause injury in a
sudden stop.
3
Head restraint
Front seat head restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats have
adjustable head restraints. The head
restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly they
are designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and spinal
injuries during an accident, especially in a
rear impact collision. When there are no
occupants in the rear seats, adjust the
rear head restraints to the lowest height
to improve the driver's visibility.
2C_HeadrestOverview
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always adjust the head restraints
properly for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• Never let anyone ride in a seat with the
head restraint removed or reversed.
• Adjust the head restraints so that the
middle of the head restraint is at the
same height as the top of the eyes.
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with adjustable head
restraints for the passengers safety and
comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
2C_AdjustHeadrestUpDown
2C_HeadrestRightPosition
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
• Never adjust the head restraint position
of the driver's seat when the vehicle is
moving.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to the
passenger's head as possible. Do not
use a seat cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks into
position after adjusting it.
3-13
Seats & Safety System
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
seatback angle lever or switch (1).
2. Pull up the head restraint to the upmost
position and press the release button
(3) to remove the head restraint (4).
NOTICE
WARNING
Never allow anyone to travel in a seat with
the head restraint removed.
2C_AdjustHeadrestCaution
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
To reinstall the head restraint:
Manual adjustment seat
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
Manual adjustment seat
2C_InstallHeadrestManual
Power adjustment seat
2C_RemoveHeadrestManual
Power adjustment seat
2C_InstallHeadrestAuto
2C_RemoveHeadrestAuto
3-14
1. Recline the seat back by pressing
seatback angle lever or switch (3).
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release button
(1).
3. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
4. Adjust the seatback angle (4) with the
seatback angle lever or switch (3).
3
WARNING
Always make sure the head restraint locks
into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.
Removal
if equipped
To remove the head restraint:
Rear seat head restraints
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUpDown_3
2C_RearHeadrestPosition
The rear seats are equipped with head
restraints in all the seating positions for
the passenger's safety and comfort.
1. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
2. Press the head restraint release button
(1) while pulling up the head restraint
(2).
Reinstallation
if equipped
Adjusting the height up and down
if equipped
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUpDown_4
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUpDown
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into the
holes (2) while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
3-15
Seats & Safety System
Seats warmers
if equipped
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer is
not needed, keep the seat warmers off.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause serious
burns, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat
is becoming too warm so they can turn it
off, if needed.
Seat warmers consume large amounts of
electricity. Please avoid using seat
warmers while the vehicle is off in order
to prevent battery discharge.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should use
extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who burn
easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that may
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
Never place anything on the seat that
insulates against heat when the seat
warmer is operating, such as a blanket or
seat cushion.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to
clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects on
seats equipped with seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer.
3-16
Front seat warmers
While the engine is running, press the
seat warmer switch to warm the driver's
seat or front passenger's seat.
1. While the engine is running, press ơ
next to the driver's seat or front
passenger's seat, which requires
heating, from the climate control
information screen.
2C_FrontSeatWarmerSwitchTypeb
• The seat warmer is turned on as low.
2. When you press the ơ button in the
high state, it is high, and you can move
it in the order of medium, low, and off
by pressing the Ƣ button.
• The seat warmer temperature is
lowered automatically and then goes
off after a certain time to prevent low
temperature burns. Press ơ or Ƣ to
adjust the temperature again. If high
temperature is selected again after
the seat warmer turns off, the
temperature is controlled
automatically again.
3
Air ventilation seats
if equipped
The air ventilation seats cool the front
seats by blowing air through small vent
holes on the surface of the seat cushions
and seatbacks.
When the air ventilation seat is not
desired, keep the air ventilation seats off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol, or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of
the front seats and seatbacks. This may
cause the air vent holes to become
blocked and not to work properly.
• Do not place materials such as plastic
bags or newspapers under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents not to work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Front air ventilation seats
While the engine is running, press the
switch to cool the driver's seat or front
passenger's seat.
1. While the engine is running, press Ƣ
next to the seat which requires
ventilating from the climate control
information screen.
• The air ventilation seat is turned on as
low.
2C_FrontSeatVentilationSwitchTypeb
2. When you press the Ƣ button in the
strong state, it is strong, and you can
move it in the order of medium, weak,
and off by pressing the ơ button.
• Use the air ventilation seat with the air
conditioning on for more effective
ventilation.
• It may take 3 to 5 minutes after switch
operation to feel the temperature
change.
3-17
Seats & Safety System
Seat belts
This section describes how to use the seat
belts properly. It also describes some of
the things not to do when using seat belts.
Seat belt safety precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their
seat belts before starting any trip. Airbags
are designed to supplement the seat belt
as an additional safety device, not a
replacement. Most states require all
vehicle occupants to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is
moving. To prevent serious injury or
death:
• Children under the age of 13 should be
properly restrained in the rear seats.
• Never allow children to ride in the front
passenger seat, unless the airbag is
deactivated. If a child is seated in the
front passenger seat, move the seat as
far back as possible. And the child must
always be restrained in the seat
properly.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be
carried on an occupant's lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined
when the vehicle is moving.
• Do not allow children to share a seat or
seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• NEVER wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
3-18
• Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A
twisted seat belt will not protect you
properly in a collision.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or
hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
buckles intended for other seating
positions.
• Never unfasten the seat belt while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in a collision.
• Make sure there is nothing in the buckle
that could interfere with the seat belt
latch mechanism from fastening
securely.
• Never modify seatbelt or install devices
that may prevent seatbelt assembly
from removing slack.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or
hardware is damaged. Have the seat
belt replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies do not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing.
• Damaged hardware.
• The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even if
damage to webbing or assembly is not
apparent.
3
Seat belt warning light
Driver's seat belt warning
Instrument cluster
2C_SeatBeltWarningLampOverview
As a reminder to the driver, the driver's
seat belt warning light illuminates for
about 6 seconds each time the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
regardless of seatbelt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
or unfasten the seat belt while driving
under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
warning light illuminates.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
or unfasten the seat belt while driving 12
mph (20 km/h) or faster, the seat belt
warning chime sounds for certain period
of time and the warning light blinks.
Front passenger's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger, the
front passenger's seat belt warning light
illuminates for about 6 seconds each time
the engine is turned on regardless of seat
belt fastening.
If the passenger continues to not fasten
their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt
and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning light illuminates.
If the passenger continues to not fasten
their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt
and you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) or faster,
the seat belt warning chime sounds for
certain period of time and the
corresponding warning light blinks.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position may
adversely affect the front passenger's
seat belt warning system. Instruct the
passenger to properly be seated when the
vehicle is moving.
Information
• If the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
blinks or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt warning
may operate when luggage or
electronic devices are placed on the
front passenger seat.
3-19
Seats & Safety System
Rear passenger's seat belt warning
Seat belt restraint system
Driver's seat belt – 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
2C_RearSeatBeltWarningLamp
• As a reminder to the rear seat
passengers, the corresponding seat
belt warning light illuminates for about
6 seconds each time the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
regardless of seat belt fastening.
• Although the rear seats are not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
illuminates for about 70 seconds if the
seat belt is not fastened.
• If the seat belt is unfastened while
driving, the seat belt warning operates
as follows depending on vehicle speed.
- Under 12 mph (20 km/h): The
corresponding seat belt warning light
illuminates for about 70 seconds.
- Over 12 mph (20 km/h): The
corresponding seat belt warning light
blinks and the warning chime sounds
for about 35 seconds.
• If the seat belt is fastened, the
corresponding seat belt warning light
turns off immediately.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the belt from the retractor and insert
the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). An
audible "click" sounds when the tab locks
into the buckle. Make sure the seat belt is
not twisted.
2C_SeatBeltWearStep
Place the lap belt portion across your hips
and the shoulder belt (2) portion across
your chest.
2C_SeatBeltWearStep_2
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in a
slow, easy motion, the belt extends and
moves with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3-20
3
NOTICE
If you cannot smoothly pull the seat belt
out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat
belt out and release it. After release, the
belt may be pulled out smoothly.
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury in an
accident. Take the following precautions
when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat belt
as low as possible across your hips, not
on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This
allows your strong pelvic bones to
absorb the force of the crash, reducing
the chance of internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face.
Height adjustment (Front seat)
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so
that it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor:
• Pull it up (1) to raise the height. To lower
it, push it down (3) while pressing the
height adjuster button (2). Release the
button to lock the anchor in place. Try
pushing the height adjuster down to
make sure that it is locked in place.
Front seat
2C_AdjustSeatBeltHeight
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
2C_SeatBeltRelease
Once released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
3-21
Seats & Safety System
Passenger and rear seat belts –
3-point system with convertible
locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines both an
emergency locking retractor and an
automatic locking retractor. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems.
A convertible retractor is also installed in
the front passenger seat position.
Children should always be seated in the
rear. Never place any infant/child
restraint system in the front seat.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab into the buckle. An
audible "click" sounds when the tab locks
into the buckle. Pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to snug the belt across your
hips and remove slack. Make sure the seat
belt is not twisted.
When not securing a child restraint, the
seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across your
hips.
When the seat belt has been fully
extended from the retractor to allow for
the installation of a child restraint system,
the seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" section in this chapter.
3-22
To release your seat belt:
2C_SeatBeltRelease
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
The belt should automatically draw back
into the retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt is not twisted, then try
again.
Information
• The emergency locking mode allows
seated passengers to move freely in
their seats while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or sudden
stop, the retractor automatically locks
the belt to help restrain the passengers.
• To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
3
Rear center seat belt
Pretensioner seat belt
2C_RearCenterSeatBeltWearStep
2C_RetractPretensioner
Insert the tongue plate (1) into the buckle
(2) until an audible "click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked. Pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to snug the
belt across your hips and remove slack.
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt, use
the buckle with the "CENTER" mark.
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's,
front passenger's and rear passengers
pretensioner seat belts (retractor
pretensioner). The pretensioner makes
sure the seat belts fit tightly against your
body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
The pretensioner seat belts may be
activated in some crashes where the
frontal or side collision(s) is severe
enough, together with the airbags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if you
try to lean forward too quickly, the seat
belt retractor locks in place.
In some frontal collisions, the
pretensioner activates and pulls the seat
belt against your body.
If the system senses excessive tension on
the driver's or passenger's seat belt when
the pretensioner seat belt activates, the
load limiter inside the retractor
pretensioner releases some of the
pressure on the driver's or passenger's
seat belt.
Information
If you cannot pull out the safety belt from
the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and
release it. After release, pull out the belt
smoothly.
3-23
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or
twisted.
• Do not place anything near the buckle.
• Always replace your pretensioners after
activation or an accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair or
replace the pretensioners by yourself.
Have the pretensioners inspected,
serviced, repaired, or replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
The pretensioner seat belt system
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
2C_PretensionerComponent
WARNING
Do not touch the pretensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes after they
have been activated. When the
pretensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pretensioner can become hot and can
burn you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the vehicle
may damage the pretensioner seat belt
system. Have the system serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-24
2C_RearRetractorPretensionerOverview
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
SRS airbag warning light
Front retractor pretensioner
SRS control module
Rear retractor pretensioner
3
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS control
module is connected with the
pretensioner seat belt. The SRS airbag
warning light on the instrument cluster
illuminates for about 3-6 seconds after
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position, and then turns off.
If the pretensioner is not working
properly, the warning light illuminates
even if the SRS airbag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light does
not illuminate when starting the engine or
stays illuminated or illuminates while
driving, have the pretensioner seat belts
and/or SRS control module inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Information
• Pretensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal or side
collisions or rollover situations.
• When the pretensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash
all exposed skin areas thoroughly after
an accident in which the pretensioner
seat belts were activated.
Additional seat belt safety
precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a
lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder
belt across your chest, routed between
your breasts and away from your neck.
Place the lap belt below your belly and
pull the shoulder portion so that it fits
SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic
bone, under the rounded part of your
belly.
WARNING
• Pregnant women and patients are more
vulnerable to any impacts on the
abdomen during an abrupt stop or
collision. If you are in an accident while
pregnant, consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or over the area of the
abdomen where the unborn child is
located.
Load limiter
If a seatbelt places an excessive load on
the chest during a vehicle crash, a load
limiter equipped with the seatbelt
reduces the pressure on the chest.
3-25
Seats & Safety System
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have Child Restraint System
laws that require children to travel in
approved Child Restraint System devices,
including booster seats. The age at which
seat belts can be used instead of Child
Restraint System may be different among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state, and
where you are traveling. Infant and Child
Restraint System must be properly placed
and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the "Seat
belt safety precautions" section in this
chapter.
WARNING
Always properly restrain infants and small
children in a Child Restraint System
appropriate for the child's height and
weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers,
never hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. Violent forces
during a collision will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child against the
interior or to be ejected from the vehicle.
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying
any Child Restraint System, make sure
that it has a label certifying that it meets
the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards FMVSS 213.
The Child Restraint System must be
appropriate for your child's height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information.
Refer to the "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" section in this chapter.
3-26
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too
large for a booster seat should always
occupy the rear seat and use the available
lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should be
snug against the hips and be snug across
the shoulder and chest to restrain the
child safely. A child's squirming could
move the belt out of position. Adults
should frequently check belt fit. In a
collision, the safest place for children is in
the rear seats, using a Child Restraint
System appropriate for the child.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated
in the front seat, the child must be
securely restrained by the available seat
belt and the seat should be placed in the
rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, the child
needs to return to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure larger children's seat
belts are buckled and properly
adjusted.
• Never allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child's neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to use
a single seat belt.
Seat belt use and injured people
A seat belt should still be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
3
One person per belt
When two people (children or adults) are
sitting together, never attempt to use a
single seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in a collision.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is moving can be dangerous. Even
when buckled up, the protections of your
restraint system (seat belts and/or
airbags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips
and chest to work properly.
During a collision, you could be thrown
into the seat belt, causing neck or other
injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined, the
greater the chance for the passenger's
hips to slide under the lap belt or the
passenger's neck to strike the shoulder
belt.
WARNING
• Never ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or
fatal injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always sit
well back in their seats with the
seatbacks upright and should be belted
properly.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of any
kind. Any damaged parts should be
replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If
belts become dirty, they can be cleaned
by using a mild soap solution and warm
water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents, or
abrasives should not be used because
they may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for assistance.
3-27
Seats & Safety System
Child Restraint System
(CRS)
Children always in the rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the
rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all
ages are safer when restrained in the rear
seat. A child riding in the front passenger
seat can be forcefully struck by an
inflating airbag resulting in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 should always ride in
the rear seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an
accident, sudden stop, or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the rear
seats than in the front seat. Even with
airbags, children can be seriously injured or
killed. Children too large for a Child Restraint
System must use the seat belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws which
require children to travel in approved Child
Restraint Systems.
The laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be used
instead of Child Restraint System differs
among states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child Restraint Systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child Restraint Systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by
a LATCH system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
3-28
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate
rearward-facing or forward-facing CRS
that has first been properly secured to the
seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with
the instructions for installation and use
provided by the manufacturer of the Child
Restraint System.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can
increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a Child
Restraint System:
• NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint system
manufacturer's instructions for
installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that "hooks" over a
seatback, it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer check the child
restraint system, seat belts, tether
anchors and lower anchors.
3
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for use
typically provide this information.
• Select a Child Restraint System that fits
the vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and use
provided with the Child Restraint
System.
Child Restraint System types
There are three main types of Child
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
forward-facing and booster Child
Restraint Systems.
They are classified according to the
child's age, height and weight.
Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
2C_ALRSeatBelt
A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the child
positioned in the Child Restraint Systems
and reduce the stress to the fragile neck
and spinal cord.
All children under the age of one year
must always ride in a rearward-facing
Child Restraint System. Convertible and
3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically
have higher height and weight limits for
the rearward-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rearward-facing
for a longer period of time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the
rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System's manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe.
Once your child has outgrown the
rearward-facing Child Restraint System,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
Child Restraint System with a harness.
WARNING
• NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
• Placing a rearward-facing child
restraint in the front seat can result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child
restraint is struck by an inflating airbag.
3-29
Seats & Safety System
Forward-facing Child Restraint System
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
2C_ALRSeatBelt_2
A forward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint for the child's body
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the
forward-facing Child Restraint System,
your child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint System
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat
positions the seat belt so that it fits
properly over the stronger parts of your
child's body. Keep your children in
booster seats until they are big enough to
fit in a seat belt properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie comfortable across the
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13 must
always be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver.
3-30
Before installing your Child Restraint
System always:
Read and follow the instructions provided
by the manufacturer of the Child
Restraint System.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the risk of the
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident
occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a Child Restraint
System, the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper Child Restraint
System for your child and checking that
the Child Restraint System fits properly
on the seating position, there are three
general steps for a proper installation:
• Properly secure the Child Restraint
System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured to
the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt or with the lower
anchor and/or tether anchor and/or
with the support leg.
3
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A Child Restraint
System secured with a seat belt should
be installed as firmly as possible.
However, some side-to-side
movement can be expected. When
installing a Child Restraint System,
adjust the vehicle seat and seatback
(up and down, forward and rearward)
so that your child fits in the Child
Restraint System in a comfortable
manner.
• Secure the child in the Child Restraint
System. Make sure the child is properly
strapped in the Child Restraint System
according to the Child Restraint System
manufacturer's instructions.
CAUTION
A Child Restraint System in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To prevent
burns, check the seating surface and
buckles before placing your child in the
Child Restraint System.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a Child Restraint
System during driving and in an accident.
This system is designed to make
installation of the Child Restraint System
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your Child Restraint
System. The LATCH system uses anchors
in the vehicle and attachments on the
Child Restraint System. The LATCH
system eliminates the need to use seat
belts to secure the Child Restraint System
to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a Child Restraint System
with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a Child Restraint System
with LATCH attachments.
The Child Restraint System manufacturer
will provide you with instructions on how
to use the Child Restraint System with its
attachments for the LATCH anchorages.
2C_ALRSeatBeltLowerAnchorOverview
LATCH anchors have been provided in the
left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in the
illustration. There are no LATCH anchors
provided for the center rear seating
position.
3-31
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint
System using LATCH anchors in the rear
center seating position. There are no
LATCH anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors can
damage the anchors which may break or
fail in a collision resulting in serious injury
or death.
2C_ALRSeatBeltLowerAnchor
(1) Lower Anchor Position Indicator
(2) Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and right
rear seat backs to identify the position of
the lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
WARNING
Before installing the Child Restraint
System, make sure that there are no
objects (for example, toy, pen, wire)
around the lower anchor area. Those
objects may damage either the seat belt
system or the Child Restraint System
during the installment procedure. If
necessary, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-32
Securing a Child Restraint System
with the "LATCH Anchors System"
To install a LATCH-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from the
anchorages that could prevent a secure
connection between the Child Restraint
System and the lower anchors.
3. Place the Child Restraint System on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the Child
Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System's manufacturer for
proper installation and connection of
the lower attachments on the Child
Restraint System to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• To prevent the child from reaching and
taking hold of unretracted seat belts,
buckle all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing behind
the child. Children can be strangled if a
shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single anchorage.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage the
LATCH system and may not properly
secure the Child Restraint System.
3
NOTICE
Make sure that the combined weight of
the child and the child restraint system is
less than 65 lbs. (30 kg) for each LATCH
system.
Securing a Child Restraint System
seat with "Top-tether Anchorage"
system
2C_ALRSeatBeltTetherAnchorInstall
2C_ALRSeatBeltTetherAnchor
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Top tether anchorages are located on the
rear of the seatbacks.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the Child Restraint System
top-tether strap over the seatback.
Placing the top tether strap, follow the
instructions of the Child Restraint
System manufacturer.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the
top-tether strap according to the
instructions of your Child Restraint
System's manufacturer to firmly attach
the Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat
forward-and-back and side-to-side.
3-33
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the top-tether:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
• NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single tether
anchor. This could cause the anchorage
or attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
top-tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something else.
• Child Restraint System anchors are
designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted Child
Restraint System.
Under no circumstances are the
anchors to be used for adult seat belts
or harnesses or for attaching other
items or equipment to the vehicle.
Securing a Child Restraint System
with a lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
Child Restraint Systems must be secured
to a rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rearward-facing Child
Restraint System in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in serious injury
or death if the Child Restraint System is
struck by an inflating airbag.
Automatic locking mode
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall
Since all passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode), you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way out
to shift the retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" mode to secure a Child Restraint
System.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the Child
Restraint System. To secure a Child
Restraint System, use the following
procedure.
3-34
3
To install a Child Restraint System on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the Child Restraint System on a
rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the Child
Restraint System, following the Child
Restraint System manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt
all the way out. When the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "Automatic Locking" (child
restraint) mode.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt,
you should also refer to the "Rear
center seat belt" section in this chapter.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click"
sound.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_3
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the
seat belt to retract and listen for an
audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If
no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps
3 and 4.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_2
Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_4
3-35
Seats & Safety System
5. Remove as much slack from the belt as
possible by pushing down on the Child
Restraint System while feeding the
shoulder belt back into the retractor.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_5
6.Push and pull on the Child Restraint
System to confirm that the seat belt is
holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps 2
through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat belt
out of the retractor. If you cannot, the
retractor is in the "Automatic Locking"
mode.
If your Child Restraint System
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the
lap/shoulder belt, refer to the "Installing a
Child Restraint System (CRS)" section in
this chapter.
3-36
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic
Locking" mode, the child restraint can
move when your vehicle turns or stops
suddenly. A child can be seriously injured
or killed if the child restraint is not
properly anchored in the car, including
manually pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" mode.
To remove the Child Restraint System,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
3
Airbag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
1C_AirbagOverview
The actual airbags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Driver's front airbag
Passenger's front airbag
Front Side airbag
Rear Side airbag
Curtain airbag
Driver's knee airbag
3-37
Seats & Safety System
Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Airbag System for the driver's
and front passenger's seats.
The front airbags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these
airbags to provide protection, seat belts must be properly worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Airbags are built into the vehicle as a supplementary system. They are not intended as a
replacement for wearing 3-point seat belts. Also, airbags are not designed to deploy in
every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIRBAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Always use seat belts and Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone!
Even with airbags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are
improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the airbag inflates.
• Never place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger
seat, unless the airbag is deactivated.
• An inflating airbag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal
injuries.
• ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for
children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he
or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
• Make sure that all occupants sit upright with the seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended, and
their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an
occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying airbag may
forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
• Never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the airbags or lean against the door or center
console.
• Move your seat as far back as possible from front airbags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center
of the steering wheel and the chest.
3-38
3
SRS components
1C_AirbagPartsOverview
The SRS consists of the following components:
(1) Driver's front airbag module
(2) Passenger's front airbag module
(3) Side airbag modules
(4) Curtain airbag modules
(5) Retractor pretensioner
(6) Airbag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors (acceleration)
(10)Side impact sensors (pressure)
(11) Driver's knee airbag module
(12)Occupant Classification System (OCS)
(13)Rear side airbag modules
Information
Front Passenger's airbag OFF indicator is located on the overhead console.
3-39
Seats & Safety System
Where are the airbags?
Driver's and passenger's front
airbags
Driver's front airbag
2C_DriverAirbag
Passenger's front airbag
2C_PassengerAirbag
Driver's knee airbag
2C_KneeAirbag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
positions.
3-40
The SRS consists of advanced airbags
which are located in the center of the
steering wheel, in the driver's side lower
crash pad below the steering wheel, and
the passenger's side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The airbag locations are embossed with
the letters, "AIRBAG".
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and front passenger with
additional supplemental protection that
the seat belt system does not provide in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity.
The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if
the driver and front passenger's seat belts
are fastened. These sensors provide the
ability to control the SRS deployment
based on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the airbag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity and seat
belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the airbag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts may
increase the risk or severity of injury in a
collision.
3
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front airbags:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as possible
from front airbags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the
risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• Never place any objects (such as
dashboard cover, mobile phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers) over or
near the airbag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects may
cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the airbags to
deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the front
windshield and inside mirror.
Side airbags
Front seat
2C_SideAirbagLabel
Rear seat
2C_SideAirbagLabel_2
2C_SideAirbagDeployment
Side airbags are located in each front seat
and outboard rear seats.
The side airbags are designed to deploy
during certain side impact collisions,
depending on the crash severity, angle,
speed and point of impact.
The side and/or curtain airbags and
pretensioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
3-41
Seats & Safety System
The side airbags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Curtain airbags
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side airbag:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the
risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat covers. It
may reduce or prevent the
effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when airbag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over the
airbag location or between the airbag
and yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the airbag
inflates such as door, side door glass,
and front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between the
door and the seat. They may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side airbags.
• Do not cause an impact to the doors
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON or START position because the
side airbags can inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have your vehicle serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-42
2C_CurtainAirbagLabel
2C_CurtainAirbagDeployment
Curtain airbags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and the
rear outboard seat occupants in certain
side impact collisions.
The curtain airbags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and/or curtain airbags and
pretensioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The curtain airbags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
3
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating curtain airbag:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly secure a Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not place any objects over the
airbag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the airbag inflates such
as door, side door glass, front and rear
pillar, and roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects near airbag locations. In an
accident, it may cause vehicle damage
or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side curtain
airbags yourself. If necessary, have the
airbag inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
How does the airbags system
operate?
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON to
determine if a crash impact is severe
enough to require airbag deployment or
pretensioner seat belt deployment.
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors detect the vehicle's
rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the SRSCM
inflates the front airbags with the force
needed.
The front airbags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side airbags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact or
rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Airbags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position, and it may be activated within
3 minutes after the engine is turned off.
• Airbags inflate in the event of certain
frontal or side collisions to help protect
the occupants from serious physical
injury.
• There is no single speed at which the
airbags will inflate. Generally, airbags
are designed to inflate based upon the
severity of a collision and its direction.
Airbag deployment also depends on a
number of other factors including
vehicle speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle impacts
during a collision. The determining
factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3-43
Seats & Safety System
• The front airbags completely inflate
and deflate in an instant. It is virtually
impossible for you to see the airbags
inflate during an accident. It is much
more likely that you simply see the
deflated airbags hanging out of their
storage compartments after the
collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, side and/or curtain airbags
inflate if the sensing system detects a
rollover.
When a rollover is detected, curtain
airbags remain inflated longer to help
provide protection from ejection,
especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the airbags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
airbag inflation is a consequence of
extremely short time in which the
airbag inflates between the occupant
and the vehicle structures before the
occupant impacts those structures.
This speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening injuries
and is thus a necessary part of airbag
design.
However, the rapid airbag inflation may
also cause injuries that include facial
abrasions, bruises, and broken bones
because the inflation speed also causes
the airbags to expand with great force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the airbag may
cause fatal injuries, especially when the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the airbag.
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating airbag. The
greatest risk is sitting too close to the
airbag. An airbag needs about 10 inches
(25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
3-44
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating airbag:
• Never place a child restraint in the front
passenger seat. Always properly
restrain children under age 13 in the
rear seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger's and
driver's seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to maintain
full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with hands at
the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone
between the airbag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
3
Driver's front airbag (1)
2C_DriverAirbagProcedure
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it automatically deploys the front airbags.
Driver's front airbag (3)
2C_DriverAirbagDeployment
Passenger's front airbag
Driver's front airbag (2)
2C_PassengerAirbagDeployment
2C_DriverAirbagProcedure_2
Upon deployment, tear seam in the pad
cover separates from the expansion of
the airbags.
A fully inflated airbag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the front passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the airbag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger's airbag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects (drink
holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above the glove
box where the passenger's airbag is
located.
• Do not install a container of liquid air
freshener near the instrument cluster or
on the instrument panel surface.
3-45
Seats & Safety System
What to expect after an airbag
inflates
After a frontal or side airbag inflates, it
deflates very quickly. Airbag inflation
does not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able to
steer. Curtain airbags may remain
partially inflated for some time after they
deploy.
WARNING
After an airbag inflates, take the following
precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as soon
as possible after impact to reduce
prolonged exposure to the powder
released by the inflating airbag.
• Do not touch the airbag storage area's
internal components immediately after
an airbag has inflated. The parts that
come into contact with an inflating
airbag may be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
• Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect your vehicle and replace
components as required before
operating your vehicle again. Airbags
are designed to be used only.
3-46
Noise and smoke from inflating
airbag
When the airbags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may release powder inside
the vehicle. After the airbag inflates, you
may feel discomfort while breathing. This
may be due to the impact of the airbag or
the seat belt with your chest and it may
also be due to breathing residual powder
in the air and around your vehicle. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an airbag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately.
Though the powder is nontoxic, it may
cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose,
throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and
rinse with cold water immediately and
seek medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
3
SRS warning light
=
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the airbag symbol in the
illustration. The light indicates if there is a
potential problem with your airbag
system, which could include your side
and/or curtain airbags used for rollover
protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the airbags may
not inflate properly during a collision
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death.
Your SRS malfunctions in the following
conditions:
• The light does not turn on for about
three to six seconds when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
about three to six seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
moving.
• The light blinks when the engine is
running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the SRS as soon as possible.
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
2C_OCSIndicator
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the Occupant
Classification System
• A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to help determine
whether the passenger airbag systems
should be activated or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
overhead console which illuminates the
words "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"
indicating the front passenger airbag
system is deactivated.
• The instrument cluster airbag indicator
light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the
presence of a properly-seated front
passenger and determine if the
passenger's front airbag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of
injury or death from an inflating airbag to
certain front passenger seat occupants,
such as children, by requiring the airbag
to be automatically turned off.
For example, if a child restraint of the type
specified in the regulations is on the seat,
the occupant classification sensor can
detect it and cause the airbag to turn off.
3-47
Seats & Safety System
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger airbag to be automatically
turned off. For smaller adults it may turn
off, however, if the occupant does not sit
in the seat properly (for example, by not
sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of
the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the airbag off.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF" indicator on the overhead console
panel. This system detects the conditions
1-4 in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger airbag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the airbag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front of
the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing thick clothing like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (for example,
notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
with inverter charging.
3-48
3
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning Light
Condition Detected by the
Occupant Classification System
Devices
"PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF"
Indicator Light
SRS Warning
Light
Front Passenger
Airbag
Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
Infant *2 or Child Restraint System
with 12 months old *3*4
On
Off
Deactivated
Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the
system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a Child Restraint
System sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIRBAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with
or without Child Restraint System) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
3-49
Seats & Safety System
WARNING
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the
dashboard.
Riding in an improper position or placing
weight on the front passenger's seat
when it is unoccupied by a passenger
adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front
seat or seatback pocket, or hang any
items on the front passenger seat.
2C_OCSWarning_3
• NEVER place your feet on the front
passenger seatback.
2C_OCSWarning
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
2C_OCSWarning_4
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined
when the vehicle is moving.
2C_OCSWarning_2
2C_OCSWarning_5
3-50
3
• NEVER lean on the door or center
console or sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.
• Do not use car seat accessories such as
thick blankets and cushions which
cover up the car seat surface.
2C_OCSWarning_6
2C_OCSWarning_9
• Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes such as
ski wear or hip protector.
• If large quantity of liquid has been
spilled on the passenger seat, the
airbag warning light may illuminate or
malfunction. Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
2C_OCSWarning_7
• Do not place electronic devices such as
laptops, DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water bottles on the
passenger seat. Do not use electronic
devices such as laptops and satellite
radios which use inverter chargers.
2C_OCSWarning_8
2C_OCSWarning_10
• Do not place sharp objects on the front
passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they
puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front
passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat only
use Genuine Hyundai Parts. The OCS has
been developed based on using original
HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or
changing the authentic parts may result
in system malfunction and increase risk of
injury when in collision. Any of the above
could interfere with the proper operation
of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the
risk of an injury in an accident.
3-51
Seats & Safety System
Proper seated position for OCS
2C_HowToUseOCS
If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seated in
the front passenger seat, place the
Start/Stop button in the OFF position and
ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting
upright with the seat back in an upright
position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow the
system to detect the person and to enable
the passenger airbag. If the "PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the
passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride in
the front passenger seat when the
"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator is
illuminated. During a collision, the airbag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly and the
vehicle is restarted, have the passenger
move to the rear seat because the airbag
will not inflate.
3-52
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator
generally illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the Start/Stop button is in the ON or
START position. But, if the Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON or START
position within 3 minutes after the vehicle
is turned OFF, the indicator does not
illuminate. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the OCS will then classify the
front passenger after several more
seconds.
Do not install a Child Restraint
System on the Front Passenger's
Seat
2C_AirbagPartsWarning
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger's seat. An
inflating airbag can forcefully strike a
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury.
WARNING
NEVER use a rearward facing Child
Restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
Children should always ride in the rear
seats.
3
Why didn't my airbag go off in
a collision?
There are certain types of accidents in
which the airbag would not deploy
including rear impacts and second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
Damage to the vehicle indicates a
collision energy absorption, and is not an
indicator of whether or not an airbag
should have inflated.
Airbag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an airbag deploying
unexpectedly and causing serious injury
or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where airbags or
sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or
around the airbag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
changed, the airbags may deploy when
they should not or may not deploy.
• Do not install bumper guards with non
genuine Hyundai or non-equivalent
parts. It may adversely affect the
collision and airbag deployment
performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF or ACC position and wait for 3
minutes before the vehicle is towed to
prevent unintended airbag
deployment.
• Have all airbag repairs conducted by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-53
Seats & Safety System
1C_AirbagSensorOverview
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
SRS control module/Rollover sensor
Front impact sensor
Side impact sensor (Pressure)
Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
3-54
3
Airbag inflation conditions
Front airbags
Although the driver's and front passenger's
airbags are designed to inflate in frontal
collisions and side and curtain airbags are
designed to inflate in side impact collisions,
airbags may inflate in other types of collisions
if the sensors detect a sufficient impact.
Also, the side and curtain airbags inflate when
a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or
objects on unimproved roads, the airbags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic
to prevent unintended airbag deployment.
2C_AirbagOperatingConditionFrontAirbag
Front airbags are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact.
Airbag non-inflation conditions
Side and curtain airbags
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionMinorCrash
2C_AirbagOperatingConditionSideAirbag
In certain low-speed collisions, the
airbags may not deploy. The airbags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
2C_SideCurtainAirbagDeployment
Side and curtain airbags are designed to
inflate when an impact is detected by side
collision sensors depending on the severity of
impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionRearCrash
Front airbags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are
moved backward by the force of the
impact.
3-55
Seats & Safety System
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionSideCrash
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionTruckCrash
Front airbags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision.
Side and curtain airbags may inflate
depending on the severity of impact.
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
"nosedive". This is particularly important
when the vehicle in front has a higher
ground clearance. Airbags may not inflate
if your vehicle is in a "nosedive" condition
because the collision forces detected by
the sensors may have been significantly
reduced.
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionSidlingCrash
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the airbags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any airbags.
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionTurnoverCrash
Front airbags may not inflate in rollover
accidents because front airbag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
Information
The side and curtain airbags may inflate in
a rollover situation, when detected by the
rollover sensor.
3-56
3
WARNING
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionPollCrash
Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and
there are no parts you can safely service
by yourself. If the SRS airbag warning
light does not illuminate when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position or
continuously remains on, have the
system immediately inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Have any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger's panel, front seats, and roof
rails performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of
the SRS system may result in serious
personal injury or death.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• Do not attempt to modify or disconnect
the SRS components or wiring,
including the addition of any kind of
badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near the
airbag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the front
passenger's panel above the glove box.
• Clean the airbag pad covers with a soft
cloth moistened with water. Solvents or
cleaners may adversely affect the
airbag covers and proper deployment
of the system.
• Have inflated airbags replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If components of the airbag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, observe safety
precautions. Consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary
information.
3-57
Seats & Safety System
Additional safety precautions
Passengers should not move out of or
change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a collision or
emergency stop can be thrown against
the inside of the vehicle, against other
occupants, or be ejected from the
vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts.
Devices claiming to improve occupant
comfort or reposition the seat belt can
reduce the protection provided by the
seat belt and increase the chance of
serious injury in a collision.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats may
interfere with the operation of the
Supplemental Restraint System sensing
components or side airbags.
Do not place items under the front seats.
Placing items under the front seats may
interfere with the operation of the
Supplemental Restraint System sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the airbags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to
your vehicle to accommodate a disability,
contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect
Center at 800-633-5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your airbag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal, or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's Supplemental Restraint
System.
3-58
Airbag warning labels
2C_AirbagWarningLabelPosition
Airbag warning labels, required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached to
alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the airbag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the airbags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owners Manual.
4. Instrument Cluster
Instrument cluster ...........................................................................................................4-2
Instrument cluster control...........................................................................................4-3
Gauges and meters......................................................................................................4-3
Transmission shift indicator ........................................................................................4-8
Warning and indicator lights.......................................................................................4-8
Cluster display messages..........................................................................................4-20
Cluster display ...............................................................................................................4-24
Cluster display control...............................................................................................4-24
View modes................................................................................................................4-24
Vehicle settings (infotainment system) ....................................................................... 4-27
Setting your vehicle ................................................................................................... 4-27
4
Instrument Cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
1C_ClusterOverview
Type B
1C_ClusterOverview_2
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information,
refer to the "Instrument cluster" section in this chapter.
(1) Speedometer
(2) Hybrid system gauge
(3) Tachometer
(4) Fuel gauge
(5) Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge
(6) Warning and indicator lights
(7) Cluster display
4-2
4
Instrument cluster control
Gauges and meters
Instrument panel illumination
Speedometer
Type A
Control switch
2C_IlluminationControlSwitch
When the vehicle's parking lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination
control switch to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.
2C_Speedmeter
Type B
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument panel
illumination while driving to prevent
death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
• The brightness of the instrument panel
illumination is displayed.
• When the brightness setting reaches
either the minimum or maximum level,
a chime sounds.
2C_Speedmeter_2
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers
per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour
(MPH).
Infotainment system
You can adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Cluster > Illumination
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while
driving. This could result in loss of control
and lead to an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
4-3
Instrument Cluster
Charge/ECO/Power gauge
Tachometer
Type A
2C_HybridGauge
Type A
2C_Tachometer
Type B
Type B
2C_HybridGauge_2
The power gauge indicates whether the
current driving condition is fuel efficient
or not.
• CHARGE: Shows that the energy made
by the vehicle is being converted to
electrical energy. (Regenerated
energy)
• ECO: Shows that the vehicle is being
driven in an Eco-friendly manner.
• POWER: Shows that the vehicle is
exceeding the Eco-friendly range.
4-4
2C_Tachometer_2
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
Use the tachometer to monitor the engine
RPM.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE to prevent
severe engine damage.
4
Hybrid battery SOC (State of Charge)
gauge
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type A
2C_FuelGauge
2C_HighVoltageBatteryLevel
Type B
Type B
2C_HighVoltageBatteryLevel_2
2C_FuelGauge_2
The SOC gauge indicates the remaining
hybrid battery power.
• If the SOC is near the L (Low) level, the
vehicle automatically operates the
engine to charge the battery.
• If the SOC is near the H (High) level, the
high voltage battery is fully charged.
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
4-5
Instrument Cluster
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, that illuminates
when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
may fluctuate or the low fuel warning
light may come on earlier than usual
due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
• More than 6 liters (1.5 gallon) of fuel
should be added to the vehicle for the
fuel gauge to increase.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
2C_OutsideTemp
Type B
WARNING
• Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
• Always refuel the vehicle as soon as
possible after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator comes
close to the E (Empty) level.
2C_OutsideTemp_2
NOTICE
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel may
cause the engine to misfire and cause
damage to the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
• If the gearshift is not in P (Park) or N
(Neutral) when refueling, fueling may
not be recognized, and the fuel amount
and the distance to empty may appear
abnormally.
• The amount of fuel remaining may be
recognized abnormally if fueled with
the vehicle tilted or the battery cable
disconnected.
4-6
The outside ambient temperature
appears in the lower portion of the cluster
display. The temperature reads in
Fahrenheit or Celsius depending on the
units selected from the Settings menu in
the instrument cluster or infotainment
system.
The temperature indicated on the
instrument cluster may not change as
quickly as the outside temperature.
Select:
• Setup > General > Units >
Temperature Unit > °C/°F
Both the temperature unit on the cluster
display and climate control information
screen is changed.
4
Information
Distance to empty
Type A
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Odometer
Type A
2C_DistanceToEmpty
Type B
2C_Odometer
Type B
2C_DistanceToEmpty_2
2C_Odometer_2
The odometer indicates the total distance
that the vehicle has been driven and is
used to determine when periodic
maintenance is required.
The distance to empty is the estimated
distance the vehicle can be driven with
the remaining fuel.
If the estimated distance is below 1 km (1
mi.), the trip computer displays '---' as the
distance to empty. If this occurs, refuel
the vehicle immediately.
• The distance to empty may differ from
the actual driving distance because it is
only an estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The distance to empty may differ
significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and
condition of the vehicle.
4-7
Instrument Cluster
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly until
the vehicle has been driven enough for
the system to recalculate.
• The distance to empty indicator may
not change accurately if less than 6
liters (1.5 gallons) of fuel are added to
the vehicle.
Transmission shift indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
Type A
2C_ATPosition
Type B
2C_ATPosition_2
This indicator informs the current gear
engaged.
4-8
Warning and indicator lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
ON, this indicates a situation that needs
attention.
Ready indicator
¢
This indicator light illuminates:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
• ON: Normal driving is possible.
• OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or a
problem has occurred.
• Blinking : Emergency driving.
When the ready indicator goes OFF or
blinks, there is a problem with the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4
Service warning light
Seat belt warning light
«
!
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The service warning light illuminates
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off when all checks have
been performed.
• When there is a problem with the hybrid
vehicle control system or hardware.
When the warning light illuminates
while driving, or does not go OFF after
starting the vehicle, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
EV mode indicator
£
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
For more information, refer to the "Seat
belts" section in chapter 3.
Airbag warning light
=
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for 3-6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with the
Safety Restraint System (SRS).
If the Airbag warning light remains
illuminated while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator illuminates:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric
motor.
4-9
Instrument Cluster
Regenerative brake warning light
"
This warning light illuminates:
• When the regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not
perform well. This causes the Brake
Warning light (red) and Regenerative
Brake Warning Light (yellow) to
illuminate simultaneously.
• If this occurs, drive safely and have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The operation of the brake pedal may
be more difficult than normal and the
braking distance may increase.
Parking brake warning light
?
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off once the
parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
4-10
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more information,
refer to the "Brake fluid" section in
chapter 9). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if
the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with the
dual-diagonal braking system. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems
should fails.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal force are required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle does not stop in a short
distance if only a portion of the braking
system is working.
If you experience a malfunction with the
braking system while driving, attempt to
slow your vehicle by coasting or by using
engine braking.
WARNING
If the parking brake warning light
illuminates with the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake fluid
level is low. Have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
B
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ABS.
The hydraulic braking system still
operates even if there is a malfunction
with the ABS. If the ABS warning light
remains illuminated while driving, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System warning light
A
These two warning lights illuminate at the
same time while driving:
When the ABS and brake system does not
work normally.
If both the ABS warning light and the
Parking Brake warning light remain
illuminated while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
When both ABS and Parking Brake
warning lights are on, the braking system
does not work normally and you may
experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
Avoid high speed driving and abrupt
braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Information
When the ABS warning light is on or both
ABS and Parking Brake warning lights are
on, the speedometer, odometer, or
tripmeter may not work. Also, the MDPS
warning light may illuminate and the
steering effort may increase or decrease.
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS) warning light
E
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the Motor Driven Power Steering.
If the MDPS warning light remains
illuminated while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4-11
Instrument Cluster
Low fuel level warning light
G
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Refuel the vehicle as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below E
(Empty) may cause the engine to misfire
and damage the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
Engine oil pressure warning light
H
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more information,
refer to the "Engine oil" in chapter 9). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
4-12
NOTICE
• Continued driving with the warning
light on may cause engine failure.
• If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light is illuminated,
severe damage could result.
Information
When engine oil pressure decreases due
to insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine
Oil Pressure warning light will illuminate.
In addition, the enhanced engine
protection system which limits engine
power will be activated. If the engine oil
pressure is restored, the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
I
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain, or
the active air flap.
If the MIL warning light remains
illuminated while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the enhanced engine protection
system activates due to the lack of
engine oil, the engine power is limited.
4
NOTICE
• Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control system that may
affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
• If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
illuminates, catalytic converter (if
equipped) damage is possible that may
result in loss of engine power.
NOTICE
• If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Engine coolant temperature
warning light
J
Charging system warning light
K
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system.
If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
If the Charging system warning light
remains illuminated while driving, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the engine
overheats" section in chapter 8.
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light illuminates, it indicates
overheating that may damage the engine.
4-13
Instrument Cluster
Low tire pressure warning light
L
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more tires are significantly
under-inflated. (The location of the
under-inflated tire appears on the
cluster display.)
For more information, refer to the "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)"
section in chapter 8.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for about 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF at 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
For more information, refer to the "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)"
section in chapter 8.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
4-14
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
M
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
EPB.
If the EPB warning light remains
illuminated while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may illuminate when the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that
ESC is not working properly. This does not
indicate malfunction of EPB.
4
AUTO HOLD indicator light
N
This indicator light illuminates:
• White: When you activate Auto Hold by
pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
• Green: When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with Auto Hold activated.
• Yellow: Whenever a malfunction with
the Auto Hold is detected.
If the AUTO HOLD indicator light
remains yellow while driving, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to the
"Braking system" section in chapter 6.
Forward Safety warning light
O
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Yellow: When Forward Safety of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunction
is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered or
unblocked when the Forward Safety is
set, have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks:
• Red: When Forward Safety function is
operating.
For more information, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in chapter
7.
Lane Safety indicator light
S
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Gray: When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
• Green: When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied.
• Yellow: When Lane Safety is disabled or
a malfunction is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered or
unblocked when Lane Safety is set,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• Green: When Lane Keeping Assist is
operating.
For more information, refer to the "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in chapter 7.
4-15
Instrument Cluster
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
indicator light
y
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Yellow: When Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist is disabled, the front view camera
is blocked, or a malfunction is detected.
If the yellow indicator light remains on
after the front view camera has been
uncovered or unblocked, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to the
"Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)"
section in chapter 7.
Inattentive Driving Warning light
W
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Yellow: When Driver Attention Warning
is disabled or a malfunction is detected.
If the yellow indicator light remains on
after the front view camera has been
uncovered or unblocked, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4-16
This indicator light blinks:
• Yellow: Driver Attention Warning
recommends to take a break.
For more information, refer to the "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" section in
chapter 7.
Master warning light
X
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in operation
in any of the following systems:
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• Exterior light malfunction
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked
• LED headlight malfunction
• High Beam Assist malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
• Lane Following Assist malfunction
• Door/Trunk malfunction
• Low washer fluid
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
If the issue is resolved, the Master
Warning Light turns off.
4
LED headlight warning light
Y
This warning light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight.
If the LED Headlight warning light
remains illuminated while driving, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the LED Headlight warning
light on or blinking may reduce LED
headlight life.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
a
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
ESC system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
This indicator light blinks:
While ESC is operating.
For more information, refer to the
"Braking system" section in chapter 6.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
b
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate ESC system by
pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more information, refer to the
"Braking system" section in chapter 6.
4-17
Instrument Cluster
Immobilizer indicator light
Turn signal indicator light
j
`
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30
seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key in
the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC or ON position.
• At this time, you can start the engine.
• The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal lever.
If any of the following occur, there may be
a malfunction with the turn signal system.
• The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink.
• The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly.
• The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all.
If any of these occur, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle,
you cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4-18
Light ON indicator light
_
This indicator light illuminates:
When the parking lights or headlights are
on.
4
High beam indicator light
Lane Following Assist indicator light
]
º
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and the
turn signal lever is moved to the high
beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into
the Flash-to-Pass position.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Green: When Lane Following Assist is
operating.
• gray: When Lane Following Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
Low beam indicator light
^
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on..
High Beam Assist indicator light
Z
This indicator light illuminates:
When the high beam is on with the light
switch in the AUTO position.
• White: When High Beam Assist is ready
to operate.
• Green: When High Beam Assist is
operating.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
switches the high beam to low beam
automatically.
For more information, refer to the "High
Beam Assist (HBA)" section in chapter 5.
This indicator light blinks:
• White: When the steering wheel assist
is canceled.
For more information, refer to the "Lane
Following Assist (LFA)" section in chapter
7.
Door open indicator light
l
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates if a door is
left open or not fully closed.
WARNING
Before driving the vehicle, confirm the
door is fully closed and the light is off.
CAUTION
The battery may discharge if you leave
the vehicle with the Door Open indicator
light illuminated. Make sure you fully
close the door when leaving the vehicle.
4-19
Instrument Cluster
Cluster display messages
Vehicle is On
This message appears if you open the
driver's door when the gear is in P (Park)
and the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON or START position.
Turn the engine off before leaving the
vehicle.
Shift to P
This message appears if the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF
position without the gear in the P (Park)
position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button goes to the ACC position.
Vehicle is in N. Press START button
and shift to P
This message appears if you try to turn off
the vehicle with the gear in N (Neutral).
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. The
Engine Start/Stop button goes to the
ON position.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
again, then the vehicle turns off.
Low key battery
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position, a message
may appear, indicating the internal
battery of the smart key is low. Replace
the smart key battery.
4-20
Press brake pedal to start engine
This message appears if the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
Start the vehicle by depressing the brake
pedal and then pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
This message appears if the smart key is
not in the vehicle when you have left the
vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON or Start position.
Always turn off the engine before leaving
your vehicle.
Press START button again
If you cannot start the vehicle after the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed,
attempt to start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Press START button with key
This message appears if the smart key is
not detected when you press the Engine
Start/Stop button after accessing with
the smart key. Pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the Smart key uses
a different antenna
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This message appears if the brake switch
fuse is disconnected. Replace the fuse
before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for
10 seconds in the ACC position.
4
Check Active Air Flap system
Door, Hood, trunk open indicator
This warning message appears in the
following situations:
• There is a malfunction with the actuator
flap.
• There is a malfunction with the actuator
air flap controller.
• The air flap does not open.
When all of the above conditions are
fixed, the warning disappears.
2C_DoorOpenWarning
Shift to P or N to start engine
This message appears if you try to start
the engine in any other position except P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
Information
You can start the engine with the gear in
N (Neutral). But, for your safety, always
start the engine with the vehicle in P
(Park) with your foot depressing the brake
pedal.
This warning appears if any door or hood
or trunk is left open. The warning
indicates which door is open on the
cluster display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, confirm the
door, hood, and trunk are fully closed.
Sunroof open indicator
if equipped
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
if equipped
This message appears if the vehicle
battery voltage is low or if a current draw
is detected that could drain the vehicle
battery.
Do not connect any external electronic
devices to the battery system or battery
discharge may occur.
If this message appears on the cluster and
there are no other external electronic
devices connected to the vehicle, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
2C_SonroofOpenWarning
This warning appears if you turn off the
engine when the sunroof is open.
It is recommended that you close the
sunroof securely before leaving your
vehicle. The sunroof may be left open or
tilted, but the vehicle will be more secure
when it is closed.
4-21
Instrument Cluster
Low tire pressure
Wiper
Front
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
This warning message appears if the tire
pressure is low. The corresponding tire on
the vehicle is illuminated.
For more information, refer to the "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)"
section in chapter 8.
Lights
2C_FrontWiperMode
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Cluster > Content Selection >
Wiper/Lights display
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
2C_LightMode
This indicator displays which exterior light
is selected using the lighting control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights display function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
• Setup > Cluster > Content Selection >
Wiper/Lights display
4-22
4
Low washer fluid
This message appears if the washer fluid
level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This message appears if the fuel tank is
almost out of fuel.
When this message appears, the low fuel
level warning light on the cluster comes
on.
Refuel as soon as possible.
Engine overheated
This message appears when the engine
coolant temperature is above about 120
°C (248 °F). The engine is overheated and
may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to the
"If the engine overheats" section in
chapter 8.
Check turn signal
This message appears if the turn signal
lights are not operating properly.
Replace the burned out bulb with a new
one with the same wattage rating.
Check headlight LED
This message appears if there is a
problem with the LED headlight. Have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4-23
Instrument Cluster
Cluster display
Cluster display control
2C_ClusterMenuSwitch
Switch
ô
ơ,Ƣ
OK
Function
MODE button for changing modes
MOVE switch for changing items
SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
Information
If equipped with an infotainment system, only the Settings menu in the infotainment
system is supported and not the instrument cluster.
View modes
View modes
Explanation
Driving Assist
This mode displays Driver Assistance system such as Lane Keeping
Assist, Smart Cruise Control, and Lane Following Assist etc.
Turn by Turn
This mode displays the navigation guidance.
Utility
This mode displays driving information such as the trip distance,
fuel economy and etc.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
4-24
4
Driving Assist mode
Utility view
Current Trip
2C_DrivingAssistMode
LKA/SCC/LFA/HDA
Displays the state of Lane Keeping Assist,
Smart Cruise Control, Lane Following
Assist and Highway Driving Assist. For
more information, refer to each system
information in Chapter 7.
2C_DrivingInfo
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information, and vehicle speed.
Since Refueling
Turn by Turn (TBT) mode
2C_InfoAfterRefuel
2C_TurnByTurnMode
Turn-by-turn navigation and
distance/time to destination appear
when Turn by Turn mode is selected.
After the vehicle has been refueled, the
trip distance, total driving time and
average fuel economy appear.
To reset manually, press the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1 second
when "Since Refueling" appears.
4-25
Instrument Cluster
Since Reset
Additional information display
Driver Assistance
2C_AccumulatedInfo
Accumulated trip distance, total driving
time, and average fuel economy appear.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1 second
when "Since Reset" appears.
Tire pressure
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
The tire pressure of each tire appears.
For more information, refer to the "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)"
section in chapter 8.
4-26
2C_ADASInfo
The current operation condition of
Manual Speed Limit Assist, Smart Cruise
Control, Lane Following Assist, etc.
appears.
Master warning mode
Master warning light illuminates if one or
more of the following occurs:
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked
• Exterior light malfunction
• LED headlight malfunction
• High Beam Assist malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
• Lane Following Assist malfunction
• Door/Trunk malfunction
• Low washer fluid
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
4
Vehicle settings
(infotainment system)
Setting your vehicle
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
system provides user options for a the
settings including door lock/unlock
features, convenience features, driver
assistance settings, etc.
Vehicle Settings menu
• Driver Assistance
• Drive Mode
• ECO Vehicle
• Climate
• Seat
• Lights
• Door
• Digital Keys
• Convenience
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
available to your vehicle.
WARNING
2C_AVNOverview
1. Press the SETUP button on the main
keyboard.
2. Select Vehicle to change the settings
for features.
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide or the
Multimedia Manual supplied with the
vehicle.
Do not adjust the Vehicle Settings while
driving. You may be distracted from the
driving task and could collide.
4-27
5. Convenience Features
Accessing your vehicle.................................................................................................... 5-5
Smart key...................................................................................................................... 5-5
Immobilizer system.....................................................................................................5-12
Hyundai Digital Key ........................................................................................................5-13
Digital key application ................................................................................................5-13
Digital key (smartphone) ............................................................................................5-13
Digital key (Card key).................................................................................................5-20
Used vehicle/Digital key maintenance..................................................................... 5-23
Limitations of the system .......................................................................................... 5-24
Door locks ...................................................................................................................... 5-24
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ....................................................... 5-24
Operating door unlocks from inside the vehicle ..................................................... 5-26
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features .............................................................................. 5-27
Child-protector rear door locks ................................................................................ 5-28
Theft-alarm system .......................................................................................................5-28
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ...........................................................................................5-29
Integrated memory system ..........................................................................................5-30
Storing memory positions ..........................................................................................5-31
Recalling memory positions.......................................................................................5-31
Resetting integrated memory system.......................................................................5-31
While resetting integrated memory system .............................................................5-31
Seat easy access operation....................................................................................... 5-32
Steering wheel ............................................................................................................... 5-33
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)...................................................................... 5-33
Tilt/Telescopic steering ............................................................................................. 5-33
Horn ............................................................................................................................ 5-34
Haptic warning/Steering wheel vibration warning .................................................5-34
Mirrors ............................................................................................................................ 5-35
Inside side view mirror .............................................................................................. 5-35
Side view mirrors .......................................................................................................5-44
Reverse parking aid ...................................................................................................5-45
Windows......................................................................................................................... 5-47
Power windows..........................................................................................................5-48
5
Panoramic sunroof......................................................................................................... 5-51
Power sunshade ......................................................................................................... 5-51
Tilt open/close ............................................................................................................5-52
Slide open/close .........................................................................................................5-52
Automatic reversal .....................................................................................................5-52
Resetting the sunroof.................................................................................................5-53
Sunroof open warning .............................................................................................. 5-54
Hood .............................................................................................................................. 5-54
Opening the hood...................................................................................................... 5-54
Closing the hood ........................................................................................................5-55
5
Trunk ...............................................................................................................................5-55
Opening the trunk ......................................................................................................5-55
Closing the trunk ....................................................................................................... 5-56
Emergency trunk safety release............................................................................... 5-56
Power trunk ....................................................................................................................5-57
Power trunk operating conditions ............................................................................5-57
Operating the power trunk ....................................................................................... 5-58
Setting the power trunk ............................................................................................ 5-60
Resetting the power trunk ........................................................................................ 5-60
Emergency trunk safety release............................................................................... 5-60
Smart trunk..................................................................................................................... 5-61
Using smart trunk ....................................................................................................... 5-61
Deactivating smart trunk .......................................................................................... 5-62
Detecting area ........................................................................................................... 5-63
Fuel filler door ............................................................................................................... 5-63
Opening the fuel filler door....................................................................................... 5-63
Closing the fuel filler door ........................................................................................ 5-64
Head-Up Display (HUD)................................................................................................ 5-66
Head-up display settings .......................................................................................... 5-66
Head-up display information.................................................................................... 5-66
Precautions while using the head-up display ......................................................... 5-66
Over-The-Air software update ......................................................................................5-67
Downloading software...............................................................................................5-67
Approving software update .......................................................................................5-67
Preparing software update ....................................................................................... 5-68
Updating software..................................................................................................... 5-68
5. Convenience Features
Exterior lights ................................................................................................................. 5-70
Lighting control.......................................................................................................... 5-70
High Beam Operation .................................................................................................5-71
Turn signals and lane change signals ........................................................................ 5-71
Battery saver function ............................................................................................... 5-72
Headlight delay function ........................................................................................... 5-72
Interior button lights.................................................................................................. 5-73
Daytime Running Light (DRL) ................................................................................... 5-73
Welcome system........................................................................................................ 5-73
High Beam Assist (HBA) ................................................................................................ 5-74
High Beam Assist settings......................................................................................... 5-75
High Beam Assist operation...................................................................................... 5-75
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations........................................................ 5-76
Interior lights.................................................................................................................. 5-77
Interior lamp Auto off ................................................................................................ 5-77
Front lamps................................................................................................................. 5-77
Rear lamps.................................................................................................................. 5-78
Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................................................................... 5-78
Ambient light.............................................................................................................. 5-78
Luggage compartment lamp .................................................................................... 5-78
Wipers and washers ...................................................................................................... 5-79
Windshield wipers...................................................................................................... 5-79
Windshield washers ...................................................................................................5-80
Automatic climate control system ............................................................................... 5-81
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................................................................5-82
Manual heating and air conditioning........................................................................5-83
System maintenance .................................................................................................5-88
Windshield defrosting and defogging .........................................................................5-90
Automatic climate control system............................................................................5-90
Defogging logic.......................................................................................................... 5-91
Rear window defroster .............................................................................................. 5-91
Climate control additional features .............................................................................5-92
Air conditioning auto-drying..................................................................................... 5-92
Auto defogging system ............................................................................................. 5-92
Auto dehumidify ........................................................................................................5-93
Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................................................................5-94
5
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used ............................................................ 5-94
Recirculating air when entering a tunnel ................................................................ 5-94
Storage compartment .................................................................................................. 5-95
Center console storage............................................................................................. 5-96
Glove box ................................................................................................................... 5-96
5
Interior features ............................................................................................................ 5-96
Cup holder ................................................................................................................. 5-96
Sunvisor.......................................................................................................................5-97
Power outlet .............................................................................................................. 5-98
USB charger ............................................................................................................... 5-98
Wireless smartphone charging system ................................................................... 5-99
Clock...........................................................................................................................5-101
Coat hook.................................................................................................................. 5-102
Floor mat anchor(s) .................................................................................................. 5-102
Infotainment system....................................................................................................5-103
USB Port .................................................................................................................... 5-103
Antenna .....................................................................................................................5-104
Steering wheel remote controls..............................................................................5-104
Infotainment system ................................................................................................ 5-105
Voice recognition ..................................................................................................... 5-105
Bluetooth® wireless technology.............................................................................. 5-105
5
Accessing your vehicle
Locking your vehicle (1)
Button type
Smart key
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch
2C_SmartKeyOverview
1. Close all doors, hood, and trunk.
2. Have the smart key with you.
3. Press the door handle button or press
the Door Lock button (1) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
Touch sensor type
if equipped
2C_SmartKeyOverview_2
Your HYUNDAI uses a smart key that is
used to lock or unlock the driver's and
passenger's doors and the trunk, and start
the engine.
(1) Door lock
(2) Door unlock
(3) Trunk open
(4) Panic
(5) Remote start
(6) Remote Smart Parking Assist
(Forward/Backward) (if equipped)
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch_3
1. Close all doors, hood, and trunk.
2. Have the smart key with you.
3. Touch the door handle touch sensor to
activate the door lock or press the Door
Lock button (1) on the smart key. The
hazard warning lights blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
5-5
Convenience Features
Information
• The door handle button or touch sensor
only operates when the smart key is
within 40 inches (1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• If you lock the doors using the door
handle button or touch sensor, the
doors will not lock under the following
circumstances:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position.
- Any door is open (except for the
trunk).
If this occurs, a chime sounds for about
3 seconds. Check the vehicle before
attempting to lock the vehicle again.
Information
Before you leave your vehicle with the
smart key, verify that your vehicle is
locked. When using the touch sensor on
the front door handle, listen to hear that
the lock has actuated, and then pull the
handle within 3 seconds to confirm the
doors are locked.
(If it has been longer than 3 seconds,
verify the doors are locked by pressing
the lock button on the smart key. You can
hear a single beep.)
WARNING
Do not leave the smart key in your vehicle
with children that are unattended or
unsupervised.
Children could unintentionally press the
Engine Start/Stop button or could
operate the power windows or other
vehicle controls or even cause the vehicle
to move. This may result in serious injury
or death.
5-6
Unlocking your vehicle (2)
Button type
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch
1. Have the smart key with you.
2. Press the door handle button or press
the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights blink.
• If you unlock the doors using the
passenger side door handle, all the
doors are unlocked. If you unlock the
doors using the driver side door
handle, either the driver's side door is
unlocked or all the doors are
unlocked depending on the setting
for the 2 Press Unlock feature.
Change the Driver Door unlock mode
by referring to "Setting the Two Press
Unlock feature".
5
Touch sensor type
if equipped
Setting the Two Press Unlock feature
You can activate or deactivate the Two
Press Unlock feature from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system. Select
Setup > Vehicle > Door > 2 Press Unlock.
Setting the door lock/unlock prevention
feature
The doors may lock or unlock if the touch
sensor of the outside door handle is
recognized while washing your vehicle or
due to heavy rain.
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch_2
1. Have the smart key with you.
2. Grab the door handle to activate the
door unlock touch sensor. The hazard
warning lights blink two times.
• If you unlock the doors using the
passenger side door handle, all the
doors are unlocked. If you unlock the
doors using the driver side door
handle, either the driver's side door is
unlocked or all the doors are
unlocked depending on the setting
for the 2 Press Unlock feature.
Change the Driver Door unlock mode
by referring to "Setting the Two Press
Unlock feature". If you dip your hand
twice inside the door handle, all
doors will unlock.
Information
The door handle button or touch sensor
only operates when the smart key is
within 40 inches (1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• After unlocking the doors, the doors are
locked automatically after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
• If the handle inner sensor is covered
and the outside handle is pressed at the
same time, the door may not lock or
unlock for about 2 seconds. Be sure to
only touch the inner sensor to unlock or
the outer sensor to lock, not both at
once unless intentionally setting the
lock/unlock prevention feature.
To prevent unintentional door lock or
unlock:
Press the lock button on the smart key
and immediately press the unlock button
along with the lock button for more than
4 seconds. The hazard warning lights
blink four times. At this time, the doors do
not lock or unlock even though the touch
sensor is touched on the outside door
handle. To deactivate the function, press
the door lock or unlock button on the
smart key.
Information
• During a car wash or rain, in order to
minimize unintentional operation of the
touch sensor, the touch sensor may
become insensitive. This is not a
malfunction.
• The doors may not lock or unlock in the
following situations.
- If the touch sensor is touched with
gloves on.
- If the door is suddenly approached.
5-7
Convenience Features
Smart key reminder
Remotely starting vehicle (5)
If the doors are locked with the central
door lock/unlock button with the smart
key in the vehicle and a door open, the
doors do not lock.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the smart
key within about 32 ft. (10 m) from the
vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button (5) on
the smart key within 2 seconds from
when you have pressed the door lock
button. The engine starts.
3. To turn off the engine, press the
Remote Start button (5) once.
Opening the trunk (3)
if equipped
To open the trunk:
1. Have the smart key with you.
2. Press the trunk open button on the
vehicle or press and hold the trunk
open button (3) on the smart key for
more than 1 second. The hazard
warning lights blinks two times and the
trunk open.
Information
The trunk open button only operates
when the smart key is within 40 inches (1
m) from the trunk.
Using panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard warning
lights blink for about 30 seconds if this
button (4) is pressed for more than 1
second. To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
5-8
Information
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The vehicle turns off if you do not get in
the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• The Remote Start button (5) may not
operate if the smart key is not within 32
ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
• The vehicle does not remotely start if
the hood or trunk is open.
• Do not idle the engine for a long time.
• The vehicle can also be remotely
started through the Bluelink
subscription. For more information,
refer to the the Bluelink manual.
5
Remotely moving vehicle forward or
backward (6)
if equipped
With the smart key, the driver can move
the vehicle forward or backward using the
Forward/Backward button (6) on the
smart key.
For more details, refer to "Remote Smart
Parking Assist (RSPA)" section in chapter
7.
Mechanical key
If the smart key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver's door by using the mechanical key.
Starting the vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with a Engine
Start/Stop button instead of a key
cylinder. You can leave your smart key in
your pocket or purse when you start your
vehicle. For more information, refer to the
"Engine Start/Stop button" section in
chapter 6.
Information
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function for smart key
operation will pause. Lift the smart key to
activate the detection again.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place
to avoid damage or malfunction.
Exposure to moisture or high
temperature may cause the internal
circuit of the smart key to malfunction.
This may not be covered under
warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the smart
key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.
2C_Mechanicalkey
Turn the knob (2) of the mechanical key
after removing the key protector (1).
After using the mechanical key, turn the
key knob (2) and insert the key protector
(1).
Key cylinder (Driver door)
A key cylinder is located on the driver side
door handle hidden behind a plastic
cover.
For more information, refer to the "Using
the mechanical key" section in this
chapter on opening the door with the
mechanical key.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
happen to lose your smart key, you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining key to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if
necessary.
5-9
Convenience Features
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as radio station or
airport that may interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two way
radio system or a mobile phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• The smart key is near any normal
electronic devices or credit cards.
• The vehicle battery is discharged.
• Connecting an external device to the
power outlet and placing the smart key
near the external device.
• If your windows are tinted, especially
with metallic window tint, it may cause
frequency interference, reducing the
smart key operating range.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
mechanical key.
2C_StartVehicleWithPushingSmartKey
To start the engine, press the Engine
Start/Stop button directly with the smart
key. If you have a problem with the smart
key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-10
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone's normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such as
making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as a pants or jacket
pocket to avoid interference between the
two devices.
NOTICE
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
• Always have the smart key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart
key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle
battery may be discharged.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
5
Replacing the battery
Battery type: CR2450
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot (1) and
gently open the rear cover.
WARNING
This product contains a button battery.
If swallowed, a lithium button battery can
cause severe or fatal injuries within 2
hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of the
body, seek immediate medical attention.
Information
2C_RemoveSmartKeyCover
2. Remove the old battery and insert a
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
Ġ
An inappropriately disposed battery may
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Always dispose of a used
battery according to your local law(s) and
regulations.
2C_ReplaceSmartKeyBattery
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
key.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage or you feel your
smart key is not working correctly,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-11
Convenience Features
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system helps protect
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the immobilizer system
indicator should come on briefly, then go
off. If the indicator starts to blink, the
system does not recognize the coding of
the key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position, then to the ON position
again.
The system may not recognize your key's
coding if another immobilizer key or other
metal object (e.g. key chain) is near the
key. The engine may not start because the
metal may interrupt the transponder
signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to modify this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems may occur making your vehicle
inoperable.
5-12
WARNING
To prevent theft of your vehicle, do not
leave spare keys anywhere in your
vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a
customer unique password and should be
kept confidential.
NOTICE
Avoid exposing the key to moisture, static
electricity, and rough handling. The
Immobilizer system may malfunction.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
5
Hyundai Digital Key
if equipped
Hyundai digital key provides convenience
to the driver, which the driver can use to
lock or unlock the driver and passenger
doors or the trunk and turn on the vehicle.
Digital key application
To use Hyundai Digital Key mobile app,
install the Hyundai Digital Key app on
your Android phone from the Google Play
Store.
Refer to the instructions in the digital key
app:
Menu > Application Info > Tutorial
This service is only available for Android
smartphones. Check for
supported/compatible devices on the
website.
Setting your smartphone
To use the digital key (smartphone),
download the Bluelink App and sign up
Hyundai account and service.
For more information about Bluelink,
refer to the infotainment system guide.
Registering your digital key
(smartphone)
2C_AVNRegisterSmartPhone
Digital key (smartphone)
Information
• Hyundai digital keys are only available
on smartphone that support digital key
functions, and digital key functions of
smartphones are provide by
smartphone manufacturers.
• Available smartphone brands and
models can be found on smartphone
manufactures' website or HYUNDAI
website.
• Certain functions may not operate
depending on whether the service is
provided in the vehicle.
• Depending on the availability of service
on the vehicle, some functions may not
operated.
2C_WirelessChargingPad
[A] Vehicle authentication pad (wireless charging
pad)
1. Turn on the vehicle with a smart key
and have your smart key with you in the
vehicle.
2. Put the gear in P (Park), from the
infotainment system Settings menu,
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital keys >
Smartphone key > My Smartphone
Key.
5-13
Convenience Features
3. After selecting Digital Key > Set Up
Digital Key from the Bluelink App in the
smartphone, register the digital key
according to the guidance in the
smartphone screen.
• Ultra Wide Band unsupported
smartphone
- Place your smartphone on the
vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad) with the
screen facing up.
- The NFC Antenna position on
Samsung device can be found in
the following path: Settings >
Connections > NFC and
contactless payments.
- The NFC Antenna position on
Google Pixel phone can be found in
the following path: Settings >
Connected devices > Connection
preference > NFC.
- Ensure that the NFC Antenna
position on the smartphone is in
contact with the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
- The NFC Antenna position on Apple
iPhone is located at the top of the
rear (A) and Apple WATCH is
located at the center of the screen
(B).
2C_SmartPhoneSample
5-14
- The location of the NFC Antenna on
the smartphone may vary by phone
model, so please contact the
smartphone manufacturer for
details.
- NFC communication may not work
for some smartphones depending
on the internal structure of the
smartphone. Move the
smartphone to the left or right of
the vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad) to operate.
• Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone
- The digital key can be registered if
the smartphone is inside the
vehicle even without placing it on
the vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad).
4. Press Save button in the infotainment
system to start registration.
When the digital key (smartphone) is
saved, a message appears on the
infotainment system.
5
Information
• If you want to register a different digital
key (smartphone), refer to "Deleting
your digital key (smartphone)" and
delete the digital key (smartphone)
before re-registering. An active Digital
Key can be shared through the Bluelink
App with a different smartphone.
• During the digital key saving process,
the process may cancel when:
- The smartphone is removed from the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad)
- The infotainment system is changed
- The engine is turned off
- The gear is shifted
• The registering process does not start if
a smart key is not in the vehicle.
• Some smartphones may not start the
registering process depending on the
internal structure. Move the
smartphone to the left or right on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charger pad) and try registering the
smartphone.
• Ultra Wide Band (UWB) is a radio
technology that can use a very low
energy level for short-range,
high-bandwidth communications over
a large portion of the radio spectrum.
Using the digital key (smartphone)
Digital key touch control
The driver can lock or unlock the door by
placing the smartphone on the outside
door handle, and the vehicle can be
started by placing the smartphone on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
Information
The location of the NFC Antenna on the
smartphone may vary by phone model, so
please contact the smartphone
manufacturer for details.
Digital key close proximity control
• If you have the smartphone in
possession, the doors can be locked or
unlocked without touching the
smartphone to the door handle, but by
touching the door lock/unlock sensor
(engraved part) on the door handle.
Also, the vehicle can be started by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
without placing the smartphone on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
• When the smartphone and vehicle is
connected by Bluetooth, the Remote
Start, Door Lock/Unlock, and Panic
functions are available using the App
provided by the smartphone
manufacturer.
Information
• The function is only available for Ultra
Wide Band supported smartphone
digital keys. To use the function, the
smartphone's Bluetooth must be
activated.
• The necessary distance between the
smartphone and vehicle for Bluetooth
connection may vary depending on the
surroundings of the vehicle and
smartphone.
5-15
Convenience Features
Locking/Unlocking the doors
• Ultra Wide Band unsupported
smartphone
Samsung & Google Pixel smartphones
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouchBySmartPhone
[A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] NFC Antenna
Apple iPhone
• Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone
- If you touch the door lock/unlock
sensor (engraved part) on the door
handle with the smart phone in
possession, the door locks or
unlocks.
- If you approach the front door handle
with the smartphone in possession
when On driver approach is set, the
door unlocks automatically.
After unlocking the doors, the doors are
automatically re-locked after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
If the smartphone digital key does not
operate, try again after moving the
smartphone away from the door handle
authentication pad (more than 4 inches
(0.1 m)).
Information
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouchByIPhone
[A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] NFC Antenna
- If the driver places the digital key
(smartphone) NFC antenna to the
driver's or passenger's door handle
authentication pad (A) for more than
2 seconds, the door locks or unlocks.
- If the Two Press Unlock feature is set,
only the driver's door unlocks when
the digital key (smartphone) is placed
on the driver's door handle
authentication pad (A). Place the
digital key (smartphone) on the
driver's door handle authentication
pad once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
5-16
• You cannot lock your vehicle using the
digital key (smartphone) if any of the
following occurs:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position.
- Any of the doors, hood, or trunk are
open.
• The door may not unlock automatically
if you stay near the vehicle for several
minutes with the Ultra Wide Band
supported smartphone in possession.
• If the smartphone is kept in the back
pocket or bag, it may cause poor
Bluetooth connection, or the door
lock/unlock or vehicle start-up
operation my be delayed.
5
Starting the vehicle
• Ultra Wide Band unsupported
smartphone
- After placing your registered digital
key (smartphone) on the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad), depress the brake
pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
- After starting the vehicle, the digital
key (smartphone) may be removed
from the vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad).
- NFC communication may not work
for some smartphones depending on
the internal structure of the
smartphone. Move the smartphone
to the left or right of the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) to operate.
• Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone
- With the smartphone inside the
vehicle, depress the brake pedal and
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
- To start the vehicle remotely, use the
App provided by the smartphone
manufacturer to lock the vehicle with
the door lock button, and press the
remote start button within 4 seconds.
The vehicle starts and the hazard
warning lights blink.
- Press the remote start button again
to turn off the vehicle.
For more details on the basic way to start
the vehicle, refer to the "Engine
Start/Stop button" section in chapter 6.
Information
If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
used for the first time, the activating time
may take longer.
• Place the shared digital key
(smartphone) on the door handle
authentication pad until the vehicle
door lock/unlock activates.
• If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
first used on the vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charger pad), the initial
start of the vehicle may fail.
• If the door lock/unlock is activated
once with the shared digital key
(smartphone) or the vehicle is started
with the digital key (smartphone) on the
vehicle authentication pad, the digital
key (smartphone) is registered in the
vehicle.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the
registered smartphone is placed on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can result
in serious injury or death. In addition,
always have the registered smartphone
with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
5-17
Convenience Features
Operating the trunk
2C_OutsideTrunkOpenButton
• Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone
- If the vehicle is locked, press the
trunk open button with the
smartphone in possession to open
the trunk.
- If you are in the detecting area
behind the trunk for more than 3
seconds with the smartphone in
possession when Smart Trunk is set,
the trunk opens automatically.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the
registered smartphone is placed on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can result
in serious injury or death. In addition,
always have the registered smartphone
with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
5-18
Information
• The Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone digital key can be used
only when the smartphone and vehicle
are connected with Bluetooth.
- The necessary distance between the
smartphone and vehicle for
Bluetooth connection may vary
depending on the surroundings.
- Window tinting substances may
cause poor Bluetooth connection.
- If the smartphone is kept in the back
pocket or bag, it may cause poor
Bluetooth connection, or the door
lock/unlock or vehicle start-up
operation may be delayed.
• The Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone digital key can be used
only for a certain amount of time to
optimize the performance of the
smartphone and vehicle battery. If you
stay near the vehicle for several
minutes with the Ultra Wide Band
supported smartphone, the Auto
Unlock feature may not operate.
• Check the smartphone's setting menu
or the App provided by the smartphone
manufacturer for the connection of the
vehicle and smartphone.
• The Ultra Wide Band supported
smartphone digital key can also use the
NFC function.
5
Deleting your digital key
(smartphone)
Deleting my registered digital key
(smartphone)
Turn on the vehicle with a smart key. Have
your smart key with you in the vehicle.
Deleting all registered digital key
(smartphone)
2C_AVNDeleteMySmartPhone
2C_AVNDeleteDegitalKey
To delete all the registered digital key
(smartphone), from the Settings menu
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys >
Smartphone key > Delete all in the
infotainment system.
• The "Delete all" button is disabled if
there is no registered digital key
(smartphone).
To delete only my registered digital key
(smartphone), from the Settings menu
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys >
Smartphone key > My Smartphone Key >
Delete in the infotainment system.
• If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
registered, it cannot be deleted.
• A new smartphone can be registered
after deleting the existing digital key
(smartphone) from "My Smartphone
Key" menu.
Information
• If the registered digital key
(smartphone) is deleted, the digital key
saved in the smartphone is also
deleted.
• If the digital key is deleted from the
smartphone, the digital key
(smartphone) registered in the vehicle
is also deleted.
• The shared digital key registered in the
vehicle cannot be deleted individually.
• Even though the Blue Link® App is
deleted from the smartphone, the
digital key saved in the smartphone is
not deleted.
• Management of the digital key saved in
the smartphone is available from the
Digital Key App provided by the
smartphone manufacturer.
5-19
Convenience Features
Digital key (Card key)
How to register Digital key (Card
Key)
To use the card key as a digital key, follow
the following procedure.
Information
• Only one digital key (card key) can be
registered to the vehicle. If it must be
replaced, delete the existing card key
before registering the new card key.
• To register a digital key (card key), both
of your smart keys must be in the
vehicle.
• Once a digital key (card key) is
registered, it cannot be registered in
another vehicle. It is possible to
re-register it to the original vehicle.
Using the digital key (card key)
2C_AVNRegisterCardKey
The driver can lock or unlock the door by
placing the card key on the outside door
handle, and the vehicle can be started by
placing the card key on the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
2C_WirelessChargingPad
[A] Vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
1. Have both of your smart keys with you
in the vehicle.
2. Select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys >
NFC Card Key from the Setup menu,
and check whether "Use" is selected in
the infotainment system.
3. Place your card key on the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) while the engine is on.
4. Register your card key by selecting
Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys > NFC
Card Key > Save from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system.
5-20
2C_CardKey
[A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] Card key NFC Antenna
5
Locking/Unlocking the doors
If the driver places the digital key (card
key) to the driver's or passenger's door
handle authentication pad (A) for more
than 2 seconds, the door locks or unlocks.
If the Two Press Unlock feature is set,
only the driver's door unlocks when the
digital key (card key) is placed on the
driver's door handle authentication pad.
Hold the digital key (card key) near the
driver's door handle authentication pad
once more within 4 seconds to unlock all
doors.
After unlocking the doors, the doors are
automatically re-locked after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
Information
You cannot lock your vehicle using the
digital key (card key) if any of the
following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors, hood, or trunk are
open.
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered digital key
(card key) on the vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charging pad), depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
For more information on the basic way to
start the vehicle, refer to the "Engine
Start/Stop button" section in chapter 6.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the
registered card key is placed on the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can result
in serious injury or death. In addition,
always have the registered card key with
you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving
the vehicle.
NOTICE
• The digital key (card key) may not work
under the following conditions:
- The digital key (card key) is not
placed on the door handle
authentication pad or vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
- The digital key (card key) is near
NFC-enabled cards such as credit
cards or smartphones.
If the digital key (card key) does not
work, try again after moving the
digital key (card key) away from the
door handle authentication pad
(more than 4 inches (0.1 m)).
• The digital key (card key) can be
damaged by impacts. If the digital key
(card key) is damaged, replace the
digital key (card key) with a new one
and register it again.
• Long-time exposure to high
temperature may cause the digital key
(card key) to malfunction. Be careful
not to expose the digital key (card key)
to direct sunlight or high temperature.
• Leaving the digital key (card key) on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) while driving may cause
the digital key (card key) to
malfunction. Remove the digital key
(card key) from the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) after starting the vehicle.
5-21
Convenience Features
• Keep the digital key (card key) away
from the smartphone when charging
the smartphone. If the digital key (card
key) is placed between the smartphone
and the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad) while the
smartphone is being charged, the
digital key (card key) may malfunction.
For example, when charging
smartphone while the digital key (card
key) is attached to the back of the
smartphone case.
Deleting your digital key (card key)
2C_AVNDeleteCardKey
1. Turn on the engine with a smart key.
Have your smart key with you in the
vehicle.
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select Setup > Vehicle > Digital
Keys > Card Key > Delete.
• The "Delete" button is disabled if
there is no digital key (card key)
registered.
5-22
Personalized profile and vehicle
settings
You can set the registered digital key
(smartphone) profiles for Driver 1 and
Driver 2. When you use the digital key
(smartphone), the vehicle can be set to
the user-defined personalized profile
(includes items such as vehicle settings
and audio preferences).
Linking/Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select Setup > User Profile > Profile
Settings > Link Digital Key
(Smartphone) from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system.
2. Select "Link" to connect the registered
smartphone's digital key and the user's
profile.
3. Follow the instructions according to the
message on the infotainment system.
How to unlink user profile
Select Setup > User Profile > Profile
Settings, and then deselect "Link Digital
Key (Smartphone)" from Settings menu
in the infotainment system.
• Unlinking is possible only when user
profile is linked.
Information
• User profile cannot be linked to both
Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are connected
to single smartphone. Personalization
operates with the recently linked user
profile, and the previously linked user
profile will be automatically canceled.
• User profile link works only when the
digital key is registered to the vehicle.
• Digital key (card key) cannot be linked
with a user profile.
• If the user profile linked digital key in
the smartphone is deleted, the digital
key should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user profile
again.
5
Vehicle personalization operation
• The personalization function linked
with digital key works when the profile
linked smartphone is placed on the
outside door handle authentication pad
to lock or unlock the doors.
• The profile set by the digital key can be
changed manually from the
infotainment system.
• The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after linking
the digital key in the infotainment
system profile menu.
• The personalization function works only
when the vehicle is OFF or when the
vehicle is started remotely. If the
vehicle is not started remotely, the
personalization function does not work
with the digital key.
Information
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows:
Item
Personalization
Operation
Initial value
Guest
Profile linked
smartphone key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked
smartphone key
NFC card key
Used vehicle/Digital key
maintenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If any of the digital key devices
(smartphone key, card key) are registered
in the vehicle, the "Digital key registered"
message appears once on the
infotainment system or instrument
cluster when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position after
unlocking the doors. When purchasing a
used vehicle, make sure to check the
message and delete the smartphone key
and card key registered by the previous
user and inform the purchase of a used
vehicle through Hyundai Customer Care
Center.
If the card key comes with the vehicle,
check whether it operates properly.
Digital Key maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced, the
registered smartphone key or card key
can be deleted.
Recently activated
profile
Smart key
5-23
Convenience Features
Limitations of the system
• HYUNDAI Digital Key may not operate if
any of the following occurs:
- Smartphone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged.
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off on the
smartphone settings.
- A credit card is near your
smartphone, or a metal or thick
smartphone case is used.
- The card key is in a wallet or card
holder, or overlapped with other
cards.
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
- If you use a smartphone cover that
uses wireless communication or is
made of metal, remove the
smartphone cover.
• The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smartphone if any of the following
occurs:
- Other smartphone functions (calls,
urgent calls, audio or NFC payment),
apps, or wireless earphones are
operating.
- The Bluelink App function such as
basic setting or app launching is
limited by the prior policy according
to the manufacturer.
Door locks
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
Using the mechanical key
2C_UsingEmerengcyKey
2C_UsingEmerengcyKey_2
[A] Lock
[B] Unlock
Lock or unlock the door with the
mechanical key. Use the mechanical key
according to the following direction.
1. Press the lever located under the cover
with the mechanical key. (1)
2. While pushing the lever so that the
mechanical key does not fall out of the
cover hole, slowly push it towards the
rear of the vehicle and remove the
cover. (2)
3. After removing the cover, only the
driver's door can be locked or unlocked
by using the mechanical key. (3)
5-24
5
Information
In case of an emergency
Only the driver's door can be
locked/unlocked using the mechanical
key.
NOTICE
• When removing the key cylinder cover,
avoid scratching or breaking the plastic
material.
• If the key cylinder cover freezes and
cannot be removed easily, lightly tap on
the cover or try to warm the cover by
placing your hands around it and
blowing warm air on it.
• Do not apply excessive force to the
door and door handle.
Using the smart key
For more information, refer to the "Smart
key" section in this chapter.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system
components.
2C_HowToLockDoorInEmergency
In case of emergency such as when the
battery is discharged, the only way to lock
the door(s) is with the mechanical key
from the outside key hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert a small blade tool (e.g.
screwdriver or similar) into the
emergency door lock hole and turn it
counterclockwise for left side door, or
turn it clockwise for right side door.
3. Close the door securely.
Information
If the electrical power door lock switch
does not operate (e.g. discharged vehicle
battery) and the trunk is closed, you
cannot open the trunk until power is
restored.
5-25
Convenience Features
Operating door unlocks from
inside the vehicle
With the central door lock/unlock
switch
Driver's door
With the door inside handle
2C_CentralDoorLockButton
Front passenger's door
2C_InsideDoorHandleOverview
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when the
door is locked, the door is unlocked and
opened.
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door is
unlocked. If the inner door handle is
pulled once more, the door is opened.
5-26
2C_CentralDoorLockButton_2
When pressing the Ď portion (1) on the
switch, all vehicle doors are locked.
• If any door is opened, the doors are not
locked even though the lock switch (1)
of the door is pressed.
When pressing the ď portion (2) on the
switch, all vehicle doors are unlocked.
5
NOTICE
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
front door is opened, the central door lock
button (1) cannot lock the doors.
WARNING
• Always close and lock the doors while
the vehicle is moving. If the doors are
unlocked, the risk of being thrown from
the vehicle in a collision increases.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of the
driver's or passenger's door while the
vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave the elderly, children, or
animals unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become extremely
hot and the elderly, unattended children
or animals who cannot escape the vehicle
may be seriously injured or killed.
WARNING
Always park your vehicle properly.
Depress the brake pedal, change the gear
to P (Park), apply the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, close all windows, lock all doors,
and always take the keys with you.
WARNING
Information
To exit the vehicle if the power door lock
does not function:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles.
• Lower the driver's front window and
use the mechanical key to unlock the
door from outside.
Auto Door Lock/Unlock
features
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors are automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the airbags to
deploy.
Auto lock enable on shift
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is
running.
Auto unlock on shift to P
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle
is shifted back to P (Park) while the engine
is running.
Be careful when opening doors and
watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles,
or pedestrians approaching the vehicle to
prevent serious injury or death.
5-27
Convenience Features
Child-protector rear door
locks
2C_ChildProtectRearDoorLockManual
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors.
The rear door safety locks must be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the rear
door does not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a small
flat blade tool (e.g. screwdriver or similar)
into the slot and turn it to the lock position
as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
Never allow children to open the rear
doors while the vehicle is moving. They
may fall out of the vehicle. Make sure to
use the rear door safety locks whenever
children are in the vehicle.
5-28
Theft-alarm system
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn sounds and the
hazard warning lights blinks continuously
if any of the following occur:
• A door is opened without using the
smart key.
• The trunk is opened without using the
smart key.
• The hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then
the system resets. To turn off the alarm,
unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors
and the trunk. For the system to activate,
you must lock the doors and the trunk
from outside the vehicle by doing one of
the following:
• Using the smart key.
• Pressing the button on the outside door
handle with the smart key in your
possession. (available with button type)
• Touching the touch sensor on the
outside door handle with the smart key
in your possession. (available with
touch sensor type)
The hazard warning lights blink and the
chime sounds once to indicate the system
is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, trunk, or hood without using the
smart key causes the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System is not set if the
hood, trunk, or door is not fully closed. If
the system is not set, check the hood,
trunk, or doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to modify this system or
add other devices to it.
5
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If a
door is opened after the system is
armed, the alarm is activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the doors using the
mechanical key and start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
with the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking
the vehicle, and a door or the trunk is
not opened within 30 seconds, the
doors are relocked and the system is
rearmed automatically.
Information
Rear Occupant Alert
(ROA)
Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help
prevent the driver from leaving with any
rear passenger left in the vehicle.
System setting
To use Rear Occupant Alert, it can be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
Setup > Vehicle > Convenience > Rear
Occupant Alert
System operation
When you turn off the engine and open
the driver's door after opening and
closing the rear door, the "Check rear
seats" warning message appears on the
instrument cluster.
Information
To turn the warning message off, press
the OK button.
2C_TheftAlarmLabel
Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm
system will have a label attached to the
vehicle with the following words:
(1) WARNING
(2) SECURITY SYSTEM
5-29
Convenience Features
Type A
Integrated memory
system
if equipped
2C_SteeringWheelOkButton
Type B
2C_SeatMemoryButton
2C_SteeringWheelOkButton_2
WARNING
Always check the rear seats before you
leave the vehicle.
The Rear Occupant Alert system does not
actually detect the presence of objects or
occupants in the rear seat but just informs
you to check the rear seat by using the
record of the rear door opening and
closing.
Information
The record of the rear door opening and
closing resets only when the driver turns
the vehicle off and locks the vehicle door.
Even if the rear door has not been
reopened, an alert may occur if the door
record is not reset. For example, if the
driver opens the door and exits the
vehicle again without locking the door
after the Rear Occupant Alert operates,
the alert may occur again.
5-30
The IMS, or Integrated Memory System,
for the driver's seat is provided to store
and recall the following memory settings
with a simple button operation.
• Driver's seat position
• Side view mirror position
• Head-Up Display (HUD) position (if
equipped)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the Integrated
Memory System while the vehicle is
moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an
accident causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings are erased.
• If the Integrated Memory System does
not operate normally, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• The Integrated memory system
requires a large amount of electrical
power. Therefore, avoid using the
device during the ignition is turned off
to prevent battery discharging.
5
Storing memory positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position and
side view mirror position to the driver's
field of view.
3. Press the SET button. The system beeps
once and notifies you "Press button to
save settings" will appear on the
infotainment.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds. The system beeps
twice when successfully stored and
notifies you "Driver 1 (or 2) settings
saved" will appear on the infotainment.
Recalling memory positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or
2). The system beeps once and then the
driver's seat position and side view
mirror position are automatically
adjusted to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied"
appears on the infotainment.
Information
• To recall the settings of memory button
2 while the settings of memory button 1
is being recalled, press the SET button
or memory button 1 to stop the
adjustment, and then press memory
button 2.
• If you adjust the seat and side view
mirror while the IMS is adjusting the
seat, side view mirror, the system stops
the adjustments.
Resetting integrated memory
system
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver's
door with the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position and the vehicle
shifted to P (Park).
2. Adjust the driver's seat and seatback to
the foremost position.
3. Press the SET button and push forward
the driver's seat switch simultaneously
(about two seconds).
4. Release the SET button and the driver's
seat switch when a beep sounds.
While resetting integrated
memory system
A notification sound is heard and the seat
is adjusted to the most rearward position.
Then the seat and seatback move to the
default center position.
The resetting procedure and the
notification sound may stop if:
• The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
• The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3
km/h).
• The driver's door is closed.
NOTICE
• If the seat movement or notification
sound stops before the process is
complete, restart the resetting
procedure.
• Before resetting the IMS, make sure
there are no objects on or around the
driver's seat.
• After resetting the IMS, the driver's seat
must be adjusted and stored again to
recall the memory position.
5-31
Convenience Features
Seat easy access operation
if equipped
Seat easy access moves the driver's seat
and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle (driver seat):
The driver's seat moves rearward when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position with the gear in P (Park)
and the driver's door open.
Seat Easy Access operation may be
limited when the driver's seat position
setting is already close to the maximum
rearward travel position.
• Entering the vehicle (driver seat):
The driver's seat moves back to its
original position when the driver's door
is closed.
• Exiting/entering the vehicle
(passenger seat):
The passenger seat back to its original
position when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position with the
gear in P (Park) and the driver's door
open or close.
Passenger seat: Moves
rearward/forward depending on the
distance selected from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system.
• You can set the Seat Easy Access
feature from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Driver seat
Setup > Vehicle > Seats > Seating
Easy Access > Driver Seat Easy
Access > Normal/Extended/Off
5-32
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
WARNING
To prevent injury or property damage, be
aware if there are objects or passengers in
the driver's side rear seat or seat floor. To
stop movement of the front seat, press
any of the driver's seat control switches.
5
Steering wheel
Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the
power steering system becomes
inoperative, you can still steer the vehicle,
but it requires increased steering effort.
If you notice any change in the effort
required to steer during normal vehicle
operation, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If the Motor Driven Power Steering (E)
warning light and the message "Check
motor driven power steering"
illuminates on the instrument, you can
continue to steer the vehicle, but it
requires increased steering effort.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system inspected as soon as
possible.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or driving at low
speeds.
• When you operate the steering wheel in
low temperatures, abnormal noise may
occur. When the temperature rises, the
noise disappears.
• When an error is detected from MDPS,
the steering effort assist function is not
activated. Instrument cluster warning
lights may illuminate or the steering
effort may be high. If these symptoms
occur, drive the vehicle to a safe
location as soon as possible. Have your
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Tilt/Telescopic steering
Adjust the steering wheel toward your
chest, not toward your face. Make sure
you can see the instrument cluster
warning lights and gauges. After
adjusting, push the steering wheel up and
down to be in the locked position.
WARNING
Information
During normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the MDPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics are completed, the
steering wheel effort returns to its
normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
may have to use more effort to steer.
This is a temporary condition and
returns to normal condition after
charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or OFF position.
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in a collision.
NOTICE
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull it hard
since the fixture can be damaged.
5-33
Convenience Features
Manual adjustment
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to or hit it
with your fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
NOTICE
2C_AdjustSteeringWheelManual
To adjust:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
angle (2) and distance forward/back
(3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever up to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. Pull down on the
lock-release lever, readjust the steering
wheel again, and then pull back up on the
lock-release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Horn
2C_Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The horn
operates only when this area is pressed.
5-34
Do not clean the steering wheel surface
with the following products:
• Organic solvents such as thinner,
alcohol and gasoline
• Chemical products such as leather
cleaner, coating agent, and wax
Haptic warning/Steering
wheel vibration warning
If haptic steering wheel is available, the
Driver Assistance system vibrates the
steering wheel to warn the driver when
the system indicates hazardous
situations.
Setting haptic warning
While the engine is on, select:
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Warning Methods > Haptic Warning in
the infotainment system.
5
Mirrors
Day/night side view mirror
if equipped
Inside side view mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to see
that your inside side view mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the side view
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
head restraints that may interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during a collision
or deployment of the airbag, do not
modify the side view mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
2C_InsideRearViewMirror
[A] Day
[B] Night
Before driving at night, pull the day/night
lever toward you to reduce glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
Information
The control is partially hidden behind the
mirror.
Electrochromic mirror
WARNING
if equipped
Never adjust the mirror while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control and
result in a collision.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror as this may cause
the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
2C_InsideRearViewMirrorECM
[A] Sensor
When the engine is running, the glare
from vehicle headlights behind you is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the side view mirror.
When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse),
the mirror automatically goes to the
brightest setting in order to improve the
driver's view behind the vehicle.
5-35
Convenience Features
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system
if equipped
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with
an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce side
view mirror glare. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
2C_ECMHomelink
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
HomeLink Channel 1
HomeLink Channel 2
HomeLink Channel 3
Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control
System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System
provides a convenient way to replace up
to three handheld radio-frequency
transmitters used to activate compatible
devices such as gate operators, garage
door openers, entry door locks, security
systems, and home lighting.
5-36
NOTICE
HomeLink® operates while the Start/Stop
button is in the ACC or ON position for
safety reasons. It is to prevent
unintentional security problems from
happening when the vehicle is parked
outside the garage.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out of
the way of the device to prevent potential
harm or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door opener
that lacks the safety stop and reverse
features required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect
an object-signaling the door to stop and
reverse-does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or call
Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new battery
be replaced in the handheld transmitter
of the device being trained to HomeLink®
for quicker training and accurate
transmission of the radio frequency.
5
1. Programming HomeLink®
The following steps show how to program
HomeLink. If you have any questions or
are having difficulty programming your
HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink
website or call the HomeLink customer
support toll-free number. Do this, before
going back to the dealer who sold you the
vehicle.
• Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. Then at the top of
the page, choose your vehicle make.
Then watch the You Tube video, and/or
access additional website information.
• If you choose to access the website via
your cell phone, scan the QR code.
2C_ECMHomelinkQR
3. Press the Start/Stop button to the ACC
(Accessory) position for programming
of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New HomeLink®
2C_ECMHomelink_3
1. Press and release the HomeLink button
(1), (2) or (3), you would like to program.
The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
flash orange slowly (if not, perform the
steps of "Erasing HomeLink Buttons"
section, and start over).
• Or, call HomeLink customer support at
1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
vehicle maker/model AND the opener
device maker/model readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
2C_ECMHomelink_4
2C_ECMHomelink_2
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehicle
outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the handheld transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away from
the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and hold the
handheld remote button. Continue
pressing the handheld remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the handheld
remote button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes to a
complete stop, regardless of position,
before proceeding to the next steps.
5-37
Convenience Features
5. Press and release the HomeLink button
you are programming and observe the
indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the programming
process. Do not press the HomeLink
button rapidly. At this point if your
device operates, programming is
complete. If the device does not
operate, continue with step 6.
6.At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
'Learn', 'Smart', 'Set' or 'Program'
button. This can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is attached to
the motor-head unit (see the device's
manual to identify this button). The
name and color of the button may vary
by manufacturer.
2C_ECMHomelink_5
[A] Learn button
• A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
5-38
7. Firmly press and release the 'Learn',
'Smart', 'Set' or 'Program' button. You
now have up to 30 seconds in which to
complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release, the
HomeLink button up to three times in a
row slowly. Do not press the HomeLink
button rapidly. As soon as you see the
garage door start to move, stop
pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless of
position. At this point, programming is
complete and your device should
operate when the HomeLink button is
pressed and released.
3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select garage door
openers)
If your garage door opener has the 'myQ'
logo on its side, your opener likely has
Two-Way Communication capability.
HomeLink has the capability to establish
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can
receive and display "closing" or "opening"
status messages from compatible garage
door openers. At any time, Home-Link
can also recall and display the last
recorded status communicated by the
garage door opener to indicate your
garage door being "closed" or "opened".
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-w
ay-Communication. If your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror appear while the garage
door is opening/closing, then no further
steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, use the
following instructions to enable this
functionality.
5
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
seconds, then release. Confirm that the
garage door is moving. AFTER it stops,
you will have one minute to complete
the following steps:
• A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the 'Learn' button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the garage
door opener). If there is difficulty
locating this button, reference the
device's owner's manual.
3. Press and release the 'Learn' button.
4. A light on your garage door opener may
flash, and your Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
your vehicle may flash, confirming
completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed
HomeLink button to activate your
garage door. The Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) flash
in orange when the door is moving. Do
not make any additional button presses
until AFTER the garage door has come
to a complete stop.
6.Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to "time-out"
(or quit) after a couple seconds of
transmission, which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the
signal during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the
programming procedures, replace
"Programming a New HomeLink Button"
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release
("cycle") your device's handheld remote
every two seconds until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) changes from orange to
green. You may now release the handheld
remote button. Then proceed with
"Programming a New HomeLink Button"
step 4.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-Way
Communication functionality, it is
possible for HomeLink to stop functioning
the garage door shortly after initial
programming, IF the Two-Way
Communication Programming wasn't
properly completed. This usually happens
after the first 10 times a programmed
HomeLink button is pressed. If you
experience this, completing the
"Programming a New HomeLink Button"
and "Two-Way Communication
Programming" will restore door
operation.
5-39
Convenience Features
2. Operating HomeLink®
1) Operating HomeLink®
2C_ECMHomelink_7
2C_ECMHomelink_3
1. Press and release the desired
programmed HomeLink button (1, 2 or
3).
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
green, solid or flashing, and your
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not
successful, and you'll need to reprogram
the button.
2) Two-Way Communication Display
Behavior
2C_ECMHomelink_6
1. Press and release one of the
programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
3).
5-40
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener has
Two-Way Communication
functionality.
• If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
"Closing".
• The indicator (4) turns solid green
once the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
"Opening".
• The indicator (6) turns solid green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn
to green, it indicates that the last
status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last known
status of the garage door for a few
seconds.
5
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons "1 and 2" or "2 and 3"
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid Green,
it indicates that the last activated
device was "closed" properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid Green,
it indicates that the last activated
device was "open" properly.
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid green. Release the
button as soon as the HomeLink
indicator light (7) begins to flash
orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the
"Programming a New HomeLink
Button" section.
Information
2) The following instructions will erase
ALL HomeLink® programming from ALL
buttons:
2C_ECMHomelinkDelete
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid Orange for about 10
seconds
3. Release the buttons once the
HomeLink indicator light (7) changes to
Green and flashes rapidly
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1), (2)
and (3) are cleared of any programming
Information
HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House
logo are registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark of
The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
If you do not complete the
re-programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
5-41
Convenience Features
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part
15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may be
received including interference that may
cause undesired operation. WARNING:
The transmitter has been tested and
complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC and
ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance. This transmitter must be at
least 20cm from the user and must not be
co-located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter.
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux reglements
de la FCC, section 15, et au CNR-210
d'Innovation, Sciences et
Dhveloppement economique Canada. Le
fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d'interferences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interference recue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entrainer un dysfonctionnement.
MISE EN GARDE: L'emetteur a subi des
tests et est conforme aux reglements de
la FCC et d'ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuves
explicitement par la partie responsable de
la conformite pourraient rendre caduque
l'autorisation de l'utilisateur de se servir
du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d'exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d'ISDE etablies pour un environnement
non controle. Les utilisateurs finaux
doivent respecter les instructions
d'utilisation specifiques pour satisfaire
aux exigences de conformite aux
expositions de RF. L'emetteur doit se
trouver a 20 cm au minimum de
l'utilisateur et ne doit pas etre situe au
meme endroit que tout autre emetteur ou
antenne ni fonctionner avec un autre
emetteur ou antenne.
Mejico
La operacion de este equipo esta sujeta a
las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia danina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operacion no deseada.
5-42
5
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
1C_ECMHomelinkFlowChart
5-43
Convenience Features
Side view mirrors
2C_SideViewMirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted with
the mirror adjustment control switch.
Adjust the side view mirrors to your
desired position before driving. The side
view mirrors can be folded to help
prevent damage when going through an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face.
This may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
• Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel, or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
Adjusting the side view mirrors
WARNING
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside side view mirror or turn
your head and look to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors
while driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in a collision.
5-44
2C_AdjustSideViewMirror
Adjusting the side view mirrors
1. Press the switch (1) to the L (left side) or
R (right side) to select the side view
mirror you want to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
mirror up, down, left, or right.
3. After adjustment, press the switch (1) to
the middle to prevent unintended
adjustment.
5
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the motor.
• Do not adjust the side view mirrors by
force to prevent damage to the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
Reverse parking aid
if equipped
2C_AutoAdjustSideViewMirrorWhenParking
When the gear is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the side view mirrors
rotate downwards to aid with driving in
reverse.
The state of the side view mirror switch (1)
determines whether or not the mirrors
move.
How it works
2C_SideViewMirrorFolding
To fold the side view mirror, grasp the
housing of the mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
• Left/Right: When the switch is pressed
to L or R, both side view mirrors move.
• Neutral: When both L or R is not
pressed, the side view mirrors does not
move.
The side view mirrors automatically revert
to their original positions if any of the
following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to either the OFF position or the ACC
position.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment button
is not selected.
5-45
Convenience Features
Reverse parking aid user settings
mode
You may change the angle of the side
view mirror if it is difficult to see the
rearview with the basic downward mirror
angle provided when reversing.
When the vehicle is first delivered, the set
downward angle of the left and right side
view mirror are different to ensure driver
visibility.
1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift the
gear to R (Reverse). When L or R switch
is pressed, both side view mirrors move
downward to the basic set position.
3. Press the L or R switch to select the side
view mirror you want to adjust. Then
press "ƀ, Ɓ, Ƃ, ƃ" switch to adjust the
side view mirror to the desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the
adjusted side view mirror angle, shift
the gear to another position other than
R (Reverse), or change the L and R
switch to the neutral position (L and R
switch is not pressed).
5. Set the other side view mirror following
the above procedure 1 to 4.
Resetting reverse parking aid user settings
mode
To change the side view mirror angle back
to the basic angle, shift the gear to R
(Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle
higher than when the gear is in P (Park), N
(Neutral) and D (Drive).
NOTICE
When changing the angle of both side
view mirrors, it is recommended to
change the angle one side at a time
following the procedure 1 to 4.
5-46
5
Windows
Front/Rear
1C_WindowOpenClose
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Driver's door power window switch
Front passenger's door power window switch
Rear door (left) power window switch
Rear door (right) power window switch
Window opening and closing
Automatic power window
Power window lock button
5-47
Convenience Features
Power windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to be able to raise or
lower the windows. Each door has a
power window switch to control the
door's window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock button that can block the
operation of rear passenger windows. The
power windows operate for about 3
minutes after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ACC or OFF position. If the
front doors are opened, the battery power
is turned OFF and the Power Windows do
not operate.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
opened (or partially opened), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise
is normal and can be reduced or
eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one or
both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
about 1 inch (2.5 cm). If you experience
the noise with the sunroof open,
slightly close the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
2C_WindowAutoReverse
To open:
Press the window switch down to the first
detent position (5). Release the switch
when you want the window to stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
Auto up/down window
if equipped
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
window even when the switch is released.
To stop the window at the desired
position while the window is operating,
pull up or press down and release the
switch.
WARNING
• Do not leave the vehicle running and
the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the window,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not extend your head, arms or any
other body parts or objects outside the
window while driving to avoid serious
injury.
5-48
5
Resetting the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling
up on the power window switch for at
least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If the power window switch is pulled up
continuously again within 5 seconds after
the window is lowered by the automatic
window reverse feature, the automatic
window reverse does not operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is active
only when the "Auto Up" feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the
second detent.
NOTICE
Make sure body parts or other objects are
out of the way before closing the
windows. The automatic reverse feature
does not operate while resetting the
power window system.
Do not install any accessories on the
windows. The automatic reverse feature
may not operate.
Automatic reversal
Make sure body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing the
windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inches (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic reverse
window and the window does not stop
and reverse direction.
WARNING
if equipped
2C_WindowEmergencyStop
If a window senses any obstacle while it is
closing automatically, it stops and lowers
about 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects any resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window stops
upward movement and then lowers about
1 inch (2.5 cm).
5-49
Convenience Features
Power window lock button
Remote window opening feature
if equipped
2C_WindowLockButton
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
• The driver's master control can operate
all the power windows.
• The front passenger's control cannot
operate the front passenger's power
window.
• The rear passenger's control cannot
operate the rear passengers' power
window.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver's door
power window lock button in the LOCK
position. Serious injury or death may result
from unintentional window operation by a
child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open or
close two windows or more at the same
time. This also ensures the longevity of
the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main switch on
the driver's door and the individual door
window switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window stops and cannot be opened or
closed.
5-50
2C_RemoteWindowOpenButton
Press and hold the Door Unlock (1) button
on the smart key for more than 3 seconds
and the windows move down after the
doors are unlocked. Window movement
stops when you release the door unlock
button.
Information
• The remote window opening feature
operates only with the Safety Power
Windows equipped.
• The remote window opening feature
may abruptly stop when you move
away from your vehicle during
operation. Stay in close proximity from
your vehicle, while monitoring the
window movement.
• The doors unlock when the windows
are opened using the remote window
open feature.
NOTICE
Do not leave the windows down when
leaving the vehicle to prevent theft or
damage from water entering the vehicle.
5
Panoramic sunroof
Power sunshade
if equipped
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the
sunroof switch located on the overhead
console.
2C_WideSunroofSunblindOpen
2C_WideSunroofuttonOverview
The sunroof can only be operated when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for about 3
minutes after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ACC or OFF position. If the
front door is open, the sunroof cannot be
operated even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle is stopped.
• Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the
first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward to the
first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes. If the
sunroof glass is open, the glass closes
and then the sunshade closes.
To stop the power sunshade at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direction.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand to prevent damage.
Information
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteristic.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof if it contacts
any roof rack or cargo.
5-51
Convenience Features
Tilt open/close
• Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent position.
The power sunshade and sunroof glass
operate automatically (auto slide
feature). To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the
sunroof switch in any direction.
Automatic reversal
2C_WideSunroofTiltOpen
• Push the sunroof switch up and sunroof
glass tilts open. If the power sunshade
is closed, the sunshade opens first and
then the sunroof tilts.
• Push the sunroof switch up or forward
when the sunroof glass is tilt opened.
The sunroof glass automatically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Slide open/close
2C_WideSunroofAutoReverse
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstruction while closing, it
reverses direction then stops.
The automatic reverse function may not
work if a thin or soft object is caught
between the power sunshade or sliding
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
2C_WideSunroofSlideOpen
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the
first detent position. The sunroof glass
opens. If the power sunshade is closed,
the power sunshade opens first and
then the sunroof glass opens.
• Push the sunroof switch forward to the
first detent position. The sunroof glass
closes. If the sunroof glass is closed, the
power sunshade closes.
5-52
• Make sure that heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are out
of the way before operating the
sunroof. Body parts or objects may get
caught causing injuries or vehicle
damage.
• Never deliberately use your body parts
to test the automatic reverse feature.
5
NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully opened,
closed, or tilted. Damage to the sunroof
motor may occur or may cause the
sunroof system to malfunction.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
• Using the sunroof for a long time may
make noise caused by dust
accumulated between the sunroof and
vehicle body. Open the sunroof and
remove dust regularly using a clean
cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when the
temperature is below freezing or when
the sunroof is covered with snow or ice.
Otherwise, the motor may be damaged.
In a cold and wet weather, the sunroof
may not work properly.
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet the
interior of the vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside the
sunroof while driving.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts, or objects outside the sunroof while
driving. Injuries may occur if the vehicle
suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
2C_WideSunroofInitialize
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be required
include:
• When the 12 V battery is either
disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly
To reset the sunroof:
1. Start the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass is fully
closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass moves
slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Push and hold the sunroof switch
forward again until the power sunshade
and sunroof glass slide open and close.
Do not release the switch until the
operation is completed. If you release
the switch, start again from step 2.
5-53
Convenience Features
Information
If the sunroof is not reset after the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof
may not operate normally.
Hood
Opening the hood
Sunroof open warning
2C_HoodOpenKnob
2C_SonroofOpenWarning
1. Park the vehicle and apply the parking
brake.
2. Pull the hood release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood pops open slightly.
If the driver turns off the engine when the
sunroof is not fully closed, the warning
chime sounds for several seconds and the
sunroof open warning appears on the
cluster display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not leave sunroof open when leaving
the vehicle to prevent theft or damage
from water entering the vehicle.
5-54
2C_HoodOpen
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push up the secondary
hood release lever (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
After the hood has been lifted halfway,
it will raise completely by itself.
5
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
• Any tools or other loose objects have
been removed.
• All gloves, rags, or other combustible
material have been removed.
• All filler caps are tightly and correctly
installed.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 12
inches (30 cm) above the closed
position and then let it drop.
3. Check the hood has locked properly. If
the hood is raised slightly, open it again
and drop it from a little higher. Check
again.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure all
obstructions are removed from around
the hood opening.
• Always double check to make sure that
the hood is firmly latched before driving
away. Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on
the instrument cluster. Driving with the
hood open may cause a total loss of
visibility, resulting in a collision.
• Do not move the vehicle with the hood
raised. It may block your vision and may
result in a collision.
Trunk
Opening the trunk
Opening from outside
2C_OutsideTrunkOpenButton
Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and
apply the parking brake.
To open do one of the following:
• Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock
button on your smart key. Press the
trunk open button and open the trunk.
• With the smart key in your possession,
press the trunk open button and open
the trunk.
Opening from inside
2C_CrushPadTrunkOpenButton
When the trunk is closed, press the trunk
open button to open it.
5-55
Convenience Features
Closing the trunk
Lower the trunk lid and press down until it
locks. Always check it is secure by pulling
on the handle.
Emergency trunk safety
release
WARNING
Always keep the trunk completely closed
while the vehicle is moving. If it is left
open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
containing carbon monoxide (CO) may
enter the vehicle and serious injury or
death may result.
WARNING
Never allow anyone to occupy the cargo
area of the vehicle at any time. If the trunk
is partially or totally latched and the
person cannot get out, serious injury or
death may occur due to lack of
ventilation, exhaust fumes, and rapid heat
build-up, or due to exposure to cold
weather conditions. The cargo area is also
a very dangerous location in the event of
a collision because it is part of the
vehicle's crush zone.
5-56
2C_EmergencyTrunkOpen
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency trunk safety release lever
located on the bottom of the trunk.
When someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
WARNING
• Never allow anyone to occupy the
cargo area of the vehicle at any time.
The cargo area is a very dangerous
location in the event of a collision
because it is part of the vehicle's crush
zone.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
5
Power trunk
if equipped
Power trunk operating
conditions
The power trunk operates when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position. The trunk operates regardless of
the gear position when the engine is off.
WARNING
• Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
may operate the power trunk that could
result in serious injury or property
damage.
• Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power trunk
or smart trunk before use. Serious
injury, damage to the vehicle or
damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the trunk
occurs.
• Make sure there are no people or
objects around the trunk before
operating the power trunk. Wait until
the trunk is opened fully and stopped
before loading or unloading cargo from
the vehicle.
• Always keep the trunk lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
gases containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
illness or death may result.
NOTICE
• Do not close or open the power trunk
manually. This may cause damage to
the power trunk. If it is necessary to
close or open the power trunk manually
when the battery is discharged or
disconnected, do not apply excessive
force.
• Do not operate the power trunk more
than 10 times continuously when the
engine is not running. Use the power
trunk with the engine running when the
power trunk is used repeatedly to
prevent battery discharge.
• Do not leave the trunk open for a long
period of time. This may drain the
battery.
• Do not apply excessive force when the
power trunk is operating. Doing so
could result in vehicle damage.
• Do not modify or repair any part of the
power trunk by yourself. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not operate the power trunk under
the following conditions. The power
trunk may not operate properly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire.
- Parking on an uneven road such as a
slope, etc.
• Close the trunk completely and lock all
doors and trunk using the central door
lock button before using an automatic
car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power trunk outside
open/close button. The trunk may open
unintentionally.
5-57
Convenience Features
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the outside
power trunk open button may not work
properly due to freezing conditions. If
this occurs, remove the ice before
using the outside power trunk
open/close button or use the power
trunk open button on the Smart key or
the instrument panel.
• If you leave the smart key in the trunk
and close the trunk, a warning sounds
for a few seconds. If this occurs, open
the trunk by pressing the power trunk
open button on the outside of the trunk.
• If there are obstacles such as snow on
the trunk, the trunk may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
• Be careful where there is an incline, as
the trunk lid may drop slightly when it is
stopped before it fully opens.
Operating the power trunk
Power trunk open button (Smart
key)
Power trunk open/close button
(Instrument panel)
2C_CrushPadTrunkOpenButton
When the trunk is closed, press the power
trunk open/close button. The power trunk
opens with a warning sound.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
When the trunk is opened, press and hold
the trunk open/close button to close the
power trunk. If you release the button
while the trunk is closing, power trunk
operation stops with a warning sound for
5 seconds.
Power trunk open/close button
(Outside the power trunk)
2C_OutsideTrunkOpenButton
2C_SmartKeyTrunkOpenButton
When the trunk is closed, press the power
trunk open button for 1.5 second. The
trunk opens with a warning sound.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
5-58
When the trunk is closed, press the power
trunk open/close button to open the
trunk.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
trunk open/close button with the Smart
key in your possession.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
5
Power trunk open/close button
(Inside the power trunk)
Switching the power trunk from
manual to automatic
If you apply over a certain amount of
power manually when the trunk is
opened, the power trunk system detects
the direction and closes or opens
automatically.
• The power trunk fully opens when the
trunk is raised
• The power trunk closes completely
when the trunk is lowered
2C_TrunkTrimTrunkOpenButton
Press the power trunk close button. The
trunk will closes automatically.
While the trunk is closing, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
Power trunk lock button (Inside the
power trunk)
2C_TrunkTrimTrunkLockButton
Press the power trunk lock button while
carrying the Smart key. The power trunk
closes and locks automatically.
Additionally, all doors will lock. The trunk
will close and lock, and all doors will lock
only when the vehicle is off or all doors
are closed.
Information
The power trunk may not operate
properly if the trunk is not opened above
a certain height.
Automatic reversal
During power trunk operation if the
power trunk senses any obstacle, the
trunk stops or fully opens. The automatic
reverse feature may not operate properly,
or it may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• The automatic reverse feature may not
detect the resistance if the detected
resistance is below a certain level, or if
the trunk is almost fully closed near the
latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never deliberately place any object or use
your body part to test the automatic
reverse feature.
Information
The power trunk may stop operating if the
automatic reverse feature operates more
than two times while attempting to open
or close the trunk. If this occurs, carefully
open or close the trunk manually, and
then after 30 seconds try to operate the
power trunk automatically again.
5-59
Convenience Features
Setting the power trunk
To use each feature, you may select the
opening speed or opening height from
the Settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the feature.
Power trunk opening height
To adjust the power trunk opening height,
select Setup > Vehicle > Door > Power
Trunk Opening Height in the
infotainment system.
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Information
• If the power trunk is not reset after the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or the power trunk fuse is
blown, the power trunk may not
operate normally.
• If the power trunk does not operate
properly after the above procedure,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Emergency trunk safety
release
• Inside the trunk
Resetting the power trunk
To reset the power trunk:
1. With the vehicle turned off or on, put
the gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power trunk open/close inner
button and outer button
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the trunk manually.
4. Press the power trunk open/close outer
button. The trunk opens with a chime
sound.
Wait until the trunk fully opens to
complete resetting. If the trunk stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
5-60
2C_EmergencyTrunkOpen
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency trunk safety release lever
located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in the
trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk lid to open.
5
• Inside the vehicle
2C_EmergencyTrunkOpenRearSeat
Follow the below procedure to open
the power trunk manually when the
battery is discharged or when there is a
problem with the vehicle:
1. Remove the cable cover (1) under the
rear seat using a long and flat object
such as a mechanical key.
2. Pull the cable loop (2) all the way out.
The power trunk unlocks.
WARNING
• You and your passengers must be
aware of the location of the Emergency
Trunk Safety Release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the trunk in
case you are accidentally locked in the
trunk.
• Never allow anyone to occupy the trunk
of the vehicle at any time.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
NOTICE
Be careful not to scratch or lose the cover
when removing it.
Information
The cable is firmly fixed so it may hard to
pull. Therefore, please use a tool such as a
screwdriver to assist in pulling the loop
for the emergency release.
Smart trunk
2C_SmartTrunkOverview
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the trunk can be opened with hands-free
activation using the smart trunk system.
Using smart trunk
The hands-free smart trunk system can
be used when:
• The smart trunk option is enabled in the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
• The smart trunk is activated 15 seconds
after all the doors are closed and
locked.
• The smart trunk opens when the smart
key is detected in the area behind the
vehicle for 3 seconds.
Information
The smart trunk does not operate when:
• A door is not locked or closed.
• The Smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• The Smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed and
locked, and within 60 inches (1.5 m)
from the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome
Mirror).
• The Smart key is in the vehicle.
5-61
Convenience Features
1. Settings
To use smart trunk, it must be enabled
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Door > Smart
Trunk
2. Detect and Alert
The smart trunk detecting area extends
about 20-40 inches (50-100 cm) behind
the vehicle. If you are positioned in the
detecting area and are carrying the
Smart key, the hazard warning lights
blink and the chime sounds before
opening.
Information
If you unintentionally enter the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts, move away
from the vehicle with the Smart key.
The trunk remains closed.
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the
smart trunk opens.
Deactivating smart trunk
2C_HowToStopSmartTrunkWithSamrtKey
If you press any button on the Smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart trunk is deactivated.
Information
• If you press the door unlock button (2),
the smart trunk function will be
deactivated temporarily. But, if you do
not open any door for 30 seconds, the
smart trunk function will be activated
again.
• If you press the trunk open button (3)
for more than 1 second, the trunk
opens.
• The smart trunk function will still be
activated if you press the door lock
button (1) or trunk open button (3) on
the smart key as long as the smart trunk
is not already in the Detect and Alert
stage.
• In case you have deactivated the smart
trunk function by pressing the smart
key button and opened a door, the
smart trunk function can be activated
again by closing and locking all doors.
CAUTION
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the smart trunk function for
emergency situations.
5-62
5
Detecting area
Fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door (1) near the 3
o'clock position.
2C_SmartTrunkSensingRange
• The smart trunk detecting area extends
about 20-40 inches (50-100 cm) behind
the vehicle. If you are positioned in the
detecting area and are carrying the
Smart key, the hazard warning lights
blinks and the chime sounds for about 3
seconds to alert you that the trunk
opens.
• The alert stops once the Smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
Information
• Smart trunk may not operate properly if
any of the following occur:
- The Smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
- The Smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a mobile phone.
- Another vehicle's Smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
- The temperature drops below zero
degree.
• Smart trunk detecting area may change
when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline or
slope.
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
2C_FuelInletDoor
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside the
tank equalizes.
2C_FuelInletDoorOpen
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
5-63
Convenience Features
Information
The fuel filler door will unlock when all
doors are unlocked.
To unlock fuel filler door:
• Press the unlock button on your smart
key
• Press the Central Door unlock button
on armrest trim of driver's door
The fuel filler door will lock when all doors
are locked. To lock fuel filler door:
• Press the lock button on your smart key
• Press the Central Door lock button on
armrest trim of driver's door
• All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15
km/h).
Fuel filler door is also locked when
vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15
km/h).
Information
If fuel filler does not open in certain
circumstances such as electrical
malfunction, request maintenance from
manufacturer's direct center or service
partners.
5-64
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
Automotive fuel is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Fuel Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-up
of static electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other
gas source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle once you
have begun refueling. You can generate
a buildup of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle or other fuel
source, with your bare hand.
5
• When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the
vehicle should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic fuel
containers designed to carry and store
fuel.
• When refueling, always shift the gear to
the P (Park) position, apply the parking
brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Sparks
produced by electrical components
related to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and do
not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station, especially
during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle
tank, which can cause fuel spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling,
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager of
the gas station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow any safety
instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel requirements"
section.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces. It may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An incorrect
fuel filler cap can result in a serious
malfunction of the fuel system or
emission control system.
5-65
Convenience Features
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head-up display information
if equipped
2C_HUDIconInfo
2C_HUDOverview
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent
screen while still keeping your eyes on the
road ahead while driving.
Head-up display settings
(1) Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
(2) Traffic signs or speed limit
(3) Speedometer
(4) SCC set speed
(5) SCC vehicle distance
(6) Lane Following Assist
(7) Lane Safety
(8) Blind-Spot Safety
(9) Highway Auto Speed Change
(10)Highway Driving Assist
Precautions while using the
head-up display
2C_HUDSetInfo
• Head-up display can be enabled from
the Setup menu in the infotainment
system. Select:
- Setup > Cluster/Head-Up Display >
Head-Up Display > Enable Head-Up
Display
• After turning on the head-up display,
you can change the settings of "Display
adjustment" and "Content selection"
of the Head-Up Display.
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
5-66
• It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the Head-Up Display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver's seat
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses
- An object is located above the
Head-Up Display cover
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there is
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- The driver wears glasses
- The driver wears contact lenses
When it is difficult to read the Head-Up
Display information, adjust the image
height or brightness level from the
Setup menu in the infotainment
system.
5
• For your safety, make sure to stop the
vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• Do not tint the front windshield glass or
add other types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the Head-Up Display image
may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
windshield glass.
• When replacing the front windshield
glass, replace it with a windshield glass
designed for Head-Up Display
operation. Otherwise, duplicated
images may be displayed on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
The warning information of Blind-Spot
Safety on the Head-Up Display are
supplemental. Do not solely depend on
them to change lanes. Always take a look
around before changing lanes.
Information
Head-up Display includes GPL, LGPL,
MPL and other open source license
softwares. All license notices including
related source code are provided at
http://www.mobis.co.kr/opensource/list.
do.
If the driver requests on-board software
open source code via
[email protected] within
3 years after buying this product, a
CD-ROM or other storage device will be
sent with the minimum cost covering
storage device cost and delivery cost.
Over-The-Air software
update
The Over-The-Air software update
feature allows you to wirelessly update
software to the latest version. Using this
feature, you can keep your vehicle system
up to date with the latest software
without visiting an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Over-The-Air software update is an
option, visiting your selected dealer will
continue to be an option.
Downloading software
Vehicles with Active and Enrolled
HYUNDAI Connected Services can
automatically download software while
driving. After the latest software has been
successfully downloaded, you will receive
a notification on your phone or on the
vehicle screen that the software update is
available and ready to install.
Approving software update
2C_OTAUpdateApprove
After the vehicle ignition is turned off, the
vehicle system will provide the option to
start the update.
• To start the update, press Update Now
(1).
• To postpone the update, press Later
(2).
5-67
Convenience Features
Preparing software update
If you press the Update Now button on
the screen, the vehicle will begin
installing the update automatically. The
following conditions must be satisfied:
• The vehicle must be off.
• The gear must be in P (Park).
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
must be applied.
• The exterior lights must be turned off.
• The hood must be closed.
• The battery must be sufficient.
• The systems to be updated must not be
running.
Updating software
2C_OTAUpdate
You can see the progress of the update on
the screen.
After the update is complete, you will
receive a notification on your phone or
the vehicle screen that the software
update is complete.
Information
The screen turns off automatically after 3
minutes to save the battery. If the screen
turns off automatically, you can check the
update progress by pressing the
Start/Stop button.
2C_OTAUpdatePreparing
• To update immediately, press Update
Now.
• To cancel the update, press Cancel
Update.
5-68
Information
• After the update starts, you can exit the
vehicle.
• The Over-The-Air software update
feature is only available for Active and
Enrolled HYUNDAI Connected Services
users.
• The update details may vary, for details
you can visit the What’s New link.
• Check the notice for the Over-The-Air
software update on HYUNDAI brand
web.
• If the update fails, the ECU will attempt
to recovery itself automatically
(rollback). If you want to retry the
software update, even after a
successful recovery, contact the
HYUNDAI Call Center.
5
• If the update or recovery fails, contact
the HYUNDAI Call Center.
• After the update is complete, it may
provide new functions or
improvements. For more information,
see the "Over-The-Air software update"
page on HYUNDAI
brand web or scan the QR code on the
screen.
NOTICE
• Observe the following restrictions
during the update.
- You cannot use the vehicle during the
update. Be sure to have enough time
for the update, and safely park the
vehicle before starting the update
process.
- You cannot use remote features,
including remote start.
- If there is an update for the Digital
Key feature, the doors cannot be
locked or unlocked using the digital
key, or fingerprint recognition. If the
Digital Key feature is being updated,
use the smart key to lock or unlock
the doors.
- Vehicle charging is not available. For
Electrified vehicles, charge the
vehicle after the update is complete.
- The Rear Occupant Alert feature may
not work. Check if there are any
occupants in the rear seat.
• The update will be automatically
canceled if any vehicle conditions
required for the update are changed
before starting the update.
• Once the update has started, you
cannot cancel the update.
• Note that the high-voltage-related
modules for charging the 12V battery
may work during the update.
• You cannot use the Over-The-Air
software update feature if you modify
or replace any vehicle software.
• Do not open the hood or replace the
battery during updates. The update
may fail.
• If a diagnostic tool is connected to the
vehicle OBD (On-board Diagnostic)
terminal, the vehicle cannot be
updated. The update will proceed by
removing the connected diagnostic
tool from the ODB terminal and
restarting the vehicle.
• If the update is not completed
successfully, contact the HYUNDAI Call
Center.
• Vehicle reception must be identified as
Verizon to safely install any
downloaded software.
• Vehicle signal strength, must be strong
(above -82 dbm) to safely install any
downloaded software.
5-69
Convenience Features
Exterior lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located in front of the
instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or other
types of metallic coating on the front
windshield, the AUTO headlight system
may not work properly.
Parking light (_)
2C_LightSwitchOverview
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
OFF
AUTO light
Parking light
Headlight
AUTO headlight
2C_TailLampOn
The parking light, license plate light, and
instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
2C_HeadLampAutoPosition
The parking light and headlight are turned
ON or OFF automatically depending on
the amount of daylight as measured by
the ambient light sensor (1) in front of the
instrument panel.
Even with the AUTO headlight feature in
operation, it is recommended to manually
turn ON the headlights when driving at
night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or
when you enter dark areas, such as
tunnels and parking facilities.
5-70
5
Headlight (^)
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles approaching you. Using
high beam could obstruct the other
driver's vision.
2C_HeadLampOn
The headlight, parking light, license plate
light and instrument panel lamp are
turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to turn on the headlight.
High Beam Operation
2C_HighBeamOn
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the
lever towards you, then release the lever.
The high beams remain ON as long as you
hold the lever.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
2C_HighBeamOn_2
To turn on the high beam headlight, push
the lever away from you. The lever returns
to its original position.
The high beam indicator illuminates when
the headlight high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
turn on.
2C_TurnSignalSwitch_2
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and may
require replacement. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-71
Convenience Features
One touch turn signal
To use One Touch Turn Signal, push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals blink 3, 5, or 7
times.
You can enable the One Touch Turn
Signal function or choose the number of
blinking by selecting Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > One Touch Turn Signal > 7
flashes/5 flashes/3 flashes/Off in the
infotainment system.
Battery saver function
To prevent the battery from being
discharging, the system automatically
turns off the parking light when the driver
turns the vehicle off and opens the
driver's door.
With this feature, the parking lights turn
off automatically if the driver parks on the
side of road at night.
To keep the lights on when the vehicle is
turned off:
• Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the headlight switch.
5-72
Headlight delay function
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or OFF position with the headlights
ON, the headlights (and/or parking lights)
remain on for about 5 minutes.
If the driver's door is opened and closed,
the headlights are turned off after 15
seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the
driver's door is opened and closed, the
headlights (and/or parking lights) are
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lights) can
be turned off by pressing the lock button
on the smart key twice or turning the
headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can enable the headlight delay
function by selecting Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > Headlight Delay in the
infotainment system.
Information
• If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver's door,
the battery saver function does not
operate and the headlight delay
function does not turn OFF
automatically.
• To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF
the headlights manually from the
headlight switch before exiting the
vehicle.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
5
Interior button lights
The interior button lights turns on or off in
the following conditions:
• The interior button lights turn on for a
while when the door is unlocked and
opened after all doors were closed and
locked.
• The interior button lights always turns
on when the vehicle is turned on.
• The interior button lights turn on for a
while when the vehicle is turned off. If
the door is opened and closed or
locked, the interior button lights turn
off immediately.
You can enable the interior button lights
by selecting Setup > Vehicle > Lights >
Interior Lights Always On in the
infotainment system.
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system is ON when the headlight
switch is in the OFF or the AUTO headlight
position and the Electronic Parking Brake
is released.
The DRL system turns OFF when:
• The headlights are on.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The engine is off.
Welcome system
if equipped
2C_WelcomeSystem
Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
Door handle light
When all the doors (and trunk) are closed
and locked, the door handle light will turn
on for about 15 seconds if:
• Setup > Vehicle > Lights > Welcome
Mirror/Light > On door unlock is
selected in the infotainment system,
- The door lock button is pressed on
the smart key.
- The button of the outside door
handle is pressed while carrying the
smart key.
- You put your hand in the outside door
handle while carrying the smart key.
• The smart key is detected, and both
Lights > Welcome Mirror/Light > On
door unlock and Lights > Welcome
Mirror/Light > On driver approach are
selected.
You can activate or deactivate the
Welcome Light function from the Settings
in the infotainment system.
5-73
Convenience Features
Headlight and parking light
When the headlight switch is in the
headlight, parking light or AUTO position
and all the doors (and trunk) are closed
and locked, the parking lights and
headlights come on for about 15 seconds
when the door unlock button is pressed
on the the smart key.
If you press the door lock or unlock
button, the parking lights and headlights
turn off immediately.
Select Setup > Vehicle > Lights >
Headlight Delay from the infotainment
system to turn on this function.
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
2C_HBASwitch
Hight Beam Assist automatically switches
between high beam and low beam
depending on the detected brightness
from the lights of oncoming vehicles or
vehicles in front.
Detecting sensor
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the (ą)
position and all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the room lamps come
on for 30 seconds when:
• The door unlock button is pressed on
the smart key.
• The button of the outside door handle is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
• You put your hand in the outside door
handle while carrying the smart key.
If you press the door lock or unlock
button on the smart key, the lights turn
off immediately.
2C_FrontViewCamera
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
• For more information on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in
chapter 7.
5-74
5
High Beam Assist settings
2C_HBASetInfo
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > High Beam Assist from the
Settings menu to turn on High Beam
Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
Only change the settings after parking
your vehicle at a safe location.
High Beam Assist operation
• After selecting High Beam Assist from
the Settings menu to operate High
Beam Assist:
- Place the headlight switch in the
AUTO position and push the
headlight lever towards the
instrument cluster. The High Beam
Assist (Z) indicator light illuminates.
- When High Beam Assist is enabled,
high beams turn on when the vehicle
speed is above 20 mph (30 km/h) and
the High Beam (]) indicator
illuminates. When the vehicle speed
is below 12 mph (20 km), high beams
turn off and the indicator light
illuminates in white.
• When High Beam Assist is operating:
- If the turn signal lever is pulled
toward you when the high beams are
off, the high beams turn on. When
you let go of the turn signal lever,
High Beam Assist operates again.
- If the turn signal lever is pulled
toward you when the high beams are
on by High Beam Assist, the low
beams turn on and High Beam Assist
turns off.
- If the turn signal lever is pushed away
from you, the high beams turn on and
High Beam Assist turns off.
- If the headlight switch is moved from
AUTO to another position
(headlight/position/off), the
corresponding light turns on and
High Beam Assist turns off.
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if:
- The headlights of an oncoming
vehicle are detected.
- The tail lights of a front vehicle are
detected.
- The headlight or tail light of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- The surrounding ambient light is
bright enough so high beams are not
required.
- Streetlights or other lights are
detected.
- The vehicle speed drops below the
threshold.
Information
The images and colors in the cluster may
differ depending on the cluster type or
theme selected from the cluster.
5-75
Convenience Features
High Beam Assist malfunction
and limitations
High Beam Assist malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system" warning message may appear,
and the Xwarning light may illuminate on
the instrument cluster. Have the system
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations if:
• The headlights from an oncoming or
front vehicle is damaged or out of the
detection range.
• The headlights from an oncoming or
front vehicle are covered with dust,
snow, or water.
• An oncoming or front vehicle's
headlights are off but the fog lights are
on.
• There are lights that have a similar
shape as a vehicle's light ahead.
• The headlights are not repaired or
replaced properly.
5-76
• The headlights are not aimed properly.
• You are driving on a narrow curved
road, rough road, uphill, or downhill.
• A front vehicle is partially visible at a
crossroad or on a curved road.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
LED sign, or reflectors ahead.
• The road is wet or covered with snow or
ice.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a flat tire or
being towed.
• The headlights from an oncoming or
front vehicle is not detected because of
exhaust fumes, smoke, fog, snow,
blizzard, water spray on the road, or
windshield condensation, etc.
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in chapter
7.
WARNING
• Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely. It is your responsibility to
operate your vehicle in a safe manner.
• If High Beam Assist does not operate
properly, use the turn signal lever to
switch between high beam and low
beam.
• High Beam Assist may not operate for
15 seconds right after your vehicle is
started or when the front view camera
is initialized.
5
Interior lights
Front lamps
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving
in the dark. The interior lights may
obscure your view and result in a collision.
Do not use the interior lights for extended
periods when the vehicle is turned off.
Otherwise, the battery discharges.
Interior lamp Auto off
The interior lights automatically go off
about 20 minutes after the vehicle is
turned off and the doors are closed. If a
door is opened, the light go off 25 minutes
after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the smart key and the
vehicle enters the armed stage of the
theft alarm system, the lights go off 5
seconds later.
2C_MapLampButton
• Press the lens to turn on or off the map
lamp. This light produces a spot beam
for convenient use as a map lamp at
night or as a personal lamp for the
driver and the front passenger.
• Ċ: The front and rear seat lamps turn
on when the button is pressed and off
when pressed again.
• ą: The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened. When doors are unlocked by
the smart key, the front and rear lamps
come on for about 30 seconds as long
as any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
about 30 seconds when the door is
closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
or all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps turn off. If a door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC or OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
5-77
Convenience Features
Rear lamps
Room lamp (if equipped)
2C_RoomLamp
Ċ: Press the button to turn on and off the
rear room lamp.
Personal lamp (if equipped)
2C_RoomLamp_2
Press the Ċ button to turn ON the lamp.
Ambient light
if equipped
2C_MoodLamp
[A] Driver seat door, passenger seat door
[B] Crash pad
To set the brightness and color of the
ambient light, select Setup > Vehicle >
Lights > Ambient Lighting in the
infotainment system.
• If the Link to Drive Mode is selected,
the ambient light color changes
according to the selected drive mode.
• If you do not want to use ambient
lighting, set Brightness to 0 in the
infotainment system.
Luggage compartment lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
2C_LuggageRoomLamp_2
2C_SunvisorLamp
Push the switch to turn the lamp on or off.
• Ċ: The lamp turns on if this button is
pressed.
• ċ: The lamp turns off if this button is
pressed.
5-78
The Luggage compartment lamp turns on
when the trunk is opened and off when
the trunk is closed.
NOTICE
Close the trunk after use to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge.
5
Wipers and washers
• OFF: Wipers are not in operation.
• MIST: For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever downward and release. The
wipers operate continuously if the lever
is held in this position.
Information
2C_WiperSwitchOverview
A. Wiper speed control
• HI: High wiper speed.
• LO: Low wiper speed.
• INT: Intermittent wipe.
• AUTO (if equipped): Auto control wipe.
• OFF: Off
• MIST: Single wipe
B. Intermittent or Auto control wipe time
adjustment
C. Wash with brief wipes
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the engine is
turned on.
• HI: The wiper runs at a higher speed.
• LO: The wiper runs at a lower speed.
• INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob.
• AUTO (if equipped): The rain sensor
located on the upper end of the
windshield glass senses the amount of
rainfall and controls the wiping cycle
for the proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper operates.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To
vary the speed setting, turn the speed
control knob.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or
ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed to
prevent damage to the wiper and washer
system.
AUTO (Automatic) control
if equipped
2C_RainSensor
The rain sensor located on the upper end
of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the
interval of the wiping cycle.
To change the sensitivity setting, turn the
sensitivity control knob.
If the wiper switch is set in the AUTO
mode when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper operates
once to perform a self-check of the
system. Set the wiper to the OFF position
when the wiper is not used.
5-79
Convenience Features
WARNING
To prevent personal injury:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to stop
the auto wiper operation.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Windshield washers
Recirculating air when washer fluid
is used
When washer fluid is used, in order to
reduce any objectionable scent of the
washer fluid from entering the cabin,
recirculation mode and air conditioning
are automatically activated depending on
the outside temperature. If you select
fresh mode while the function is
operating, the function resumes after a
certain amount of time. It may not work in
some conditions such as cold weather or
vehicle OFF.
For more information, refer to the
"Recirculating air when washer fluid is
used" section in this chapter.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, always warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision that
could lead to a collision resulting in
serious injury or death.
Always use appropriate washer fluids in
the winter season or cold weather.
NOTICE
2C_WasherSwitch
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. The spray and wiper operation
continues until you release the lever. If
the washer does not work, you may need
to add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
5-80
To prevent damage:
• Do not operate the washer when the
fluid reservoir is empty or when the
windshield is dry.
• Do not operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• Do not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use anti-freezing washer fluids in the
winter season or cold weather.
5
Automatic climate control system
1C_Aircon
The climate control system buttons may differ depending on vehicle specification.
(1) Driver's temperature control
(2) Passenger's temperature control
(3) AUTO (automatic control)
(4) SYNC (Same control for all seats based on the driver's seat)
(5) Fan speed control
(6) Mode selection
(7) OFF
(8) A/C (air conditioning)
(9) Air intake control
(10)Front windshield defroster
(11) Rear window defroster
(12)Driver only
CAUTION
The climate control system can be operated even when the engine is not started in the
'ON' state, but the effect is not as effective as when the engine is started, and the battery
may be discharged quickly.
Information
Screen distortion that occurs when you press the screen strongly is a normal
phenomenon that can occur due to the characteristics of LCD.
5-81
Convenience Features
Automatic heating and air
conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control System is
controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan
speeds, air intake, and air conditioning
are controlled automatically by the
temperature setting.
You can control the fan speed in three
stages by pressing the AUTO button
during automatic operation.
• HIGH: Provides rapid air conditioning
and heating with the maximum fan
speed setting.
• MEDIUM: Provides air conditioning
and heating with the mid-level fan
speed setting.
• LOW: Fan speed is set to the lowest
setting range.
2C_AirconAutoButton
2C_AirconTempButton
To turn off the automatic operation,
select any operation of the following:
• Mode selection button
• Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign
illuminates on the information
display once again.)
• Fan speed control button
• A/C button
The selected function is controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
NOTICE
2. Turn left or right the temperature
control knob to set the desired
temperature. If the temperature is set
to the lowest setting, the air
conditioning system operates
continuously. After the interior has
cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a
higher temperature set point whenever
possible.
2C_SolarRadiationSensor
Never place anything near the sensor to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
5-82
5
Manual heating and air
conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select:
• Heating: Ŗ
• Cooling: Ř
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired
speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn on the
air conditioning system.
The settings are maintained even when
the engine is turned off. However, the
settings are initialised when the battery
cable is disconnected, so set them again.
Mode selection
2C_AirconModeSelection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
5-83
Convenience Features
Air flow direction
1C_AirconModeSelectionOverview
Symbol
Ř
ś
ř
Ŝ
5-84
Operation
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Air flow is directed toward the face and the floor.
Direction
B, D
B, C, D, E, F
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small
amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
A, C, D, E
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and it is used
when removing the windshield dehumidification. (If the
window defrosters are set, the air conditioner and outdoor
air intake selection are automatically operated.)
A, C, D, E
5
Front windshield defroster [A], [D]
Instrument panel vents
Front
2C_AirconFrontDefrostButton
Press the front windshield defroster
button (indicator light ON) to turn on the
front windshield defroster. If the
windshield defogging is set, outside
(fresh) mode is automatically selected
and the air conditioning turns on
according to the detected ambient
temperature
Press the front windshield defroster
button once more (indicator light OFF) to
turn the function off. Each climate control
setting reverts to the setting prior to
selecting the front windshield defrost.
2C_FrontVent
Rear
2C_RearVent
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever all the way to the (Á)
direction to close, and to the (Â)
direction to open the air vents.
5-85
Convenience Features
Driver Only
Temperature control
2C_DriverOnlyButton
2C_AirconTempButton
If you press the DRIVER ONLY button and
the indicator light illuminates, air mostly
blows in the direction of the driver's seat.
However, some of the air may come out
of other seating position ducts to keep
indoor air pleasant.
If you use the button with no passenger in
the front passenger seat, energy
consumption will be reduced.
DRIVER ONLY button will be turned off
under the following conditions:
(1) Defrost on (the DRIVER ONLY button
indicator is not turned off)
(2) SYNC on
(3) Adjusted front passenger seat
temperature
(4) DRIVER ONLY button re-push
Turn right the knob to increase the
temperature. Turn left the knob to
decrease the temperature.
Temperature conversion (°C ↔ °F)
To change the temperature unit from °C
to °F or °F to °C:
• Press and hold A/C button for 3
seconds then release. And within 5
seconds, touch the mode selection icon
for more than 3 seconds.
• Select Setup > General > Units >
Temperature Unit > °C/°F in the
infotainment system.
SYNC (Adjusting the driver and
passenger side temperature equally)
2C_AirconSYNCButton
Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction equally
Press the SYNC button (indicator light
ON) to adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature and air flow direction
equally.
5-86
5
Adjusting the temperature individually
Press SYNC button (indicator light OFF)
again to adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually.
Air intake control
Recirculation mode
WL_RecirculationModeLamp
With the recirculated air selected, air
from the passenger compartment is
drawn through the climate control
system.
Outside (fresh) mode
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle that could fog the
windshield and the side windows and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on.
• Continued climate use of recirculated
air may cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside (fresh) air
position while driving.
Fan speed control
WL_AirconAirIntakeButton
With the outside (fresh) air selected, air
enters the vehicle from outside and is
drawn through the climate control
system.
Information
Using the system in the fresh air position
is recommended.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging
of the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger
compartment will become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively
dry air in the passenger compartment.
2C_Airconwind
Press the right button to increase fan
speed and airflow. Press the left button to
decrease fan speed and airflow.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
Information
Operating the fan speed when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the battery to discharge.
5-87
Convenience Features
Air conditioning
System maintenance
Cabin air filter
2C_AirconAirconButton
Press the A/C button to manually turn on
the system on (indicator light ON) and off.
OFF mode
The cabin air filter is installed behind the
glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads and/or if
transporting pets or occupants smoke
inside the vehicle, then more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
Information
2C_AirconAutoOffButton
Press the OFF button to turn the climate
control system off. You can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as long as
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
5-88
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty, rough roads, more frequent
climate control air filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant
Air conditioning refrigerant label
If the amount of refrigerant is too low or
too high, the performance of the air
conditioning is reduced. Have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians in a well-ventilated area to
ensure proper and safe operation.
• Never repair the air conditioning
evaporator (cooling coil) or replace
with the one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle. A new replacement
evaporator must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard
J2842.
2C_RefrigerantTypeLabel
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Ęę
To prevent serious injury, have the air
conditioning system be serviced by only
trained and certified technicians.
R-1234yf is flammable and operated at
high pressure.
Reclaim all refrigerants with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants directly
to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
2C_RefrigerantLabel
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as the following:
(1) Classification of refrigerant
(2) Amount of refrigerant
(3) Classification of compressor lubricant
(4) Caution
(5) Flammable refrigerant
(6) To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
5-89
Convenience Features
Windshield defrosting
and defogging
WARNING
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
Do not use the defrost level Ç position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The outer surface of the
windshield may fog and reduce visibility,
causing a collision that results in serious
injury or death.
Set the mode selection button to the face
level Ř position and lower the fan speed.
• For maximum defrost performance, set
the temperature control switch to the
highest temperature setting and the fan
speed control to the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, select the floor
defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window, side
view mirrors, and all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet to improve heater and
defroster efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
5-90
2C_InsideDefrostProcedure
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Select the desired fan speed.
Select the desired temperature.
Press the defroster button (Ç)
The air conditioning turns on
according to the detected ambient
temperature, the outside (fresh) air
mode and higher fan speed are
selected automatically.
If the air conditioning, outside (fresh) air
mode and higher fan speed are not
selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding switch.
If the defrost switch is selected, the fan
speed increases.
5
To defrost outside windshield
Rear window defroster
NOTICE
Never use sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to clean the
window to prevent damage to the rear
window defroster.
2C_InsideDefrostProcedure_2
(1) Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
(2) Set the temperature to the hottest (HI)
position.
(3) Press the defroster button (Ç)
(4) The air conditioning turns on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and the outside (fresh)
air mode is selected automatically.
If the defrost switch is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
• To activate it, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air intake
or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button (Ç).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button, press the air intake control
button at least 5 times within 3 seconds
The air intake control button indicator
blinks 3 times to indicate that the
defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status
2C_RearWindowDefrost
• To turn if off, press the rear window
defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after about 20
minutes or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position.
Side view mirror defroster
The side view mirror defrosters operate
when you turn on the rear window
defroster.
5-91
Convenience Features
Climate control
additional features
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Air conditioning auto-drying
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
dries the moisture in the air conditioner
and reduces air conditioner odor. The
blower motor automatically operates 30
minutes after the engine is turned off.
Turning Air conditioning auto-drying
on or off
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
can be turned on and off by selecting
Setup > Vehicle > Climate > Air
Conditioner Auto-Dry .
When the Air conditioning auto-drying
feature is activated, the air conditioner
sets the fan speed to the third level,
selects outside (fresh) mode, and directs
the air flow toward the face.
Operating conditions
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
operates under the following conditions:
• The vehicle is turned off after operating
the air conditioner for a certain period.
• The battery level is sufficient and the
outside temperature is above a certain
level.
5-92
Non-operating conditions
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
stops operating under the following
conditions:
• The A/C Automatic Drying feature has
operated for 10 minutes.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed, or the engine is on.
• The climate control system is operated
remotely.
Information
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
reduces air conditioner odors but may not
remove all odors.
Auto defogging system
if equipped
2C_RainSensor
The Auto defogging reduces the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
Information
The Auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
5
When the Auto Defogging System
operates, the Ż indicator illuminates.
If high amount of humidity is detected in
the vehicle, the Auto defogging system is
enabled.
The following steps are performed
automatically:
Step 1. Air conditioning turns on and
Outside (fresh) mode is selected.
Step 2. Defrost level is selected.
Step 3. Fan speed is set to a higher level.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated
air is manually selected while Auto
defogging system is ON, the Auto
defogging system has been canceled.
Turning the Auto defogging system
on or off
Climate control system
To activate the Auto defogging system,
press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. The
windshield defrost button indicator blinks
6 times and then turns off.
To release the Auto defogging system,
press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. The
windshield defrost button indicator blinks
3 times and then turns on.
Infotainment system
Auto Defogging System can be turned on
and off by selecting Setup > Vehicle >
Climate > Defog/Defrost Options > Auto
Defog from the infotainment system.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the top of the windshield glass.
Damage may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
Auto dehumidify
To increase cabin air quality and reduce
windshield misting, recirculation mode
switches off automatically after about 5
to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake changes
to fresh mode.
Turning Auto dehumidify on or off
Climate control system
To turn the Auto dehumidify feature on or
off, select Face level (Ř) mode and press
the air intake control (É) button at
least 5 times within 3 seconds. When Auto
dehumidify is turned on, the air intake
control button indicator blinks 6 times.
When turned off, the indicator blinks 3
times.
Infotainment system
Auto dehumidify can be turned on and off
by selecting Setup > Vehicle > Climate >
Automatic Ventilation > Automatic
Dehumidify from the infotainment
system.
Information
• Do not select recirculated air while the
Auto defogging system is operating.
• When Auto defogging system is
operating, fan speed adjustment,
temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
5-93
Convenience Features
Sunroof inside air
recirculation
if equipped
When the sunroof is opened, the fresh
mode is automatically selected. If you
press the air intake control button, the
recirculation mode is selected but
changes back to the fresh mode after 3
minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the
air intake position returns to the previous
position.
Recirculating air when washer
fluid is used
if equipped
Recirculation mode automatically
activates to reduce the scent of the
washer fluid entering the cabin when the
windshield washer is used.
When it is shifted to the recirculation
mode, the unpleasant scent may flow into
the vehicle.
Turning Activation on a washer fluid
use on or off
Climate control system
To turn the Activate on washer fluid use
feature on or off, select Floor level (Ŗ)
mode, and then press the air intake
control (É) button 5 times within 3
seconds.
When Activate on washer fluid use is
turned on, the air intake control button
indicator blinks 6 times. When turned off,
the indicator blinks 3 times.
Infotainment system
Activate on washer fluid use can be
turned on and off by selecting Setup >
Vehicle > Climate > Recirculate Air >
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use from the
infotainment system.
5-94
Recirculating air when
entering a tunnel
if equipped
To prevent the inflow of polluted air into
the vehicle when passing through a
tunnel, the windows and climate control
system are operated using the navigation
map information and vehicle speed as
follows:
To use this feature, it can be enabled from
the infotainment system. Select: Setup >
Vehicle > Climate > Recirculate Air
• Activate upon Entering Tunnels: The
vehicle's windows automatically close,
and the climate control system
switches to recirculation mode for
about 7 seconds before entering a
tunnel.
The windows open to the previous
position after passing through the tunnel.
If the power window switch is operated
before the windows open, the windows
do not return to the previous position.
Operating conditions
• The climate control system's fresh
mode is selected.
• The window(s) are open.
The windows close automatically only
when your vehicle is applied with the
automatic up/down window feature for
all seats.
5
Information
• The activation time for the feature may
differ because of the time gap between
the GPS and vehicle speed.
• The feature activates until you have
passed through continuous tunnels.
• When entering a tunnel, recirculation
mode may cause fogging of the
windshield. Use the front windshield
defroster button.
• The feature does not operate in short
tunnels.
• The feature may not activate if the GPS
is not working properly.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
WARNING
Be careful not to get any body parts
caught when the windows are closing.
Storage compartment
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a collision, the
items may fly out of the compartment and
may cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
5-95
Convenience Features
Center console storage
Interior features
Cup holder
Cups or small beverages cups can be
placed in the cup holders.
Front seat
2C_CenterConsoleBox
To open:
Press the button.
Glove box
2C_CupHolderCenterConsole
Rear seat armrest
2C_GloveBox
To open:
Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door may cause
serious injury to a passenger in a collision,
even if the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
5-96
2C_RearSeatCupHolder
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
5
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when
the cup holder is used to prevent
spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you may be burned. Such a burn to the
driver may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result
in the event of a sudden stop or
collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
• Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. Otherwise, they may explode.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to
prevent spilling. If liquid spills, it may
get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system and
damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
Sunvisor
2C_Sunvisor
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from
the side window, pull it rearward, release
it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2) toward the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and
return the sunvisor to its original position
after use.
WARNING
Do not block your view or the roadway
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror
on the sunvisor can be used for toll road
tickets or self parking tickets. Use caution
when inserting tickets into the ticket
holder to avoid damage. Refrain from
putting several tickets in the ticket holder
as this could also damage the retaining
tab.
5-97
Convenience Features
Power outlet
Center console storage (inside)
2C_PowerOutlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile phones or other devices
designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems.
The devices should draw less than 180 W
with the engine running.
• Some electronic devices may cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle's power outlet.
• Push the plug in as far as it goes. The
plug may overheat and the fuse may
open.
• Only connect devices with reverse
current protection or the current from
the device battery may cause the
vehicle's electrical/electronic system to
malfunction.
USB charger
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electronic devices
using a USB cable.
Front
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your
fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a
power outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the power outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for an extended period
of time with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 V electric accessories that
are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when using
the power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your vehicle.
• Close the cover when not used.
5-98
2C_ChargingOutlet
Rear
2C_USBChargePortCenterConsoleBox
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electronic devices
using a USB cable.
Electronic devices can be charged when
the engine is running.
5
Information
• The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electronic device.
• Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smartphone or a tablet PC may get
warmer during the recharging process.
It does not indicate any malfunction
with the charging system.
• A smartphone or a tablet PC that does
not use a USB cable to charge should be
charged using its own charger.
• Do not attempt to use the charging
terminal either to turn on an audio or to
play media with the infotainment
system.
• Charging may not be possible when
using a Type-C to A converter sold by a
mobile phone manufacturer or
commercially available.
• When charging an electrical device by
using an USB converting adapter (C to A
type), use a genuine adapter specified
for your vehicle. A commonly used
adapter is not equipped with any
measures to prevent over current and
maintain stability.
Using an unspecified cable may
damage the vehicle's USB charger or
the connected devices. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more
information on accessories for
HYUNDAI vehicles.
• The use of non-genuine parts may
damage the USB port and infotainment
system. Damage cannot be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Wireless smartphone
charging system
if equipped
NOTICE
• Use the USB charger when the engine is
running. Using the USB charger for
prolonged periods of time with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position (engine off) may cause the
battery to discharge.
• To prevent damage to the USB charger:
- Do not insert foreign objects or spill
liquid into the outlet. The USB
charging terminal may be damaged.
- Do not use devices with working
current exceeding 3,000 mA (3.0 A).
2C_WirelessSmartPhoneChargingSystem
(1) Indicator light
(2) Charging pad
5-99
Convenience Features
Charging your smartphone
The wireless smartphone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
smartphones (þ). Visit your smartphone
manufacturer's website to check whether
your smartphone supports the Qi
technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled smartphone
on the wireless charging with the screen
facing up.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place the
smartphone on the center of the
charging pad.
2. The system is available when all doors
are closed, and when the Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START position.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function from the Setup menu
in the infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Convenience >
Wireless Charging System for
Mobile Devices
4. The indicator light is orange when the
smart phone is charging. The indicator
light will turn green when phone
charging is complete.
Information
• For flip type smartphones, when using
wireless charging, place the
smartphone folded with the device's
back placed on the center of the
wireless charging unit.
• The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
5-100
If your smartphone is not charging:
• Slightly change the position of the
smartphone on the charging pad.
• Make sure the indicator light is orange.
The indicator light blinks orange for 10
seconds if there is a malfunction in the
wireless charging system.
The system warns you with a message on
the cluster display if the smartphone is
still on the wireless charging pad after the
vehicle is turned OFF and the front door is
opened.
For some manufacturer's smartphones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smartphone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smartphone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless smartphone charging
system may not support certain
smartphones, that do not meet for the
Qi specification (þ).
• When placing your smartphone on the
charging pad, position the phone in the
middle of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your smartphone is off
to the side, the charging rate may be
less and in some cases the smartphone
may experience higher heat
conduction.
• Wireless charging may stop temporarily
when the smart key is used, either
when starting the vehicle or
locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain smartphones,
the charging indicator may not change
to blue when the smartphone is fully
charged.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature
abnormally increases inside the
wireless smartphone charging system.
The wireless charging process restarts,
when temperature falls to a certain
level.
5
• If any metallic object, such as coins, is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smartphone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up.
• When charging some smartphones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may decrease
and the wireless charging may stop.
• If the smartphone has a thick case, it
may not charge.
• Some magnetic items such as credit
cards, phone cards, or transit cards may
be damaged if left with the smartphone
during the charging process.
• If the smartphone is not completely
contacting the charging pad, wireless
charging may not operate properly.
• If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position, the charging also stops.
• When any smartphone without a
wireless charging function or a metallic
object is placed on the charging pad, a
small noise may sound. This small
sound because the vehicle discerns
compatibility of the object placed on
the charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smartphone.
• Some smartphones may not be able to
charge depending on the internal
structure of the smartphone. If this
occurs, try charging the smartphone by
moving it to the left or right side of the
wireless charging pad. However, for
some fold-able smartphones that have
magnets inside the smartphone, try
charging the smartphone while holding
it close to the left side of the wireless
charging pad.
• During wireless charging, an internal
fan operates to prevent overheating.
Fan noise may sound.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Clock
The clock can be set from the
infotainment system.
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while
driving.
5-101
Convenience Features
Coat hook
Floor mat anchor(s)
Rear
ALWAYS use the floor mat anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet keep
the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
2C_CoatHook
This hook is not designed to hold large or
heavy items.
WARNING
Only hang soft clothing without heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In a collision or when the curtain
airbag is inflated, the objects could move
and cause serious injury.
2C_CoatHookWarning
Do not overlay additional mats or liners
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the anchors.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death from a
floor mat interfering with the brake or
accelerator pedals:
• Remove any protective film on the
carpet before installing a floor mat.
• Check floor mats are securely attached
to the vehicle's floor mat anchors
before driving.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor
mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on
top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a
single floor mat must be installed in
each position.
WARNING
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, install the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for your vehicle.
5-102
5
Infotainment system
NOTICE
• Do not install an aftermarket HID
headlight. Your vehicle's audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,
and air freshener from contacting the
interior parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
Information
• Some devices may not be charged
through USB port.
• When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, and the
USB port at the same time, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
disconnect the power cable from the
power outlet and use the portable
audio device's power source.
NOTICE
USB Port
2C_USBPort
Press the USB port selection button while
the engine is running. Press the upper
portion of the button (1) to charge an
electronic device. Press the lower portion
of the button (2) to charge and listen to
music with a media storage device. The
USB port can be used after either
indicator light turns on.
• You can use an USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
• After connecting a media storage
device such as a MP3 or USB to the USB
port, you can listen to music through
the vehicle's speakers or play it on the
infotainment system.
• Small electronic devices can be
charged.
• Use the USB position to connect to
wired Android Auto or Apple Car Play.
• When connecting a Type-A USB or a
memory device to a vehicle, use a
genuine converting adapter (C to A
type) specified for your vehicle. A
commonly used adapter is not
equipped with any measures to reduce
noise, prevent overcurrent and
maintain stability. Connecting an
unspecified cable may damage the
vehicle's USB port or the connected
devices. Contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for more information
on accessories for HYUNDAI vehicles.
• The use of non-genuine parts may
damage the USB port and infotainment
system. Damage cannot be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
5-103
Convenience Features
Antenna
2C_SharkAntenna
The shark fin antenna receives
transmitted data (for example, AM/FM,
SXM).
Steering wheel remote
controls
SEEK/PRESET (ơ / Ƣ) (1)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pushed up
or down and held for 0.8 seconds or
more, it functions in the following modes:
• RADIO mode
It functions as the AUTO SEEK select
button. It seeks until you release the
button.
• MEDIA mode
It functions as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pushed up
or down, it functions in the following
modes:
• RADIO mode
It functions as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
• MEDIA mode
It functions as the TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (2)
Roll the knob up or down to adjust the
volume.
MODE (3)
2C_AudioButtonOverview
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
5-104
Press the MODE button to toggle through
Radio mode.
MUTE (é) (4)
Press the VOLUME (é) lever to mute or
activate the sound.
5
Infotainment system
Bluetooth® wireless
technology
2C_AVNOverview
For more information, refer to the
separately supplied infotainment system
manual.
2C_SteeringWheelCallButton
Voice recognition
2C_Microphone
(1) Call/Answer/Call end button
(2) Microphone
2C_SteeringWheelVoiceRecognitionButton
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment manual.
For more information, refer to the
separately supplied infotainment system
manual.
CAUTION
To prevent driver distractions, minimize
your use of these features while driving.
Distraction may cause a collision,
resulting in serious injury or death.
5-105
6. Driving Your Vehicle
Before driving ..................................................................................................................6-3
Before entering the vehicle.........................................................................................6-4
Before starting .............................................................................................................6-4
Engine Start/Stop button................................................................................................6-5
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off .....................................................................................................6-9
Operating conditions ...................................................................................................6-9
Deactivating conditions ..............................................................................................6-9
System operation.........................................................................................................6-9
Automatic Transmission ............................................................................................... 6-10
Automatic Transmission (Rotary gear shift dial type) ............................................. 6-10
Parking ........................................................................................................................ 6-18
Good driving practices .............................................................................................. 6-18
Regenerative braking system (paddle shifter) ............................................................ 6-19
Using the regenerative braking system ................................................................... 6-19
Regenerative braking system limitations.................................................................6-20
Smart recuperation system ...........................................................................................6-21
Smart recuperation system on/off ........................................................................... 6-22
Smart recuperation system operating condition .................................................... 6-22
Smart recuperation level settings.............................................................................6-23
Pausing smart recuperation system .........................................................................6-23
Front sensor................................................................................................................6-23
Smart recuperation system disabled........................................................................6-24
Precautions for smart recuperation system ............................................................6-24
Braking system .............................................................................................................. 6-27
Power-assist brakes................................................................................................... 6-27
Disc brakes wear indicator ........................................................................................6-28
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .................................................................................6-28
Auto hold ....................................................................................................................6-32
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................................................6-34
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .............................................................................6-35
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).......................................................................6-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................................................................6-38
Good braking practices .............................................................................................6-39
Drive mode integrated control system ........................................................................6-39
Drive mode .................................................................................................................6-39
6
Active Air Flap................................................................................................................. 6-41
Malfunction................................................................................................................. 6-41
Special driving conditions ............................................................................................ 6-42
Hazardous driving conditions................................................................................... 6-42
Rocking the vehicle ................................................................................................... 6-42
Smooth cornering...................................................................................................... 6-43
Driving at night .......................................................................................................... 6-43
Driving in the rain ...................................................................................................... 6-43
Driving in flooded areas ............................................................................................ 6-44
Highway driving......................................................................................................... 6-44
Winter driving................................................................................................................ 6-44
Snow or icy conditions.............................................................................................. 6-44
Winter precautions.................................................................................................... 6-47
Trailer towing ................................................................................................................ 6-49
6
Vehicle load limit........................................................................................................... 6-49
The loading information label................................................................................... 6-50
6
Before driving
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO may cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide that cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO may cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Make sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Be sure to check the exhaust system whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or
for any other purposes. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or drive over
something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system
inspected as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for an extended period of time with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a long time with people inside the vehicle, be sure
to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high
so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To ensure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components
found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain
or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.
6-3
Driving Your Vehicle
Before entering the vehicle
• Make sure all windows, side view
mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven wear
and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
• Make sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Before starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and the
doors are securely closed and locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and side view mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their seat
belts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in the
instrument panel and the messages on
the cluster display when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
6-4
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving. For
more information, refer to the "Seat
belts" section in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Do not
assume that the other drivers are
seeing your vehicle. They may not act
as you expect. Be prepared to react to
avoid a possible collision. Plan your
movements anticipating the "worst
case" scenario.
• Stay focused on driving. Driver
distraction may cause a collision.
• Leave plenty of space between you and
the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs while driving.
Drinking or taking drugs while driving is
dangerous and may result in a collision,
causing serious injury or death.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death toll each
year. Even a small amount of alcohol can
affect your reflexes, perceptions and
judgment. Just one drink may reduce
your ability to respond to changing
conditions and emergencies and your
reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs
is as dangerous or more dangerous than
driving under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you are drinking or
taking drugs, never drive. Do not ride with
a driver who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver or call
a taxi.
6
Engine Start/Stop button
2C_StartButton
Whenever the front door is opened, the
Engine Start/Stop button illuminates and
goes off for a few seconds after the door
is closed.
WARNING
• To reduce risk of serious injury or death,
NEVER allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the Push Button Start ignition
switch button or related parts.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur.
• To turn off the engine in an emergency:
- Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 2 seconds. Or
rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button 3 times (within 3
seconds).
- If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
WARNING
• Never press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This may
result in the vehicle turning off and loss
of power assist for the steering and
brake systems. This may cause loss of
directional control and braking
function, which could cause a collision.
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always
make sure the gear is in the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the smart key with
you. Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are not
followed.
• Never reach through the steering wheel
for the Engine Start/Stop button or any
other control while the vehicle is
moving. The presence of your hand or
arm in this area may cause a loss of
vehicle control resulting in a collision.
6-5
Driving Your Vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button positions
Button Position
Action
Always stop the vehicle before
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
If the steering wheel is not locked
properly when you open the
driver's door, the warning chime
sounds.
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with
gear in P (Park).
For rotary type shift gear vehicles,
if the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the vehicle shifted to
D (Drive), R (Reverse), or N
(Neutral), the gear automatically
shifts to P (Park).
For lever type shift gear vehicles, if
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the gear shifted to D
(Drive), R (Reverse), or N (Neutral),
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position.
The steering wheel locks to
protect the vehicle from theft. (if
equipped)
Press the Engine Start/Stop
button when the button is in the
OFF position without depressing
the brake pedal.
Some electrical accessories are
usable.
The steering wheel unlocks.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for more
than one hour, the battery power
turns off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the Push Button Start
ignition switch may not work. Press
the Push Button Start ignition
switch while turning the steering
wheel right and left to release
tension.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop
button while it is in the ACC
position without depressing the
brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent
the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in
the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral)
position.
For your safety, start the engine
with the gear in the P (Park)
position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button without depressing the
brake pedal, the engine does not
start and the Engine Start/Stop
button changes as follows:
OFF > ACC > ON > OFF or ACC
ACC
6-6
Notes
6
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes such as high heels, ski boots,
sandals, and flip-flops may interfere
with your ability to use the brake,
accelerator, and clutch pedals. Do not
drive barefoot.
• Do not start your vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. Place
your foot firmly on the brake pedal
while starting your vehicle.
• Wait until the engine is at normal idle
before shifting gears and releasing the
brake. Your vehicle may move suddenly
if your vehicle is shifted while the
engine RPM is high. It may cause
damage to the transmission system.
Information
• The vehicle starts by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• The vehicle may not start even if the
smart key is in the vehicle but it is not
near you (e.g. in the luggage
compartment).
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart
key. When the smart key is not in the
vehicle, the indicator blinks and the
warning "Key not in vehicle" appears.
When all doors are closed, the chime
sounds for a few seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
NOTICE
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
or race the engine while the vehicle
remains stationary.
• Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. Do not rapidly accelerate and
decelerate while driving.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming it
up.
Information
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the brake switch fuse is blown.
When the brake switch fuse is blown, a
warning message appears on the
instrument cluster. In this case, start
the engine by pressing and holding the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10
seconds with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position.
Replace the fuse as soon as possible.
For more information, refer to the
"Fuses" section in chapter 9.
• For your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the vehicle.
• If the engine stalls while the vehicle is
moving, shift to N (Neutral) and use the
Engine Start/Stop button to attempt to
restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start
the engine.
6-7
Driving Your Vehicle
Information
Remotely starting the engine
2C_SmartKeyRemoteStartButton
2C_StartVehicleWithPushingSmartKey
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, press
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake
pedal fully.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
5. Take the key with you when you leave
the vehicle.
6-8
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button (ƙ) on the smart
key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button within 32 ft.
(10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press and hold the remote start button
(ƙ) for over 2 seconds within 4
seconds.
To turn off the engine:
Press the remote start button (ƙ) once.
Information
• The remote start (ƙ) button may not
operate if the smart key is not within 32
ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle does not remotely start if
the hood or trunk is open.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park).
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key
or you do not get in the vehicle within
10 minutes.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
6
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
System operation
if equipped
If your vehicle is parked and the engine is
left on for a long period of time, the
engine will turn off automatically to help
reduce fuel consumption and prevent
accidents caused by carbon dioxide
poisoning.
Operating conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates
when all the following conditions are
satisfied:
• Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3
km/h), and the gear is shifted to P (Park)
• The brake pedal and accelerator pedal
are not depressed
• The driver's seat belt is unfastened
• The passenger seat is empty
• The infotainment system is being
updated
Deactivating conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off
when one of the situation occurs:
• Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3
km/h)
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral)
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed
• The driver's seat belt is fastened
• A passenger is in the passenger's seat
2C_AutoShutOffInfo
When all the conditions are satisfied, the
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns
the engine off automatically after 60
minutes.
Resetting cluster timer
To reset the cluster timer, do one of
following:
• Release the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is
complete.
• Press the OK button on the steering
wheel while the timer appears on the
instrument cluster.
CAUTION
Do not leave a passenger or a pet in the
vehicle in hot weather since the air
conditioning system turns off when the
engine is off.
6-9
Driving Your Vehicle
Automatic Transmission
The automatic transmission has six
forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
Automatic Transmission
(Rotary gear shift dial type)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before shifting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always
make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P
(Park) position, then apply the parking
brake, then press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed.
• Do not use engine braking (shifting
from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly
on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip
causing an accident.
6-10
2C_ShiftButtonOverview
[A] Rotary gear shift dial
[B] P button
Depress the brake pedal whenever
rotating the gear shift dial or shifting to P.
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the shift position when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
WARNING
The automatic transmission shift dial or
interior parts might get hot when a
vehicle is parked outside during hot
weather. Always be careful when the
vehicle is hot.
6
Automatic Transmission (Rotary
gear shift dial type) operation
The indicator in the cluster displays the
rotary gear shift dial position when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
2C_ClusterShiftPositionLamp
2C_PressPButton
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P
button while depressing the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear
automatically shifts to P (Park).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion may cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift the
gear to P (Park) and apply the parking
brake to prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
The gear is shifted to P (Park)
automatically for safety reasons under
the following conditions:
• When the engine is turned off with the
gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
• When the driver's door is opened with
the engine running, the gear in R
(Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the
seat belt unfastened and the vehicle at
a standstill.
• When the driver's door is open with the
gear in N (Neutral) and the vehicle is
off.
In situations where the gear must be in P
(Park), always check if the gear is shifted
to P (Park) by checking the cluster.
6-11
Driving Your Vehicle
R (Reverse)
N (Neutral)
2C_ShiftButtonRPosition
2C_ShiftButtonNPosition
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To shift the gear R (Reverse), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to R (Reverse) while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the R
(Reverse) position, if you open the driver's
door, the gear automatically shifts to P
(Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to N (Neutral) from R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) while depressing
the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when you
are shifting from N (Neutral) to another
gear.
If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral),
the gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
However, if you need to stay in N
(Neutral) with the engine off, refer to the
"To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
OFF" section in this chapter.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse). You
may damage the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
6-12
WARNING
The engine can be started with the gear in
N (Neutral), but for you safety, be sure to
start the engine with the gear in P (Park).
6
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
OFF
D (Drive)
2C_ShiftButtonDPosition
2C_SteeringWheelOkButton
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and apply the
parking brake when the engine is
running.
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (Neutral) while
depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake
pedal, the message "Press and hold the
OK button on the steering wheel to
stay in Neutral" appears on the cluster
display.
4. Press and hold the OK button [A] on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second.
5. When the message "Vehicle will stay in
(N). Change gear to cancel." appears
on the cluster display, turn the vehicle
off while depressing the brake pedal.
If you want to turn off the engine, press
the P button while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral), the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC position.
In the ACC position, the doors cannot be
locked. The battery may discharge if left
in the ACC position for a long time.
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission automatically
shift through an six gear sequence,
providing the better fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator further until you feel the
transmission downshift to a lower gear.
To shift the gear D (Drive), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to D (Drive) while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's
door with the driver's seat belt
unfastened, the gear automatically shifts
to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
CAUTION
When you start after stopping on a steep
incline, even if the gear is in D (Drive), if
you do not depress the accelerator or
brake pedal, the vehicle may roll
backwards, which can cause an accident.
6-13
Driving Your Vehicle
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3. Shift the gear while depressing the
brake pedal.
When the battery is discharged
You cannot shift gears, when the battery
is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to shift
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more information, refer to the
"Jump starting" section in chapter 8.
2. Apply the Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) with the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral)
position. Refer to the "To stay in N
(Neutral) when vehicle is OFF" in this
chapter.
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when
the vehicle off, refer to the "To stay in N
(Neutral) when vehicle is OFF" in this
chapter.
6-14
Cluster display message
Press brake pedal to change gear
2C_PressureBreakPadalToChangeGearInfo
This message appears when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting the
gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
2C_ShiftToPAfterStoppingInfo
This message appears when the gear is
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is
moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
6
Check P button
Check shifter dial
2C_CheckShiftPButtonInfo
2C_CheckShiftButtonInfo
This message appears when there is a
problem with the P button.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This message appears when there is a
malfunction with the rotary gear shift dial.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Shifter system malfunction
Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear to
cancel
2C_ShiftSystemMalfuncitonoInfo
This message appears when the
transmission or the shift dial does not
properly operate in the P (Park) position.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2C_StayNAfterVehicleOffInfo
This message appears when pushing the
"OK" button on the steering wheel after
the message "Press and hold the OK
button on the steering wheel to stay in
Neutral" appears on the cluster display.
The gear stays in N (Neutral) position after
turning off the engine.
6-15
Driving Your Vehicle
PARK malfunction. Engage parking brake
when parking vehicle.
Transmission Hot! Park with engine on
2C_ShiftOverheatStopVehicleInfo
2C_UnableToChangePInfo
This message appears when there is a
problem with the P button.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Rotary shifter stuck
Repeated sudden acceleration and quick
start may overheat the transmission. If
the transmission is overheated, the
self-protection mode alarms the driver
with an audible sound warning message.
Move the vehicle to a safe location and
shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until the
transmission is sufficiently cooled down.
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
2C_RotaryShifterStuckInfo
This message appears when the rotary
gear shift dial does not return back to it's
normal position after rotating it.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-16
2C_ShiftOverheatPowerLimittedInfo
If you continue to drive with overheated
transmission, the above warning
message appears and self-protection
mode restricts the power output of the
vehicle.
• Move the vehicle to a safe location and
shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until
the transmission is sufficiently cooled
down.
• If the above message is continuously
displayed, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6
Avoid shifting for a few seconds
Paddle shifter (manual shift mode)
2C_ShiftOverheatWaitShiftInfo
2C_PaddleShift
Repeated sudden acceleration and quick
start may temporarily overheat the
transmission. Wait until the system to
cool before operating the rotary gear shift
dial.
The paddle shifter is available when the
gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the + or - paddle shifter once to shift
up or down one gear and the system
changes from automatic shift mode to
manual shift mode.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings:
• Pull and hold the + paddle shifter.
• Shift the gear to D (Drive).
The manual shift mode also changes back
to automatic shift mode in one of
following situations:
• When the accelerator pedal is gently
depressed for more than 6 seconds
while driving.
• When the vehicle speed decreases
below 4 mph (7 km/h).
For more information on SPORT mode
paddle shifter operation, refer to the
"Drive mode integrated control system"
section in this chapter.
Trans cooled. Resume driving
2C_ShiftOverheatCanDriveInfo
This message appears when the vehicle is
safe to drive.
Information
If the + and - paddle shifters are pulled at
the same time, gear shift may not occur.
6-17
Driving Your Vehicle
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear into the P (Park) position, apply
the parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Take the key with you when exiting the
vehicle.
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with the
engine running, be careful not to depress
the accelerator pedal for a long period of
time. The engine or exhaust system may
overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system
are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
Good driving practices
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. If the gear is shifted to N
(Neutral) while driving, the vehicle
loses the ability to provide engine
braking. Doing so may increase the risk
of an accident.
Also, shifting the gear back to D (Drive)
while the vehicle is moving may
severely damage the transmission.
6-18
• When driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or
shift to R (Reverse) for driving
rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R
(Reverse), check the gear position
indicated on the cluster before driving.
If the vehicle moves in the opposite
direction of the selected gear, the
engine may turn off and a serious
accident might occur due to degraded
brake performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear and
possibly even brake failure.
• When driving in sport mode, slow down
before shifting to a lower gear.
Otherwise, the lower gear may not be
engaged if the engine RPMs are outside
of the allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an
abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
6
Regenerative braking
system (paddle shifter)
Regenerative braking system operates
the paddle shifter to control the
regenerative braking intensity (0-3 level,
MAX level) of the vehicle in ECO mode. It
improves the fuel economy of the vehicle
and helps the driver to have a better
driving experience.
Information
The regenerative braking system uses the
electric motor to apply the brake. The
electric motor converts the kinetic energy
generated from decelerating the vehicle
to electricity and charges the high voltage
battery.
• While the smart recuperation system is
ON: Pull and hold the right paddle shifter
(+) for over 1 second to turn off the smart
recuperation system. (For more
information, refer to the "Smart
recuperation system" section in this
chapter.)
• While the smart recuperation system is
OFF: Pull and hold the right paddle
shifter (+) for over 1 second to turn on
the smart recuperation system. The
regenerative braking level appears as
"AUTO".
Checking the amount of
regenerative braking
Using the regenerative
braking system
Operating the paddle shifter
2C_RehabilitationBrakingStepInfo
The selected regenerative braking level
appears on the instrument cluster.
2C_PaddleShift
• Pull the left paddle shifter (-) once to
raise the regenerative braking intensity
level by 1. It increases decelerating
intensity.
• Pull the right paddle shifter (+) once to
lower the regenerative braking intensity
level by 1. It decreases decelerating
intensity.
6-19
Driving Your Vehicle
CAUTION
• When the vehicle is turned on, the
regenerative braking level starts with 0
and only operates with the gear in D
(Drive).
• When the gear is shifted to P (Park), R
(Reverse) or N (Neutral), the
regenerative braking is deactivated,
when shifted to D (Drive) the
regenerative braking operates as level
0.
• When ABS and ESC are operating, the
regenerative braking is deactivated.
• A difference in deceleration occurs
depending on the vehicle speed, even
in the same regenerative barking level.
The difference is noticeable in city
driving, but there is not much
difference during high speed driving.
CAUTION
The vehicle does not come to a complete
stop with the regenerative braking level
1-3 by operating the paddle shifter. The
vehicle moves slowly with the
regenerative braking level decreasing
when the vehicle speed is about 6 mph
(10 km/h). Depress the brake pedal to
stop the vehicle.
Regenerative braking system
limitations
Regenerative braking intensity cannot be
changed using the paddle shifter in the
following situations when:
• The + and - paddle shifters are pulled at
the same time.
• The vehicle is decelerating by
depressing the brake pedal.
• Smart Cruise Control is activated.
CAUTION
Depending on the charging state of the
battery and motor (overcharge, high/low
temperature), the use of the system may
be limited. Check the road conditions
ahead and depress the brake pedal for
deceleration if necessary.
Initial setting of the regenerative braking
level differs according to the selected
Drive mode.
Drive
mode
Paddle
shifter
operation
Paddle shifter
function
+
Regenerative
braking intensity
level decrease
-
Regenerative
braking intensity
level increase
+
Manual shift +
-
Manual shift -
ECO
SPORT
For more information, refer to the "Drive
mode integrated control system" section
in this chapter.
6-20
6
System limitation warning
Regenerative braking not available.
Battery fully charged
Smart recuperation
system
The smart recuperation system
recognizes vehicle-to-vehicle distance,
road gradient, and speed cameras and
controls the regenerative braking level
while coasting.
It reduces unnecessary depressing of
pedals to improve fuel efficiency and
driver convenience.
Information
2C_RehabilitationBrakingLimitedInfo
Regenerative braking is temporarily
limited to protect the battery because the
high voltage battery is fully charged.
• Hydraulic braking using the brake pedal
can be used normally.
• Regenerative braking limitation lasts
longer if the battery temperature is too
low or too high.
Regeneration shift paddle conditions not
met
• Coasting is the process of driving a
vehicle without the brake pedal and the
accelerator pedal depressed. Coasting
uses the inertia of driving energy
instead of the vehicle power.
• The regenerative braking system uses
the electric motor to apply the brake.
The electric motor converts the kinetic
energy generated from decelerating
the vehicle to electricity and charges
the high voltage battery.
2C_RehabilitationBrakingDisabledInfo
The system is limited and a warning
appears in the following situations. Use
the system again after normal driving.
• When the motor or battery temperature
is high/low or there is transmission
malfunction.
• When regenerative braking is operated
while ABS, Cruise Control or Smart
Cruise Control is activated.
6-21
Driving Your Vehicle
Smart recuperation system
on/off
Smart recuperation system
operating condition
Operate the paddle shifter as shown
below to use the smart recuperation
system.
• Turning on the smart recuperation
system: Select Setup > Vehicle > ECO
Vehicle > Smart Recuperation System
from the infotainment system, shift the
gear to D (Drive), and pull and hold the
Right paddle shifter(+) for over a
second.
When the regenerative braking level 1 to 3
appears as "AUTO" and the vehicle speed
is above 3 mph (5 km/h), the system
automatically controls the regenerative
braking level under the following
conditions.
• The road gradient changes.
• Distance from the vehicle ahead
reduces or increases.
• Speed of the vehicle ahead reduces or
increases.
CAUTION
2C_SmartRehabilitationBrakingInfo
The smart recuperation system is ON and
the regenerative braking level appears as
"AUTO".
• Turning off the smart recuperation
system: Select Setup > Vehicle > ECO
Vehicle > Smart Recuperation System
from the infotainment system, pull and
hold the Right paddle shifter(+) for over
a second. The regenerative braking
level 1 to 3 appears instead of "AUTO"
on the instrument cluster and the smart
recuperation system turns off.
6-22
• When the forward safety warning light
is ON, the smart recuperation system
does not work properly. Depress the
brake pedal for deceleration.
• The function that adjusts the
regenerative braking intensity
depending on the road gradient is only
effective when the regenerative
braking level is 0. Braking intensity
does not significantly change
depending on the road gradient if the
regenerative braking level is 1 or above.
6
Smart recuperation level
settings
Pausing smart recuperation
system
2C_SmartRehabilitationBrakingIconInfo
When the smart recuperation system is
ON, the regenerative braking level
appears as "AUTO" on the instrument
cluster. The "AUTO" appears in grey in the
ready state. The system automatically
controls the regenerative braking level (2)
according to the smart recuperation
system operating conditions. If the front
radar detects a vehicle in front, the
indicator light (3) appears in green.
The smart recuperation system is
temporarily turned off in the following
conditions. While the system is turned off,
adjust your vehicle speed depending on
the road conditions.
• The vehicle is turned back ON after
turning OFF.
• The gear is shifted to N (Neutral), R
(Reverse) or P (Park).
• The drive mode is changed to SPORT or
SNOW mode.
• Smart Cruise Control is activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
operating/ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) is operating.
• The motor and battery temperature is
high or low or there is a malfunction
with the battery or transmission.
• SOC (State of Charge) is high.
Smart recuperation default setting
Front sensor
The default braking level of the smart
recuperation system can be changed. Set
the default braking level to the lowest and
let the system adjust the braking intensity
automatically.
To change the smart recuperation default
setting, pull the left or right paddle shifter
to adjust the level from 1 to 3 while the
smart recuperation system is ON.
2C_FrontRadar_1
[A] Front radar
Front radar detects the distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle ahead to
control the regenerative braking
intensity.
6-23
Driving Your Vehicle
Smart recuperation system
disabled
Precautions for smart
recuperation system
The smart recuperation system is not a
substitute for proper and safe driving.
To prevent serious injury or death:
General precautions
2C_SmartRecuperationSystemInfo
If the rear radar is covered by any foreign
material, such as snow, rain, or dirt, the
detecting performance may decrease
and disable the smart recuperation
system.
The "Check Smart Recuperation System"
warning message may appear on the
instrument cluster.
Also the regenerative braking level
appears instead of "AUTO".
Remove such foreign material and turn on
the system again by pulling and holding
the Right paddle shifter(+) for over a
second.
If the system does not operate normally
after anything covering the sensor is
removed, we recommend that your
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6-24
• Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicles ahead and adjust your
vehicle speed to the road conditions.
• The smart recuperation system cannot
detect pedestrians, vehicles making a
sudden stops and vehicles coming from
the opposite lane.
• Vehicles frequently changing lanes may
cause a delay or may cause the smart
recuperation system to react to a
vehicle in an adjacent lane.
• Depress the brake pedal when stopping
the vehicle.
• Depress the brake pedal to decelerate
in the following conditions when:
- The front part of the vehicle is lifted
up because of the cargo loaded on
the rear part of the vehicle.
- The steering wheel is being steered.
- The vehicle is being driven in the
center of the lane.
- The vehicle is being driven on a
narrow or curved road.
• The smart recuperation system may not
operate normally if there is interference
from strong electromagnetic waves.
6
Sensor precautions
• If there is impact on or near the radar,
the radar may be damaged or not be
properly aligned near the radar, even
though a warning message does not
appear on the instrument cluster, the
system may not operate properly. We
recommend that your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Always keep the sensor and the
surrounding clean.
• Do not install a license plate frame or
other objects such as bumper sticker,
film, bumper guard, or bumper wrap
near the radar.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to
repair the bumper where the radar is
located.
• Smart recuperation system may not
work properly if the bumper has been
replaced, or the surroundings of the
radar has been damaged or painted.
• Do not spray the front radar or the
surrounding area directly with high
pressure water.
Vehicle detection precautions
Detecting vehicle ahead
• The smart recuperation system may not
detect the vehicle ahead or may
suddenly detect the vehicle ahead,
such as when the smart regeneration
system responds slowly, or when
driving uphill, or when driving through a
curve. The regenerative braking
intensity may increase and decelerate
your vehicle.
• Some vehicles in your lane may not be
detected by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden
decelerating vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers with no loads
2C_SmartRehabilitationSystemDetectingVehicle
• When the vehicle in front of the
foregoing vehicle is at a stop and the
foregoing vehicle changes the lane, the
front sensors may be unable to
recognize the stopped vehicle.
6-25
Driving Your Vehicle
Driving on curves
Driving on hills
2C_SmartRehabilitationSystemDrivingOnCurveLoad
2C_SmartRehabilitationSystemDrivingOnInclinedLoad
During uphill or downhill coasting, the
smart recuperation system may not
detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and
cause your vehicle to accelerate. Also,
your vehicle speed decelerates when a
vehicle ahead is detected suddenly. Apply
the brake pedal or accelerator pedal
depending on the road and driving
conditions.
2C_SmartRehabilitationSystemDrivingOnCurveLoad_2
On curves, the smart recuperation system
may not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate the vehicle by
lowering the regenerative braking
intensity automatically. Your vehicle
speed may decelerate by increasing
regenerative braking intensity
automatically if a vehicle is detected in an
adjacent lane or when a vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly. Apply the brake pedal
or accelerator pedal depending on the
road and driving conditions.
6-26
6
Changing lanes
Braking system
Power-assist brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off
while driving, the power assist for the
brakes does not work. You can still stop
your vehicle by applying greater force to
the brake pedal than typical. The stopping
distance, however, may be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Information
2C_FCAChangingLane
When a vehicle moves into your lane from
an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by
the sensor until it is in the sensor's
detection range. The smart recuperation
system may not immediately detect the
vehicle when your vehicle changes lanes
abruptly.
• When the brake pedal is depressed
under certain driving conditions or
weather conditions, you may
temporarily hear a noise. This is normal
and does not indicate a problem with
your brakes.
• While driving on a road with deicing
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire
wear may occur due to deicing
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition,
additionally apply the brakes to remove
deicing chemicals on the brake discs
and pads.
6-27
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures,
excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
• When descending down a long or steep
hill, use the paddle shifter and manually
downshift to a lower gear in order to
control your speed without using the
brake pedal excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will cause the
brakes to overheat and may result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down and the
vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly indicates whether they
have been affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after
driving through deep water. To dry the
brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
heat up the brakes while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake
performance returns to normal. Avoid
driving at high speeds until the brakes
function correctly.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you may hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front or
rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
6-28
Information
Always replace both the left and right
brake pads on the front and rear axles at
the same time.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
2C_EPBEngage
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
comes on.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake pedal
while driving, emergency braking is
possible by pulling up and holding the
EPB switch. Braking is possible only while
you are holding the EPB switch. However,
braking distance may be longer than
normal.
6
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, do not operate the EPB while the
vehicle is moving except in an emergency
situation. It may damage the brake
system and cause a collision.
Information
During emergency braking, the Parking
Brake warning light illuminates and you
may hear a clicking noise.
NOTICE
If you notice a noise or burning smell
when the EPB is used for emergency
braking, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Releasing the parking brake
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically:
• Gear in P (Park) or in N (Neutral)
With the engine running, depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Make sure the doors, hood, and trunk
are closed and the seat belt is fastened.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by
loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck
and have the system checked.
Information
• You can engage EPB even though the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position (only if battery power is
available), but you cannot release it.
• Depress the brake pedal and release
the parking brake manually with the
EPB switch before you drive downhill or
when backing up.
NOTICE
• If the Parking Brake warning light is still
on even though the EPB has been
released, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
2C_EPBRelease
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
ON or START position.
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
goes off.
6-29
Driving Your Vehicle
Warning messages
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt and close
door, hood and trunk
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving keys with a parking
attendant, or assistant, make sure to
inform them on how to operate the
EPB.
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
2C_EPBEnableToReleaseInfo
If the driver's seat belt is unfastened, or
the hood, trunk, doors are open, and you
try to drive with EPB applied, a warning
sounds and a message appears.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death from
unintended vehicle movement:
• Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal
before parking, shift the gear into P
(Park), pull up the EPB switch, and press
the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
• Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the EPB
switch.
• Only release EPB when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
2C_AutoHoldPressureBreakInfo
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Parking brake automatically engaged
NOTICE
Driving with the parking brake on may
overheat the braking system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
parts.
6-30
2C_AutoHoldAutoEngageEPBInfo
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
6
EPB malfunction
Parking brake warning light
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position and goes off
in about 3 seconds if the system is
operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not come
on when the Engine Start/Stop button is
ON, the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The EPB warning light may illuminate
when the ESC indicator comes on to
indicate that ESC is not working properly,
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
M
Information
• If the Parking Brake warning light does
not illuminate or blinks after the EPB
switch has been pulled, the EPB may
not be applied.
• If the EPB warning light is still on or the
Parking Brake warning light blinks
when the EPB warning light is on, press
the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat
this one more time. If the EPB warning
does not go off, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Before driving, make sure the Parking
Brake is released and the Parking Brake
warning light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake warning light remains
on after the Parking Brake is released
while the engine is running, there may be
a malfunction in the brake system.
If possible, stop driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible, use
extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
6-31
Driving Your Vehicle
Auto hold
Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.
Information
When the vehicle is restarted, the last
setting for Auto Hold is applied.
To apply:
To release:
If you depress the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive) or manual shift mode
or R (Reverse) (vehicle equipped with
shift button), the Auto Hold is released
automatically and the vehicle starts to
move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
WARNING
• Always look around your vehicle before
depressing the accelerator pedal to
release Auto Hold.
• Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth start.
To cancel:
2C_AutoHoldButtonOn
[A] White
1. With the driver's door, hood, and trunk
closed, press the AUTO HOLD button.
The white AUTO HOLD indicator comes
on and the system is in standby.
2. When you stop the vehicle completely
by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
Hold maintains the brake pressure to
hold the vehicle stationary. The
indicator changes from white to green.
The vehicle remains stationary even if
you release the brake pedal.
3. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
6-32
2C_AutoHoldButtonOff
[A] Light off
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the AUTO HOLD button.
The AUTO HOLD indicator turns off.
WARNING
To prevent unintended vehicle
movement, always depress your foot on
the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold
before you:
• Drive downhill.
• Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
• Park the vehicle.
6
Information
The Auto Hold does not operate when:
• The gear is in P (Park)
• EPB is applied
• The Auto Hold automatically switches
to EPB when:
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes.
- The vehicle is on a steep slope.
- The vehicle moves several times.
The Parking Brake warning light comes
on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white, and a warning
sounds and a message appears to
inform you that EPB has been
automatically engaged. Before driving,
depress the brake pedal, check the
surrounding area, and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door or engine hood open detection
system, Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Warning messages
Parking brake automatically engaged
2C_AutoHoldAutoEngageEPBInfo
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated, a warning sounds and a
message appears.
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to
yellow, or the driver's door, hood, or trunk
open detection system malfunctions,
Auto Hold does not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel Auto Hold when
you drive downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
2C_AutoHoldPressureBreakInfo
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly, a warning
sounds and a message appears.
When this message appears, Auto Hold
and EPB may not operate. For your safety,
depress the brake pedal.
6-33
Driving Your Vehicle
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
Using ABS
2C_ReleaseAutoHoldPressBreakInfo
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release Auto Hold by pressing the
AUTO HOLD button, a warning sounds
and a message appears.
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system
does not prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance between
you and objects ahead of you. Always
reduce the vehicle speed in extreme road
conditions.
The braking distance for vehicles
equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer
than for those without these systems in
the following road conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
Never test the safety features of an ABS or
ESC equipped vehicle by high speed
driving or cornering. It may cause a
collision and endanger the safety of
yourself or others.
6-34
To obtain the maximum benefit from your
ABS in an emergency situation, do not
attempt to modulate your brake pressure
and do not try to pump your brakes.
Depress your brake pedal as hard as
possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions that may lock the wheels, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS does not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or
making a sudden lane change. Always
drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
The ABS (B) warning light stays on for
several seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
During that time, ABS goes through
self-diagnosis and the light goes off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
6
WARNING
If the ABS (B) warning light is on and
stays on you may have a problem with the
ABS. Your power brakes work normally.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death it is contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
your brakes continuously, ABS is active
continuously and the ABS (B) warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and turn off the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal.
If not, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS (B)
warning light may turn on at the same
time. It does not mean your ABS is
malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle.
2C_ESCOffButtion
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
applies braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
engine management system to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when cornering.
The ESC system does not prevent a
collision.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces may result in severe collisions.
6-35
Driving Your Vehicle
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for about 3
seconds. After both lights go off, ESC is
enabled.
When operating
a
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions that may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal.
• When ESC activates, the engine may
not respond to the accelerator as it
does under routine conditions.
• When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, the engine RPM
(revolutions per minute) may not
increase even if you depress the
accelerator pedal all the way. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
6-36
ESC OFF condition
b
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC
OFF indicator light and the message,
"Traction control disabled" illuminate.
The traction control function of ESC
(engine management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (braking
management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds.
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
message "Traction and Stability Control
disabled" illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. Both the traction control
function of ESC (engine management)
and the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle,
ESC automatically turns on again.
6
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
a
b
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the ESC indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when ESC is turned off.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping
operation of ESC, to maintain wheel
torque.
To turn off ESC while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and Parking Brake warning lights
appear. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not spin
the wheel(s) excessively while these
lights appear.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure ESC is turned
off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
WARNING
When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC is
active:
• Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate.
• Never turn off ESC while the ESC
indicator light is blinking. You may lose
control of the vehicle and collide.
Information
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or
standard brake system operation.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC system
to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
make sure all four tires and wheels are the
appropriate size for your vehicle. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
wheels and tires installed.
6-37
Driving Your Vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
Vehicle Stability Management is a
function of the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle
stay stable when accelerating or braking
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four tires
can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
VSM is not a substitute for safe driving
practices. To prevent serious injury or
death:
• Always monitor the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead of you.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. Excessive speed in bad
weather or on slippery and uneven
roads may result in severe collisions.
VSM operation
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions that can activate ESC, you may
hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
Information
VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The MDPS (Motor Driven Power
Steering) warning light (E) is on or
blinks.
6-38
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
OFF button. ESC OFF (b) indicator light
illuminates.
To turn on VSM again, press the ESC OFF
button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
WARNING
If the ESC (b) indicator light or MDPS (E)
warning light stays illuminated or blinks,
your vehicle may have a malfunction with
the VSM system. When the warning light
illuminates, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent the
vehicle from rolling backwards when
starting from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
about 2 seconds (maximum of 5 seconds
when the accelerator pedal is slightly
depressed during HAC operation) and
releases the brake after 2 seconds or
when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting from a
stop on an uphill slope. Hill-Start Assist
Control activates only for about 2 seconds
(maximum of 5 seconds when the
accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
during HAC operation).
Information
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not
operate when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off. It does not activate, if the
ESC is not operating normally.
6
Good braking practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking,
always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to the P (Park) position, then
apply the EPB, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the EPB not applied
or not fully engaged may roll
inadvertently and may cause injury to the
driver and others. ALWAYS apply the
parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes
may get wet if the vehicle is driven
through standing water or if it is washed.
Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the
vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
slightly until the braking action returns to
normal If the braking action does not
return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe
to do so. Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
Drive mode integrated
control system
if equipped
Drive mode
2C_DriveModeButton
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference or
road conditions.
2C_DriveModeInfo-1
The mode changes, as the following,
whenever the DRIVE MODE knob is
turned to the right or left or the drive
mode switch is pushed up or down.
• ECO ſ SPORT ſ MY DRIVE
6-39
Driving Your Vehicle
ECO, SPORT mode features
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to ECO mode,
the engine and transmission control logic
are changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
• When the ECO mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the ECO
indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode remains in ECO mode.
• When ECO mode is activated:
- The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
- The air conditioner performance may
be limited.
- The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
- The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated
to improve fuel efficiency.
• Limitation of ECO mode operation:
- When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes
normal.
- When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
- When the accelerator pedal is deeply
depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging
that the driver wants to speed up..
6-40
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the driving
dynamics by automatically adjusting the
steering effort, the engine and
transmission control logic for enhanced
driver performance.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected by using
the DRIVE MODE button, the SPORT
indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert back to ECO
mode. If SPORT mode is desired,
reselect SPORT mode from the DRIVE
MODE button.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
MY DRIVE MODE
In MY DRIVE MODE, you can adjust the
vehicle performance for each function. To
set MY DRIVE MODE, go to Setup >
Vehicle > Drive mode > MY DRIVE MODE
in the infotainment system.
MY DRIVE MODE
Power output
ECO/SPORT/SMART
Steering
NORMAL/SPORT
Press and hold the drive mode button to
select MY DRIVE MODE. The MY DRIVE
MODE indicator will illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
• If the controller is replaced or the
controller software is updated, the
setting of MY DRIVE MODE may be
initialized.
6
Active Air Flap
2C_ActiveAirFlapOverview
Active air flap system controls the air flap
below the front bumper to cool the
vehicle parts and improve fuel economy.
Information
Active air flap system could be activate
regardless of the vehicle
condition.(Parking, driving, charging,
etc.)
Malfunction
2C_ActiveAirFlapWarning
The active air flap system may not
operate normally if the air flap is
temporarily opened due to foreign factors
or if the controller is contaminated by
snow or rain, etc.
When "Check Active Air Flap System" is
popped up on display, stop the vehicle in
a safe place and check the status of the air
flap.
Start the vehicle after performing the
necessary work like foreign matter
removal and waiting 10 minutes. If the
pop-up remains up, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
• Regardless of the pop-up, if the air flaps
aren't in the same position, stop the
vehicle and wait for 10 minutes and
start the vehicle and inspect the air flap.
• The active air flap system is actuated by
motors. Do not disturb actuation or
apply force excessively. It may cause
failure.
6-41
Driving Your Vehicle
Special driving conditions
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, and sand:
• Drive cautiously and allow for longer
braking distances.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or
sand, use the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains, or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
provide additional traction, if stuck in
ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on slippery
surfaces may cause a collision. The
sudden change in tire speed may cause
the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
6-42
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free
it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the
steering wheel right and left to clear the
area around your front wheels. Then, shift
back and forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Always turn off the ESC system before
rocking the vehicle. If the vehicle is stuck
and excessive wheel spin occurs, the
temperature in the tires may increase
very quickly. If the tires become
damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion
may occur - you and others may be
injured. Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle may overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire or
other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to prevent
overheating of the tires or the engine. DO
NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels
above 35 mph (56 km/h).
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have your vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to
the transmission, and tire damage. Refer
to the "Towing" section in Chapter 8.
6
Smooth cornering
Driving in the rain
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should be taken under
gentle acceleration.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. When driving in the rain or on
slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes it
harder to see and increases the
distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• Make sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have enough
tread, making a quick stop on wet
pavement may cause a skid and
possibly lead to a collision. Refer to the
"Tires and wheels" section in Chapter 9.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you. Using your
headlights when using your windshield
wipers is required in some jurisdictions.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
may affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes are wet,
apply them several times while the
vehicle is moving slowly.
Driving at night
Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles,
because it may be more difficult to see
at night, especially in areas where there
are no street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other drivers' headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights can make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You may be
temporarily blinded, and it takes
several seconds for your eyes to
readjust to the darkness.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
driving fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the
road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the
depth of tire tread decreases, refer to the
"Tires and wheels" section in chapter 9.
6-43
Driving Your Vehicle
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is not
deeper than the bottom of the wheel hub.
If you are not sure, turn around and find a
different route.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because the
brake performance can be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage
the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
which may reduce traction or fail the
braking operation.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed to
conserve fuel when driving on the
highway.
Check both the engine coolant level and
the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
6-44
Winter driving
Snow or icy conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are very hazardous
practices. When decelerating, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy roads
may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may
be necessary to use snow tires or to install
tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. You
may want to carry tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares,
sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a
blanket, etc.
6
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle's standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Use snow tires when the road
temperature is below 45 °F (7 °C). If you
mount snow tires on your vehicle, be sure
to use the same inflation pressure as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all four
wheels to balance your vehicle's handling
in all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original
equipment tires. Check with the tire
dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
The traction provided by snow tires on dry
roads may not be as high as your vehicle's
original equipment tires. Check with the
tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
Summer tires
• Summer tires are used to maximize the
driving performance on dry roads.
• If the temperature is below 45 °F (7 °C)
or you are driving on snowy or icy
roads, the summer tires lose their brake
performance and traction as the tire
grip weakens significantly.
• If the temperature is below 45 °F (7 °C)
or you are driving on snowy or icy
roads, mount snow tires or all-season
tires of the same size with your vehicle's
standard tire for safe driving. Both
snow and all-season tires have M+S
markings.
• When using the M+S tires, use tires with
the same tread produced by the same
manufacturer for safe driving.
• When driving with the M+S tires with a
lower maximum allowable speed than
that of the vehicle's standard summer
tire, be careful not to exceed the speed
allowed for the M+S tires.
6-45
Driving Your Vehicle
Tire chains
Information
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local and municipal regulations
for possible restrictions against their use.
2C_TireChain
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they may
be damaged by mounting some types of
tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of
snow tires is recommended instead of tire
chains. If tire chains must be used, install
the tire chains after reviewing the
instructions provided with the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by
your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the
chain manufacturer's recommended
speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes,
sharp turns, and other road hazards,
which may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
• Install tire chains only in pairs and on
the front tires. Installing tire chains on
the tires provides a greater driving
force, but does not prevent side skids.
6-46
Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain
manufacturer's recommended speed
limit) with chains installed. If you hear the
chains contacting the body or chassis,
stop and tighten them. If they still make
contact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the tire chains as soon as you
begin driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle's Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the EPB, and turn off the
engine before installing snow chains.
6
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains may damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body,
and wheels.
• Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chains to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten the
chains after driving 0.3-0.6 mi. (0.5-1.0
km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches
(12 mm) thick to prevent damage to the
chain's connection.
Winter precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system,
lubricates the water pump, and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in Chapter 9.
Before winter, have your coolant tested to
make sure that its freezing point is
sufficient for the temperatures
anticipated during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter temperatures may affect the
battery performance. Inspect the battery
and cables, as specified in Chapter 9. The
battery charging level can be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or in a
service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some regions during winter, it is
recommended to use the "winter weight"
oil with lower viscosity In addition,
replace the engine oil and filter if it is
close to the next maintenance interval.
Fresh engine oil ensures optimum engine
operation during the winter months. For
more information, refer to chapter 2.
When you are not sure about a type of
winter weight oil, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in
Chapter 9. If necessary, replace them.
Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear, and
damage.
To prevent locks from freezing
Spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
into key holes. When a lock opening is
already covered with ice, spray approved
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
When an internal part of a lock freezes, try
to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use
the heated key to avoid an injury.
6-47
Driving Your Vehicle
Use approved window washer
antifreeze solution
Do not let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Add window washer anti-freeze solution,
as specified on the window washer
container. Window washer anti-freeze
solution is available from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer, and most vehicle
accessory outlets.
Under some conditions, snow and ice
may build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in such conditions during the severe
winter, check underneath the vehicle on a
regular basis, to make sure that the front
wheels and the steering components are
not blocked.
Information
Do not use engine coolant or other types
of anti-freeze solution, to prevent any
damage to the vehicle paint.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions, your parking
brake may freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there is
an accumulation of snow or ice around or
near the rear brakes or the brakes are wet.
When there is the risk that your parking
brake may freeze: temporarily apply the
parking brake with the gear in P (Park),
then block the rear wheels, and then
release the parking brake.
6-48
Carry emergency equipment
In accordance with weather conditions,
carry appropriate emergency equipment,
while driving. Some of the items you may
want to carry include tire chains, tow
straps or chains, flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables,
window scraper, gloves, ground cloth,
coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in
the engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or a fire, because they may block
the engine cooling. Such damage is not
covered by the manufacturer's warranty.
6
Drive your vehicle when water vapor
condenses and accumulates inside
the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is running,
water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Check wiper blades
Clear ice and snow from the windshield
and rear glass. Check if the wiper blades
are frozen and stuck to the glass.
If it snows while driving, the wiper may
temporarily stop operating to prevent
itself from being damaged if snow
accumulates at the upper and lower part
of glass due to its operation. If it stops,
clear the snow accumulated at the upper
and lower part of the glass and then
operate the wiper.
Stopping of wiper operation due to snow
accumulation is not a failure. It is to
prevent safety issue and damage from
occurring when the wiper continues to
operate without removing snow while
driving the vehicle.
Trailer towing
We do not recommend using this vehicle
for trailer towing.
Vehicle load limit
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the following
terms for determining your vehicle's
weight ratings, from the vehicle's
specifications and the Certification
Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket
equipment.
6-49
Driving Your Vehicle
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
The loading information label
With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)
Type A
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
2C_TireLabel_1
Type B
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver's door sill.
6-50
2C_TireLabel_2
6
Vehicle capacity weight
5 persons: 904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your vehicle
is equipped with a trailer, the
combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total: 5 persons (Front seat: 2
persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is
a limit to the total weight, or load limit,
including occupants and cargo, the
vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If the
GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts
on the vehicle can break, and it can
change the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose control
and result in an accident.
6-51
Driving Your Vehicle
Example 1
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Example 2
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Example 3
Maximum
Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
6-52
≥
≥
≥
Passenger
Weight
(150 lbs. × 2
= 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 =
136 kg)
Passenger
Weight
(150 lbs. × 5
= 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 =
340 kg)
Passenger
Weight
(172 lbs. × 5
= 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 =
390 kg)
+
Cargo
Weight
(860 lbs.)
(390 kg)
+
Cargo
Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
+
Cargo
Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
6
Certification label
2C_CertificationLabel
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar and shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum
weight that can be supported by the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability, and
cause an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
heat buildup in your vehicle's tires
and possible tire failure, increased
stopping distances and poor vehicle
handling-all of which may result in a
collision.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty. Do not
overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle
(for example, suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else), they are
moving as fast as the vehicle. If you
have to stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items will keep going and
can cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle above the tops of
the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it.
6-53
7. Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance system notice..................................................................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) .......................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings............................................................. 7-6
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.......................................................... 7-7
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations........................... 7-12
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)..............................................................................................7-19
Lane Keeping Assist settings......................................................................................7-19
Lane Keeping Assist operation................................................................................... 7-21
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................... 7-23
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .............................................................. 7-25
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings....................................................... 7-26
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.................................................... 7-28
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations...................... 7-30
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ............................................................................................... 7-34
Safe Exit Warning settings ........................................................................................ 7-34
Safe Exit Warning operation...................................................................................... 7-35
Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ....................................................... 7-36
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)............................................................................... 7-38
Manual Speed Limit Assist settings .......................................................................... 7-39
Manual Speed Limit Assist operation ....................................................................... 7-39
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) .............................................................................7-41
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings ..................................................................... 7-42
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation .................................................................. 7-43
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations .................................... 7-45
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ..................................................................................7-48
Driver Attention Warning settings ............................................................................ 7-48
Driver Attention Warning operation .........................................................................7-49
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations ........................................... 7-50
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ................................................................................... 7-53
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings............................................................................. 7-54
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation.......................................................................... 7-54
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction...................................................................... 7-55
7
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)........................................................................................... 7-55
Smart Cruise Control settings ...................................................................................7-56
Smart Cruise Control operation ................................................................................7-56
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ................................................. 7-64
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)........................................................ 7-69
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings ....................................................7-70
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation .................................................7-70
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control .......................................... 7-72
Lane Following Assist (LFA)........................................................................................... 7-75
Lane Following Assist settings .................................................................................. 7-75
Lane Following Assist operation ............................................................................... 7-76
Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations .................................................7-78
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)....................................................................................... 7-78
Highway Driving Assist settings ................................................................................7-79
Highway Driving Assist operation ............................................................................ 7-80
Highway Driving Assist malfunction and limitations ...............................................7-82
7
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ............................................................................................. 7-84
Rear View Monitor settings ...................................................................................... 7-84
Rear View Monitor operation ....................................................................................7-85
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations ......................................................7-87
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ...................................................................................... 7-87
Surround View Monitor settings .............................................................................. 7-88
Surround View Monitor operation............................................................................ 7-89
Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations ..............................................7-92
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ...............................................7-93
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings.......................................... 7-94
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation........................................7-95
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ........ 7-98
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ........................................ 7-103
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings.................................. 7-103
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation ............................... 7-104
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations. 7-107
7. Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ................................................... 7-109
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ............................................ 7-110
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.......................................... 7-110
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ............7-112
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) .......................................................................... 7-116
Remote Smart Parking Assist settings .....................................................................7-117
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation.................................................................. 7-118
Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction and limitations ................................... 7-123
Declaration of conformity............................................................................................7-128
Front radar.................................................................................................................7-128
Rear corner radar ......................................................................................................7-129
7
Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance system
notice
Junction Turning function
Due to the infotainment software version,
the description of each function of the
driver assistance system may differ from
the owner's manual.
Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Basic function
2C_FCAJunctionTurningFunction
Junction Turning function can help avoid
a collision with an oncoming vehicle,
powered two-wheeler in an adjacent lane
when turning left at a crossroad with the
turn signal on by applying emergency
braking.
Direct Oncoming function
2C_FCABasicFunction
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist helps
detect a vehicle, a powered two-wheeler,
a pedestrian, or a cyclist ahead on the
road and may warn you of a possible
collision with a warning message on the
instrument cluster and a warning sound.
Also, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help reduce collision speed or avoid a
collision.
7-4
2C_FCALaneChangeOncomingFunction
[A] Oncoming vehicle
Direct Oncoming function helps reduce
the speed at the collision when a vehicle
approaching from the opposite side is
detected.
7
Detecting sensor
2C_FrontViewCameraRadar
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or cause
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Never install any accessories or stickers
on the front windshield, or tint the front
windshield.
• Avoid exposing the front view camera
to moisture.
• Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard.
• Do not place any objects near the front
windshield or install any accessories on
the front windshield. It can affect the
performance of the defogging and
defrosting function of the climate
control system, which may prevent the
Driver Assistance systems from
operating.
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard, near the front radar
cover.
• Do not change the position of the
license plate. The front radar's
detection and control performance
may be affected.
• Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
• If the radar or around the radar has
been damaged or impacted in any way,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate even though
a warning message does not appear on
the instrument cluster. Have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to repair or
replace a damaged front radar cover.
Do not apply paint to the front radar
cover.
• If a trailer or hitch mounted carrier is
attached, it may adversely affect the
performance of the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
7-5
Driver Assistance System
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Forward Safety Warning Timing
Forward Safety
2C_ForwardSafetyWarningTimingSetInfo
2C_ForwardSafetySetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety from the settings menu in the
infotainment system to set whether to
use each function.
• If "Forward Safety" is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
warn the driver with a warning
message, an audible warning
depending on the collision risk levels.
Braking assist will be applied
depending on the collision risk levels. If
"Forward Safety" is deselected,
Forward Safety will turn off. The
warning light (O) will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if "Forward Safety" is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
CAUTION
The setting for Forward Safety includes
'Basic function', 'Junction Turning', and
'Direct Oncoming'.
7-6
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety > Forward Safety Warning Timing
settings menu in the infotainment system
to change the initial warning activation
time for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist. The warning time can be set to
either Standard or Late
• Use Standard in normal driving
conditions. If the Warning Timing
seems sensitive, change it to Late.
- If Late is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the
driver more slowly.
CAUTION
• Even though Standard is selected for
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle
suddenly stops, the warning may seem
late.
• Select Late for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed is
slow.
Information
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Safety Warning Timing maintains the last
setting.
7
Warning Method
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
The basic function for Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and
help control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level: 'Collision Warning',
'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control'.
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Haptic Warning from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
Collision Warning
2C_SCCCollisionWarningInfo
To warn the driver of a collision, the
"Collision Warning" warning message
appears and the (O) warning light blinks
on the instrument cluster with a warning
sound and the steering wheel vibrates.
• If a vehicle, powered two-wheeler is
detected in front, the function will
operate when your vehicle speed is
about 6-124 mph (10-200 km/h).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
front, the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is about 6-53 mph
(10-85 km/h).
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
7-7
Driver Assistance System
Emergency Braking
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
2C_FCABasicEmergencyBrakingInfo
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the "Emergency
Braking" warning message appears and
the (O) warning light blinks on the
instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel vibrates.
Emergency braking will operate under the
following conditions.
• Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the "Drive carefully"
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should depress
the brake pedal immediately and check
the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
Driving
vehicle
Light brake
application
Strong
brake
application
Stopped
vehicle
About 6-124 mph
(10-200 km/h)
About 6-80
mph
(10-130 km/h)
About 6-47
mph
(10-75 km/h)
• Pedestrian or cyclist:
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-40 mph (10-65
km/h).
WARNING
• The operating speed range may be
limited depending on the state of the
vehicle in front or the surroundings.
• During night driving, detection of
powered two-wheelers may degrade
and Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly or be
temporarily limited.
7-8
7
Junction Turning function
Junction Turning function will warn and
help control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level: 'Collision Warning',
'Emergency Braking' and 'Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control'
Collision Warning
In emergency braking situation, braking is
assisted with strong braking power to
help prevent collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
• The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-19 mph (10-30
km/h) and the oncoming vehicle,
powered two-wheeler speed is about
19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
2C_FCABasicCollisionWarningInfo
To warn the driver of a collision, the
"Collision Warning" warning message
appears and the (O) warning light blinks
on the instrument cluster with a warning
sound and the steering wheel vibrates.
• The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-19 mph (10-30
km/h) and the oncoming vehicle,
powered two-wheeler speed is about
19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).
Emergency Braking
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the "Drive
carefully" warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
2C_FCAJunctionTurningEmergencyBrakingInfo
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the "Emergency
Braking" warning message appears and
the (O) warning light blinks on the
instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel vibrates.
7-9
Driver Assistance System
Direct Oncoming function
Direct Oncoming function will warn and
control the vehicle depending on the
collision risk level: 'Collision Warning',
'Emergency Braking', and 'Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control'.
Collision Warning
In emergency braking situation, braking is
assisted with strong braking power to
help prevent collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
• The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-80 mph
(30-130 km/h) and the oncoming
vehicle speed is above about 6 mph (10
km/h).
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
2C_SCCCollisionWarningInfo
To warn the driver of a collision, the
"Collision Warning" warning message
appears and the (O) warning light blinks
on the instrument cluster with a warning
sound and the steering wheel vibrates.
• The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-80 mph
(30-130 km/h) and the oncoming
vehicle speed is above about 6 mph (10
km/h).
Emergency Braking
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the "Drive
carefully" warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
CAUTION
2C_FCABasicEmergencyBrakingInfo
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the "Emergency
Braking" warning message appears and
the (O) warning light blinks on the
instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel vibrates.
7-10
• If your vehicle or the oncoming vehicle
is not driving straight, Direct Oncoming
function warning and control may be
late or may not operate.
• When driving at night, the motorcycle
recognition performance is degraded,
so the Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be temporarily limited or not
work.
7
WARNING
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations and
cannot avoid all collisions.
• The driver has the responsibility to
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
objects, etc. It may cause serious injury
or death.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver depresses
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
• During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate
properly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
• Even if there is a problem with Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate properly.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will automatically cancel when
the driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply steers the
vehicle.
CAUTION
• Depending on the condition of the
vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian, or cyclist in front and the
surroundings, the speed range to
operate Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may reduce. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may only
warn the driver, or it may not operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate under certain conditions by
judging the risk level based on the
condition of the oncoming vehicle,
driving direction, speed and
surroundings.
• Only Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning and collision mitigation
are possible depending on the
detectable distance.
Information
• In a situation where collision is
imminent, braking may be assisted by
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
when braking is insufficient by the
driver.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
7-11
Driver Assistance System
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and
limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is not working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
will appear, and the (X), (O) warning
light will illuminate on the instrument
cluster. Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
disabled
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, or sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Camera obscured." or
the "Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked." warning message, and
the (X) and (O) warning lights will
illuminate on the instrument cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate properly when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed (including trailer,
carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
7-12
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
instrument cluster, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
properly operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain), where any
objects are not detected after turning
ON the engine.
7
• If the vehicle is restarted when the
sensors are disabled or malfunctioned,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly.
Limitations of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• The temperature around the front view
camera is high or low due to
surrounding environment
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
traffic is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in
a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist is
detected
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with an unusually shaped
cargo, trailer, etc.
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front has no tail lights, tail lights are
located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle or powered
two-wheeler is small or the vehicle or
powered two-wheeler does not look
normal, such as when the vehicle is
tilted, overturned, or the side of the
vehicle is visble, etc.
• The front vehicle's ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian, or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar is
out of position
• The temperature around the front radar
is high or low
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very well
on the front radar, such as a guardrail,
nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle made
of material that does not reflect on the
front radar
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is detected late
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is suddenly blocked by an
obstacle
7-13
Driver Assistance System
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front suddenly changes lane or
suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle or powered
two-wheeler speed is fast or slow
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is covered with snow
• You are departing or returning to the
lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front has an unusual shape
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is driving uphill or downhill
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected, for example, if the pedestrian
is leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect
2C_FrontViewImage
The illustration above shows the image
the front view camera and front radar are
capable of detecting as a vehicle,
powered two-wheeler, pedestrian, or
cyclist.
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
7-14
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is short
or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians, cyclists
or a large crowd in front
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similarly shaped
structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian, cyclist,
traffic signs, structures, etc., near the
intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate, construction
area, unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
7
WARNING
• Driving on a curved road
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_3
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_4
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_2
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect a vehicle, a powered
two-wheeler, a pedestrian, or a cyclist
in front of you when driving on curved
roads adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors. This may
result in no warning, braking assist
when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist in
the next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake. Always check the
traffic conditions around the vehicle.
7-15
Driver Assistance System
• Driving on an inclined road
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_2
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_3
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_4
7-16
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect a vehicle, a powered
two-wheeler, a pedestrian, or a cyclist
in front of you while driving uphill or
downhill, adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning,
braking assist or no warning, braking
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist
ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
7
• Changing lanes
2C_FCAChangingLane_2
2C_FCAChangingLane
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
[C] Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
7-17
Driver Assistance System
• Detecting vehicle
2C_FCADetectingVehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that
extends rearward from the cab, or when
the vehicle in front of you has higher
ground clearance, additional special
attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending from
the vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance from the
rearmost object, and if necessary, steer
your vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist for safety
reasons.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
powered two-wheeler, pedestrians or
cyclists are detected.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles, or smaller
wheeled objects, such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for about 15 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the front
view camera is initialized.
7-18
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
While driving over a certain speed, Lane
Keeping Assist helps detect lane
markings (or road edges) and may warn
you if your vehicle leaves the lane without
using the turn signal and may assist with
steering to prevent your vehicle departing
from its travel lane.
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Lane Safety
Detecting sensor
2C_LaneSafetySetInfo
2C_FrontViewCamera
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more information on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety > Lane Safety from the settings
menu in the infotainment system to set
whether to use each function.
If Lane Safety is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist automatically assists the driver's
steering when lane departure is detected
to help prevent the vehicle from moving
out of its lane. If Lane Safety is
deselected, Lane Keeping Assist turns off
and the (S) indicator light turns off on
the instrument cluster.
WARNING
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
• The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings. If Lane Safety is
deselected, Lane Keeping Assist cannot
assist you.
7-19
Driver Assistance System
Warning Method
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Haptic Warning from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
• Lane Safety Audible Warning Off:
Select Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Warning Method > Lane
Safety Audible Warning Off from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Lane Safety Audible Warning Off is
selected, the vehicle turns off the Lane
Safety Audible Warning when both
Warning Volume and Haptic Warning
are on.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
7-20
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
• Both Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning settings should be turned on
status to set the Lane Safety Audible
Warning Off.
• The Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
can be set when both the Warning
Volume and the Haptic Warning are on.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
7
Lane Keeping Assist operation
Right
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off
2C_LaneDepartureWarningInfo_2
2C_LKAButton
• With the engine on, press and hold the
Lane Driving Assist (p) button located
on the steering wheel to turn on and off.
When Lane Keeping Assist is on, the
(S) indicator is on.
Information
• When Lane Keeping Assist is ready to
operate, the gray (S) indicator light
illuminates.
• When Lane Keeping Assist is operating,
the green (S) indicator light
illuminates.
Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and control
the vehicle with Lane Departure Warning
and Lane Keeping Assist.
Left
Lane Departure Warning
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green (S) indicator light
blinks on the instrument cluster, the
lane line blinks on the instrument
cluster depending on which direction
the vehicle is veering, and an audible
warning sounds. Also the steering
wheel vibrates if haptic warning is
enabled.
• Lane Keeping Assist operates when
your vehicle speed is about 40-120 mph
(60-200 km/h).
Lane Keeping Assist
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green (S) indicator light
blinks on the instrument cluster, and
the steering wheel makes adjustments
to keep vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist operates when
your vehicle speed is about 40-120 mph
(60-200 km/h).
2C_LaneDepartureWarningInfo
7-21
Driver Assistance System
Hands-off warning
Information
• For more information on instrument
cluster settings, refer to the "Cluster
display control" section in chapter 4.
• When lane markings (or road edges) are
detected, the lane lines on the
instrument cluster changes from gray
to white and the green (S) indicator
light illuminates.
Lane undetected
2C_HandOffWarningInfo
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
"Keep hands on steering wheel" warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning sounds in
stages.
WARNING
• The steering wheel may not be assisted
if the steering wheel is held very tight or
the steering wheel is steered over a
certain degree.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly,
the hands-off warning message may
appear because Lane Keeping Assist
may not recognize that the driver has
their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
7-22
2C_LaneDetectionInfo
Lane detected
2C_LaneDetectionInfo_2
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the cluster.
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
7
Lane Keeping Assist
malfunction and limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
Lane Keeping Assist operates properly
when snow, rain or foreign material is
removed.
If Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
properly after it is removed, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system." warning message and yellow
Lane Keeping Assist (S) warning light
appears on the instrument cluster. If this
occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist disabled
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, or sensor is
covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Lane Keeping Assist.
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Camera obscured."
warning message and the master (X)
warning light or Lane Keeping Assist (S)
warning light appears on the instrument
cluster.
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Lane Keeping Assist may not
properly operate.
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
while the camera is obscured or
malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Lane Keeping
Assist may not operate properly.
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
properly or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult to
detect because:
- The lane markings (or road edge) are
covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or road
edge) is not distinguishable from the
road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the road
look similar to the lane markings (or
road edge)
- The lane marking (or road edge) is not
distinguishable or is damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking (or
road edge) by a median strip, trees,
guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
• There are more than two lane markings
(or road edges) on the road
7-23
Driver Assistance System
• The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construction
area
• There are road markings, such as zigzag
lanes, crosswalk markings and road
signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane (or road width) is very wide or
narrow
• There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front is
covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist:
• The driver has the responsibility to
safely drive and control the vehicle. Do
not solely rely on Lane Keeping Assist to
drive in a safe and controlled manner.
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work properly
depending on road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cautious while
driving.
• Refer to the "Limitations of Lane
Keeping Assist" if the lane is not
detected properly.
7-24
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
Assist for safety reasons.
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be
controlled. The driver must always
follow the speed limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be
generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Lane Keeping Assist if the surrounding
is noisy.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
properly.
• Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for about 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
- Within a certain period of time after
turning on or off the turn signal or
hazard warning flasher.
- The vehicle is not driven in the center
of the lane when Lane Keeping Assist
is turned on or right after changing a
lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/h).
- The vehicle makes sudden lane
changes.
- The vehicle brakes suddenly.
7
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect approaching vehicles in the
driver's blind spot areas and warn you of a
possible collision with a warning light and
a warning sound.
If there is a collision risk when exiting a
parallel space, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may assist
with braking your vehicle to help avoid a
collision.
2C_BCAOperation_2
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect and informs the driver that a
vehicle is approaching at high speed from
the blind spot area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
2C_BCAOperation
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
helps detect and informs the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depending
on the speed of your vehicle. Even if there
is a vehicle in the blind spot area,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not warn you when you pass by at
high speeds.
2C_BCAOperation_3
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that
there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it
can help avoid collision by applying the
brake.
7-25
Driver Assistance System
Detecting sensor
2C_RearRadar
(1) Rear corner radar
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor assembly, or cause any damage
to it.
• If the rear corner radar or near the radar
has been damaged or impacted in any
way, even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly. Have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the rear corner radars have been
replaced or repaired, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to repair the
rear bumper where the rear corner
radar is located.
• Rear bumper genuine parts with rear
corner radars have proven their
performance. Replacing or painting the
rear bumper may result in poor
performance of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist. When the
parts need to be replaced or modified,
make sure to use qualified products.
7-26
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear corner
radar.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been replaced, or the surroundings
of the rear corner radar have been
damaged or paint has been applied.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate.
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
settings
Blind-Spot Safety
2C_BlindSpotSafetySetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety > Blind-Spot Safety from the
settings menu to set whether to use each
function.
• If "Blind-Spot Safety" is selected,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
warns the driver with a warning
message, an audible warning
depending on the collision risk levels.
Braking assist is applied for parking exit
depending on the collision risk levels.
7
Warning Method
2C_BlindSpotSafetyOffInfo
When the vehicle is restarted with
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off,
the "Blind-Spot Safety System is Off"
message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
If you select "Blind-Spot Safety", warning
light on the side view mirror will blink for
three seconds. In addition, if the vehicle is
turned on, when "Blind-Spot Safety" is
selected, the warning light on the side
view mirror blinks for three seconds.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely. If
"Blind-Spot Safety" is deselected,
Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
cannot assist you.
Information
If the vehicle is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist maintains the
last setting.
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Haptic Warning from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
7-27
Driver Assistance System
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation
Collision warning
WARNING
• The detecting range of the rear corner
radar is determined by a standard road
width, therefore, on a narrow road,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect other vehicles two lanes
over and warn you. In contrast, on a
wide road, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect a vehicle driving in the
next lane and may not warn you.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on,
the collision warning by the turn signal
will not operate.
2C_BCAVehicleDetection
To warn the driver a vehicle is detected,
the warning light on the side view mirror
illuminates.
Vehicle detection operates under
following conditions.
• Your vehicle speed: above 25 mph (40
km/h)
• Vehicle in the blind spot area: above 7
mph (10 km/h)
Collision warning operates when the turn
signal is turned on in the direction of the
detected vehicle.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
blinks. At the same time, an audible
warning sounds and the steering wheel
vibrates.
• When the turn signal is turned off, the
collision warning is canceled and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
returns to vehicle detection state.
Collision warning operates under
following conditions.
• Your vehicle speed: above 25 mph (40
km/h)
• Vehicle in the blind spot area: above 7
mph (10 km/h)
7-28
Information
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Collision-avoidance assist (while
parallel parking exit)
2C_BCABrakingControl
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning sounds
and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
7
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed is
below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of
the vehicle in the blind spot area is
above 3 mph (5 km/h).
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo_1
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive
carefully' warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist's warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid a collision.
• When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating, braking control by
the function will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
• During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
• Even if there is a problem with BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic steering and braking
performance will operate properly.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations and
cannot avoid all collisions.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may warn the driver late or may not
warn the driver depending on the road
and driving conditions.
• Driver should maintain control of the
vehicle at all times. Do not depend on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never operate Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause
serious injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
7-29
Driver Assistance System
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the "Check
Driver Assistance system." warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster for several seconds, and the
master (X) warning light will appear on
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Radar blocked." warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate properly when such foreign
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the vehicle is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after it is
removed, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the "Check side
view mirror warning light" warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster for several seconds, and the
master (X) warning light will appear on
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-30
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after the
vehicle is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with
foreign material right after the vehicle
is turned on.
7
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier,
or another attachment. Turn on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
when finished.
Limitations of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear corner
radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (for example, possibly due
to subway construction)
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle,
such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
(including double structures)
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as a
puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and has
accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves two
lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
• A trailer, carrier or other attachment is
installed around the rear corner radar
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as a
bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly when the following
objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane changes
7-31
Driver Assistance System
WARNING
• Driving on an inclined road
• Driving on a curved road
2C_BCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
2C_BCADrivingOnCurveLoad
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a slope. The function may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground or
structure. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a slope. The function may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground or
structure. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
• Driving where the road is
merging/dividing
2C_BCADrivingOnCurveLoad_2
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function may
recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
2C_BCADrivingRoadMerging
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
where the road merges or divides. The
function may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
7-32
7
• Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
2C_BCADrivingLoadHeightDifferent
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driving
where the heights of the lanes are
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different lane
heights (underpass joining section,
grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for about 3 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the front
view camera or rear corner radars are
initialized.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7-33
Driver Assistance System
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning settings
Safe Exit Warning
2C_SEWOperation
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle approaching
the rear corner of your vehicle and a
passenger opens a door, Safe Exit Warning
may warn you with a warning message and
a warning sound to help avoid a collision.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
2C_ExitSafetySetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety > Safe Exit from the Settings menu
to turn on Safe Exit Warning and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of his
or her surroundings. If "Safe Exit" is
deselected, Safe Exit Warning cannot
assist you.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Warning will maintain the last setting.
2C_RearRadar
(1) Rear corner radar
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
For more information on the precautions
of the rear corner radars, refer to the
"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA)" section in this chapter.
7-34
7
Warning Method
Safe Exit Warning operation
Safe Exit Warning
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
2C_BCAVehicleDetection
2C_SEACollisionWarningInfo
• When an approaching vehicle from the
rear is detected at the moment a door is
opened, the "Collision Warning"
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
7-35
Driver Assistance System
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Safe Exit Warning:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Safe Exit Warning's warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Safe Exit Warning if the surrounding is
noisy.
• Safe Exit Warning does not operate in
all situations or cannot prevent all
collisions.
• Safe Exit Warning may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle
surroundings.
• The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occurs
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Warning. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
• Safe Exit Warning does not operate if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist. The
warning message of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will appear
when:
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist sensor or the sensor
surrounding is polluted or covered
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist fails to warn passengers or
falsely warn passengers
7-36
Information
• After the vehicle is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates for about 3 minutes,
but turns off immediately if the doors
are locked.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
and limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Safe Exit Warning is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system." warning message will appear on
the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the master warning light
(X) will appear on the instrument cluster.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7
Safe Exit Warning will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer, etc.,
is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Warning does not operate
properly after it is removed, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the "Check side
view mirror warning light" warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster for several seconds, and the
master warning light (X) will appear on
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Safe Exit Warning may not
properly operate.
• Safe Exit Warning may not properly
operate in an area (for example, open
terrain) where any objects are not
detected right after the vehicle is
turned on, or when the detecting
sensor is blocked with foreign material
right after the vehicle is turned on.
Safe Exit Warning disabled
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Warning to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Warning
when finished.
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Warning.
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Radar blocked." warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
7-37
Driver Assistance System
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Manual Speed Limit
Assist (MSLA)
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the rear corner radar, refer to the
"Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA)" section in this chapter.
WARNING
• Safe Exit Warning may not operate
properly if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Safe Exit Warning may not operate for
about 3 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the rear corner radars are
initialized.
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
while the radar is blocked or
malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Safe Exit
Warning may not operate properly.
7-38
2C_MSLAOverviewInfo
(1) Speed Limit indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate
(set speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
7
Manual Speed Limit Assist
settings
Manual Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning Method
Setting speed limit
1. Press and hold the Driving Assist (ĩ)
button at the desired speed. The Speed
Limit (Ý) indicator will appear on
the instrument cluster.
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
Information
2C_SpeedControlButton
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down
and hold it. The speed will increase or
decrease to the nearest multiple of 5
(multiple of 10 in km/h) at first, and then
increase or decrease by 5 mph (10
km/h).
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
2C_SpeedControlSwitch
7-39
Driver Assistance System
3. The set speed limit will be displayed on
the instrument cluster.
If you would like to drive over the preset
speed limit, depress the accelerator
pedal beyond the pressure point to
activate the kickdown function.
The set speed limit will blink and chime
will sound until you return the vehicle
speed within the set speed limit.
Temporarily pausing Manual Speed
Limit Assist
2C_MSLATemporarilyPausing
Press the (ç) switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
(Ý) indicator will stay on.
2C_MSLASpeedLimitInfo
Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist
Information
When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
2C_SpeedControlResuming
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the +, -, or (ç) switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the instrument cluster.
If you press the (ç) switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.
7-40
7
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses
information from the detected road signs
and uses the navigation system data to
inform you of the speed limit and to help
maintain within the speed limit on the
road.
CAUTION
2C_SpeedControlButton
Press the Driving Assist (ĩ) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit (Ý) indicator will go off.
Always press the Driving Assist (ĩ)
button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
off when not in use.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your area.
• Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Speed Limit (Ý) indicator is
off.
• Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations. Pay
attention to the road conditions at all
times.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is used
in other countries.
• If your vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system, the navigation
software needs to be regularly updated
for Intelligent Speed Limit Assist to
operate properly. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Detecting sensor
2C_FrontViewCamera
(1) Front view camera
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more information on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
7-41
Driver Assistance System
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
settings
Speed Limit
2C_SpeedLimitSetInfo
With the engine on, select or deselect
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Speed Limit from the Settings menu to
set whether to use each function.
• Select Country: When the navigation
system is not available, you can
manually select the country to set the
speed limit.
• Speed Limit Offset: The Speed Limit
Offset can be changed. Speed Limit
Warning and Speed Limit Assist will
operate by applying the Speed Limit
Offset setting to the detected speed
limit.
• Speed Limit Assist: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit and additional road signs. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
will inform the driver to change set
speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist
and/or Smart Cruise Control to help the
driver stay within the speed limit.
• Speed Limit Warning: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit. In addition, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will warn the driver
when the vehicle is driven faster than
the speed limit.
• Off: Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
turn off.
7-42
WARNING
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations. Pay
attention to the road conditions at all
times.
Information
• Speed Limit Assist function operates
based on the Offset setting added to
the speed limit. If you want to change
the set speed according to the speed
limit, adjust the offset to '0'.
• The setting of 'Speed Offset' is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC).
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
7
Warning Method
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
and control the vehicle by "Displaying
speed limit", "Warning overspeed",
"Changing set speed" and "Set Speed
Auto Change".
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
Information
The warning and control of Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist explained below is
based on the Speed Limit Offset setting in
'0'. For more information on Speed Limit
Offset settings, refer to the "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist settings" section.
Displaying speed limit
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
2C_ISLASpeedLimitInfo
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
7-43
Driver Assistance System
Information
• If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to the
"Limitations of Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist" section, if the road signs are
difficult to recognize.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. The additional
road sign information provided may
vary according to your country.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
Warning overspeed
Changing set speed
2C_ISLAChangeSetSpeedInfo
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the set
speed needs to be changed. At this time,
the driver can change the set speed
according to the speed limit by using the
+ or - switch on the steering wheel.
Set Speed Auto Change (if navigation
equipped)
2C_ISLAOverSpeedWarningInfo
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the speed limit is
displayed in red.
2C_ISLASetSpeedAutoChangeInfo
Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart
Cruise Control assists the vehicle to
adjust its speed according to the speed
limit. When the cruising speed is set as
same as the speed limit, the vehicle
automatically adjusts its speed if the
speed limit changes. The function
operates on the road which has a speed
limit of 45 mph (70 km/h) or higher. When
the function is active, the cruising speed
on the instrument cluster appears in
green.
7-44
7
WARNING
• Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the road,
the vehicle can still be driven over the
speed limit. If necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed.
• If the speed limit of the road is under 20
mph (30 km/h), the set speed change
function will not work.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operates
using the speed units in the instrument
cluster set by the driver. If the speed
unit is not set to the speed unit used in
your area, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
Information
• For more information on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to the
"Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)"
section in this chapter.
• For more information on Smart Cruise
Control operation, refer to the "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" section in this
chapter.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction and limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster for
several seconds, and the master (X)
warning light and speed limit (y) warning
light will appear on the instrument
cluster. If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-45
Driver Assistance System
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
disabled
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If
this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Camera obscured."
warning message and the speed limit (y)
warning light will appear on the
instrument cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
instrument cluster, Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist may not properly operate.
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
while the camera is obscured or
malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist may not operate
properly.
7-46
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
• The road sign is difficult to see due to
bad weather, such as rain, snow, fog,
etc.
• The road sign is not clear or damaged
• The road sign is partially obscured by
surrounding objects or shadow
• The road signs do not conform to the
standard
• The text or illustration on the road sign
is different from the standard
• The road sign is installed between the
main line and the exit road or between
diverging roads
• There is no conditional road signs on
the road sign located on the exit road
• A sign is attached to another vehicle
• The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is too far
• The vehicle encounters illuminant road
signs
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
incorrectly recognizes numbers or
illustrations in the street signs or other
signs as the speed limit
• A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
• The other traffic sign or signboards are
alongside the road sign
• Multiple signs are installed close
together
• The minimum speed limit sign is
misrecognized
7
• The minimum speed limit sign is on the
road
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
• Headlights are not used or the
brightness of the headlights are weak at
night or in the tunnel
• Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
• The navigation information or GPS
information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide of
the navigation.
• The driver is driving on a new road that
is not in the navigation system yet.
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or
driving up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
• The vehicle is shaking heavily
• Driving on a newly opened road
• The navigation software is being
updated while driving
• The navigation is restarted while driving
WARNING
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a
supplemental function that helps the
driver to comply with the speed limit on
the road, and may not display the
correct speed limit or control the
driving speed properly.
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your area.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle
is started, or the front camera is
initialized.
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
7-47
Driver Assistance System
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Inattentive Driving Warning
Driver Attention Warning monitors your
driving pattern while driving. When the
driver's attention level is below a certain
level, Driver Attention Warning
recommends a break to help with safe
driving.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs.
CAUTION
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of Driver Attention
Warning.
• For more information on the
precautions of the front view camera,
refer to the "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion)" section in this chapter.
Driver Attention Warning
settings
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
Detecting sensor
2C_ExitLeadingVehicleDepartureSetInfo
2C_FrontViewCamera
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to help detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven.
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
7-48
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driver
Attention Warning and then enable
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert in the
infotainment system to use the function.
If Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is
enabled, the function informs the driver
when a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop.
7
Driver Attention Warning
operation
Inattentive Driving Warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to warn the driver "Consider
taking a break".
Taking a break
2C_ConsiderTakingABreakInfo
The "Consider taking a break" message
will appear and the inattentive driving (W)
warning light will blink on the instrument
cluster with a warning sound to suggest
that the driver take a break, when the
driver's attention level is below a certain
level.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 4 minutes or 4
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
• The "Taking a break" will operate when
your vehicle speed is above 0 mph (0
km/h).
WARNING
For your safety, only change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
CAUTION
• Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver's
driving pattern or habits, even if the
driver doesn't feel fatigue.
• Driver Attention Warning is a
supplemental function and may not be
able to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
• A driver who feels fatigued should take
a break at a safe location, even though
there is no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
Information
For more information on instrument
cluster settings, refer to the "Cluster
display" section in chapter 4.
7-49
Driver Assistance System
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
Driver Attention Warning
malfunction and limitations
Driver Attention Warning
malfunction
2C_LeadingVehicleDepartureInfo
When a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying
the "Leading vehicle is driving away"
message on the instrument cluster and an
audible warning will sound.
WARNING
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert's warning message may not be
displayed and audible warning may not
be generated.
• The driver has the responsibility to
safely drive and control the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
• Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
Information
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
7-50
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster for
several seconds, and the master (X)
warning light and the inattentive driving
(W) warning light will appear on the
instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7
Driver Attention Warning disabled
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Driver Attention Warning. If this
occurs, the "Driver Assistance system
limited. Camera obscured." warning
message, the master (X) warning light,
and the inattentive driving (W) warning
light will appear on the instrument
cluster. Driver Attention Warning will
operate properly when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed. If Driver
Attention Warning does not operate
properly after it is removed, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
• Lanes are blurred or erased
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
• When the vehicle cuts in
2C_DAWVehicleCutsIn
WARNING
• Driver Attention Warning may not
properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after
turning ON the vehicle.
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
while the camera is obscured or
malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Driver Attention
Warning may not operate properly.
2C_DAWVehicleCutsIn_2
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle,
Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
7-51
Driver Assistance System
• When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
• When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
2C_DAWVehicleAheadSharplySteer
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or make
a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departs
2C_DAWThereIsPedestrianBetweenVehicles
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in
between you and the vehicle in front,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
• When in a parking lot
2C_DAWInParkingLot
2C_DAWVehicleAheadAbruptlyDeparture
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
7-52
If a vehicle parked in front drives away
from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.
7
• When driving at a tollgate or
intersection, etc.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM)
if equipped
Left
2C_DAWInTollgate
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive where
lanes are merged or divided frequently,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
2C_BVMLeftSideInfo
Right
WARNING
Driver Attention Warning may not operate
for about 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
Information
For more information on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
2C_BVMRightSideInfo
Blind-Spot View Monitor uses the
wide-side view cameras to display the
rear blind spot areas of your vehicle on
the instrument cluster when the turn
signal is turned on to help with safe lane
changes.
7-53
Driver Assistance System
Detecting sensor
Blind-Spot View Monitor
operation
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
2C_SurroundViewCamera
(1) Wide left side view camera (camera
located at bottom of the mirror)
(2) Wide right side view camera (camera
located at bottom of the mirror)
2C_TurnSignalSwitchWithoutCallout
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Operating conditions
Blind-Spot View Monitor
settings
Blind-Spot View Monitor
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Blind-Spot
Safety > Blind-Spot View Monitor in the
infotainment system to turn on
Blind-Spot View Monitor and deselect to
turn off the function.
7-54
When the left or right side turn signal
turns on, the image in that direction
appears on the instrument cluster.
Off conditions
• When the turn signal turns off, the
image on the instrument cluster will
turn off.
• When the hazard warning flasher is on,
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off,
regardless of the turn signal status.
• When other important warning appears
on the instrument cluster, Blind-Spot
View Monitor may turn off.
7
Blind-Spot View Monitor
malfunction
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display
flickers, or the camera image does not
display properly, we recommend that
your vehicle be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• The image shown on the cluster may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Blind-Spot
View Monitor may not operate
properly.
Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)
Smart Cruise Control detects a vehicle
ahead and helps maintain the distance
from the vehicle ahead and the set speed.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
When Smart Cruise Control judges you
are attempting to overtake a vehicle in
front, Smart Cruise Control helps with
accelerating.
Detecting sensor
2C_FrontViewCameraRadar
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
The front view camera and front radar are
used as a detecting sensor to detect front
vehicles.
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera and
front radar in good condition to maintain
optimal performance of Smart Cruise
Control.
For more information on the precautions
of the front view camera and front radar,
refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in
this chapter.
7-55
Driver Assistance System
Smart Cruise Control settings
Smart Cruise Control
2C_SCCBasedOnDrivingStyleInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Convenience > Smart Cruise Control
from the settings menu in the
infotainment system to change Distance,
Acceleration, Reaction Speed manually.
Warning Method
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Haptic Warning from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
Smart Cruise Control
operation
Operating conditions
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
7-56
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control operates when the
following conditions are satisfied.
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 5-120 mph (10-200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0-120 mph (0-200 km/h): when there
is a vehicle in front
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is on
7
Smart Cruise Control does not operate in
the following conditions.
• The driver's door is opened
• Engine RPM is high
• Parking brake is applied
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is
controlling the vehicle
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is operating
Information
When stopped behind another vehicle, the
driver can turn on Smart Cruise Control
while the brake pedal is depressed.
Operating conditions for Acceleration
Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist operates
when the turn signal indicator is turned on
to the left while Smart Cruise Control is
operating, and the following conditions
are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60
km/h)
• A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not
operate in the following conditions.
• The hazard warning flasher is on
• Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain
distance with the vehicle in front
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
2C_SpeedControlButton
• Press the Driving Assist button to turn
on Smart Cruise Control. The speed will
be set to the current speed on the
instrument cluster.
- A long press turns on MSLA, not
Smart Cruise Control. Use a short
press to turn on Smart Cruise Control.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you, the
set speed will be maintained, but if
there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead. If the
vehicle ahead accelerates, your vehicle
will travel at a steady cruising speed
after accelerating to the set speed.
Information
If your vehicle speed is between 0-20
mph (0-30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist button, Smart Cruise
Control speed will be set to 20 mph (30
km/h).
WARNING
• When the turn signal indicator is turned
on to the left while there is a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate
temporarily. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
• Regardless of the driving direction in
your country, Overtaking Acceleration
Assist will operate when the conditions
are satisfied. When using the function
in countries with different driving
direction, always check the road
conditions at all times.
7-57
Driver Assistance System
Setting vehicle distance
Increasing set speed
2C_SCCDistanceButton
2C_SCCSpeedUpSwitch
Press the button repeatedly to cycle
through the headway settings from
Distance 4 > Distance 3 > Distance 2 >
Distance 1 > Distance 4.
If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
distance is maintained as follows:
• Distance 4: about 172 ft. (52.5 m)
• Distance 3: about 130 ft. (40 m)
• Distance 2: about 106 ft. (32.5 m)
• Distance 1: about 82 ft. (25 m)
• Push the + switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the
instrument cluster. The set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch when the desired
speed is shown, and the vehicle will
accelerate to that speed. You can
increase the set speed up to 120 mph
(200 km/h).
Information
The distance is set to the last set distance
when the vehicle is restarted, or when
Smart Cruise Control was temporarily
canceled.
7-58
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the + switch. Driving speed may sharply
increase when you push up and hold the +
switch.
7
Decreasing set speed
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
2C_SCCSpeedDownSwitch
2C_SpeedControlResuming
• Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
instrument cluster. The set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain. You can decrease the
set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
function was canceled, operate the +, - or
(ç) switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the instrument cluster.
If you press the (ç) switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the (ç) switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase or decrease when you
press the (ç) switch.
2C_SCCTemporaryPausing
Press the (ç) switch or depress the brake
pedal to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control.
7-59
Driver Assistance System
Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Display and Control
You can see the status of the Smart Cruise
Control operation in the Driving Assist
view on the instrument cluster. Refer to
the "Cluster display" section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating
2C_SpeedControlButton
To turn Smart Cruise Control off, press the
Driving Assist (ĩ) button.
Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist (ĩ) button to turn off
Smart Cruise Control. However Manual
Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
2C_SCCOperatingIndicatorInfo
Temporarily canceled
CAUTION
Do not use the switches and buttons at
the same time. Smart Cruise Control may
not operate properly.
2C_SCCTemporaryCancelIndicatorInfo
• When operating
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level
(2) Set speed
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the target vehicle distance
• When temporarily canceled
(1) Your vehicle (gray)
(2) Previous set speed (gray)
7-60
7
Information
• The distance of the front vehicle on the
instrument cluster is displayed according
to the actual distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary according
to the vehicle speed and the set distance
level. If the vehicle speed is low, even
though the vehicle distance have
changed, the change of the target vehicle
distance may be small.
• The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Accelerating temporarily
2C_SCCAcceleratingTemporarilyInfo
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
speed, distance level and target distance
will blink on the instrument cluster.
However, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporarily,
because the speed and distance is not
controlled automatically even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
2C_SCCAutoTemporaryCancelingInfo
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the "Smart
Cruise Control deactivated" warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning will sound
to warn the driver.
Information
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the function activated, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe applied.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled, distance with the front vehicle
will not be maintained. Always have your
eyes on the road while driving, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
7-61
Driver Assistance System
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
satisfied
Warning road conditions ahead
2C_SCCRoadConditionWarningInfo
2C_SCCOpeartingConditionNotMetInfo
If the Driving Assist button, + switch, switch or (ç) switch is operated when
Smart Cruise Control operating
conditions are not satisfied, the "Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met" will
appear on the instrument cluster, and an
audible warning will sound.
In traffic situation
In the following situation, the "Watch for
surrounding vehicles" warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster, and
an audible warning will sound to warn the
driver of road conditions ahead.
• The vehicle in front disappears when
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining the
distance with the vehicle ahead while
driving below a certain speed.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in front
of you, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
2C_SCCReStartInfo
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after
the vehicle has stopped and a certain
time have passed, the "Use switch or
pedal to accelerate" message will appear
on the instrument cluster. Depress the
accelerator pedal or operate the + switch,
- switch or (ç) switch to start driving.
7-62
7
Collision Warning
2C_SCCCollisionWarningInfo
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the "Collision Warning"
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel will vibrate to
warn the driver. Always have your eyes on
the road while driving, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a
collision.
• The distance from the front vehicle is
near, or the vehicle speed of the front
vehicle is faster or similar with your
vehicle
• The speed of the front vehicle is very
slow or is at a standstill
• The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sudden
situations or complex driving
situations, so always pay attention to
driving conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when the
function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
• Always be aware of the selected speed
and headway distance.
• Keep a safe distance according to road
conditions and vehicle speed. If the
headway distance is too close during
high-speed driving, a serious collision
may result.
• When maintaining distance with the
vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle
disappears, Smart Cruise Control may
suddenly accelerate to the set speed.
Always be aware of unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• Always be aware of situations such as
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Smart Cruise
Control for safety reasons.
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
7-63
Driver Assistance System
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Smart Cruise Control may not detect an
obstacle in front and lead to a collision.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you with a
frequent lane change may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warning
message does not appear or an audible
warning does not sound.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or warning sound is generated,
Smart Cruise Control warning message
may not be displayed and warning
sound may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
• The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accidents caused by the driver.
• Always set the vehicle speed under the
speed limit in your area.
Smart Cruise Control
malfunction and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Smart Cruise Control is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system." warning message and the
master (X) warning light will appear on
the instrument cluster. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
Information
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for few seconds after the vehicle is
started or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
• You may hear a sound when the brake is
controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
7-64
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Radar blocked." warning
message will appear for a certain period
of time on the instrument cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
7
WARNING
Even though the warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an area (for example, open
terrain), where there is nothing to detect
after turning ON the vehicle.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• The temperature around the front view
camera is high or low
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in
a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail
lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small or
does not look normal (for example,
tilted, overturned, etc.)
• The front vehicle's ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Your vehicle is being towed
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• An object reflecting off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar is
out of position
• The temperature around the front radar
is high or low
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is made of material
that does not reflect on the front radar
• Driving near a highway (or motorway)
interchange or tollgate
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by a obstacle
7-65
Driver Assistance System
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle's speed is fast or slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction area,
unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
7-66
• Driving on a curved road
2C_SCCDrivingOnCurveLoad
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
2C_SCCDrivingOnCurveLoad_2
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due
to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check to be
sure that the road conditions permit
safe operation of the Smart Cruise
Control.
7
• Driving on an inclined road
• Changing lanes
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane, and cause
your vehicle to accelerate to the set
speed. Also, vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
2C_FCAChangingLane
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Control may not immediately detect
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
7-67
Driver Assistance System
• Situations when detecting are limited
2C_SCCDetectingVehicle
- Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road and driving
conditions ahead.
• Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sensor:
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
• When a vehicle ahead disappears at an
intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
2C_FCADetectingVehicle
In the following cases, some vehicles,
pedestrians or animals in your lane
cannot be detected by the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden
decelerating vehicles
- Vehicles with higher ground
clearance or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- Vehicles within about 6 ft. (2 m) from
your vehicle
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
7-68
2C_SCCDrivingNarrowRoad
• When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
2C_SCCVehicleAheadDisappears
7
• Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC)
if equipped
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
helps maintain appropriate speed
depending on the road conditions by
using information from the navigation
system when driving on highways while
Smart Cruise Control is operating.
Information
2C_SCCPedestrianCaution
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is available only on controlled access
roads.
- Controlled access roads are roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway and
U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial
Highways
- Additional highways may be available
in future navigation system updates.
- Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Auto
Curve Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle or
limit acceleration to help you drive safely
on a curve based on the curve
information from the navigation.
7-69
Driver Assistance System
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control settings
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is
ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
2C_NSCCSetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Convenience > Auto Highway Speed
Change from the Settings menu to turn
on Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control and deselect to turn off the
function.
Information
When there is a problem with
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control,
the function cannot be set from the
Settings menu.
Information
For more information on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to the "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" section in this
chapter.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the instrument cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
standby
2C_NSCCOperatingInfo
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the green (Û) indicator light illuminates.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operating
While the speed is being controlled, the
green (Û) indicator light blinks.
7-70
7
Temporarily canceled or interrupted by
the driver
If Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
cannot control the vehicle, such as when
Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled or the navigation system is
searching for a route, the gray (Û)
indicator light illuminates.
When the driver depresses the
accelerator pedal, the white (Û)
indicator light blinks.
WARNING
Information
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle
decelerates, and after passing the curve,
the vehicle accelerates to Smart Cruise
Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed and
the degree of the curve on the road. The
higher the driving speed, deceleration
will start faster.
2C_NSCCDriveCarefullyInfo
"Drive carefully" warning message will
appear in the following circumstances:
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is not able to slow down your vehicle to
a safe speed
7-71
Driver Assistance System
Limitations of
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly under the
following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
• Map information is not transmitted due
to infotainment system's abnormal
operation
• Speed limit and road information in the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The navigation searches for a route
while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
a tunnel
• A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
• The driver goes off course the route set
in the navigation
• The route to the destination is changed
or canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• The navigation is being updated while
driving
• The navigation is being restarted while
driving
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road
situations
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
7-72
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
2C_NSCCLimitation
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Set route
Branch line
Driving route
Main road
Curved road section
• When there is a difference between the
navigation set route (branch line) and
the driving route (main road), Highway
Auto Curve Slowdown function may not
operate until the driving route is
recognized as the main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead of
the navigation set route, Highway Auto
Curve Slowdown function will operate.
Depending on the distance to the curve
and the current vehicle speed, vehicle
deceleration may not be sufficient or
may decelerate rapidly.
2C_NSCCLimitation_2
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Set route
Branch line
Driving route
Main road
Curved road section
7
• When there is a difference between the
navigation route (main road) and the
driving route (branch line), Highway
Auto Curve Slowdown function will
operate based on the curve information
on the main road.
• When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the
highway interchange or junction,
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
function will not operate.
2C_NSCCLimitation_3
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driving route
Branch line
Curved road section
Main road
• If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Auto Curve
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
• Even if you depart from the main road,
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
function may temporarily operate due
to navigation information of the
highway curve section.
WARNING
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always keep your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws.
• The navigation's speed limit
information may differ from the actual
speed limit information on the road. It is
the driver's responsibility to check the
speed limit on the actual driving road or
lane.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
will automatically be canceled when
you leave the highway (or motorway)
main road. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate due to the existence of
leading vehicles and the driving
conditions of the vehicle. Always pay
attention to road and driving conditions
while driving.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
for safety reasons.
• After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway (or motorway),
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
will operate based on the first lane. If
you enter one of the other lanes,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
might not operate properly.
• The vehicle will accelerate if the driver
depresses the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is operating, and the function will not
decelerate the vehicle. However, if the
accelerator pedal is depressed
insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
• If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is operating, the vehicle may not
decelerate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
• If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate.
7-73
Driver Assistance System
Information
• A time gap could occur between the
navigation's guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
• The speed information on the
instrument cluster and navigation may
differ.
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower
than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
acceleration may be limited by the
curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
7-74
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7
Lane Following Assist
(LFA)
Lane Following Assist helps detect lane
markings and/or a vehicle ahead on the
road, and helps center your vehicle in the
lane.
Lane Following Assist settings
Warning Method
Detecting sensor
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
2C_FrontViewCamera
(1) Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more information on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
The Warning Method can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
• If you change the Warning Method, the
Warning Method of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Method will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
7-75
Driver Assistance System
Lane Following Assist
operation
Lane Following Assist
Turning Lane Following Assist
On/Off
2C_LKALaneDetectInfo
2C_LKAButton
With the engine on, shortly press the Lane
Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
Assist. The gray or green (º) indicator
light will appear on the instrument
cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Information
A long press of the Lane Driving Assist
button turns Lane Keeping Assist on and
off. For more information, refer to the
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in this
chapter.
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green (º) indicator light appears on the
instrument cluster, and Lane Following
Assist helps center the vehicle in the lane
by assisting the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the white (º) indicator light blinks and
changes to gray.
Hands-off warning
2C_HandOffWarningInfo
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
Keep hands on steering wheel warning
message will appear with a warning
sound in stages.
First stage: Warning message
Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) with a warning sound
7-76
7
Information
• For more information on instrument
cluster settings, refer to the "Cluster
display" section in chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the instrument cluster
will change from gray to white.
Lane undetected
2C_DisableLFAInfo
If the driver still does not have their hands
on the steering wheel after the hands-off
warning, the "Lane Following Assist
deactivated" warning message will
appear and Lane Following Assist will be
automatically canceled.
WARNING
• The steering wheel may not be assisted
if the steering wheel is held very tight or
the steering wheel is steered over a
certain degree.
• Lane Following Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly
the hands-off warning message may
appear because Lane Following Assist
may not recognize that the driver has
their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
2C_LaneDetectionInfo
Lane detected
2C_LFALaneDetectInfo_2
• The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
• If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane Following
Assist can be limited depending on
whether a vehicle is in front or the driving
conditions of the vehicle.
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Following Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
7-77
Driver Assistance System
Lane Following Assist
malfunction and limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
Highway Driving Assist
(HDA)
if equipped
Highway Driving Assist helps maintain a
set distance and speed from the vehicle
ahead while driving on a highway main
section and helps center the vehicle in the
lane.
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the Check Driver
Assistance system. warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster for
several seconds, and the master (X)
warning light appears on the instrument
cluster. If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
For more information on Lane Following
Assist limitations, refer to the "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in this
chapter.
2C_HDABasicFuntion
Information
• Highway Driving Assist is available only
on controlled access roads.
- Controlled access roads are roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
Information
For more information on Lane Following
Assist precautions, refer to the "Lane
Keeping Assist malfunction and
limitations" section in this chapter.
USA
Select Interstate Highway and
U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and
Territorial Highways
- Additional highways may be available
in future navigation system updates.
- Highway Driving Assist does not
operate on interchanges or junctions.
7-78
7
Detecting sensor
If "Highway Driving Assist" is selected, it
helps maintain distance from the vehicle
ahead, maintain the set speed, and helps
center the vehicle in the lane.
Warning Method
2C_FrontViewCameraRadar
(1) Front view camera
(2) Front radar
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
CAUTION
For more information on the precautions
of the detecting sensors, refer to the
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in this
chapter.
Highway Driving Assist
settings
Highway Driving Assist
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
2C_HDASetInfo
With the engine on, select or deselect
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Driving Convenience from the Settings
menu to set whether to use each
function.
• If you change the Warning Method, the
Warning Method of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Method will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
7-79
Driver Assistance System
Highway Driving Assist
operation
Basic function
Displaying operating status
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving Assist
view on the instrument cluster. Refer to the
"View modes" section in chapter 4.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating state
1. Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are
displayed.
• Highway Driving Assist indicator
(ĥ)
- Green ĥ: Operating state
- Gray ĥ: Standby state
- White ĥ blink: Accelerator
depressed state
2. Set speed
3. Lane Following Assist indicator
4. Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected headway
5. Whether the lane is detected or not
Information
2C_HDAActiveIndicatorInfo
Standby state
2C_HDAReadyIndicatorInfo
7-80
• For more information on the display,
refer to the "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)" and "Lane Following Assist
(LFA)" sections in this chapter.
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Highway Driving Assist operation
Highway Driving Assist operates when:
• Driving on the main road of highways,
and turning on Highway Driving Assist
by pressing the Driving Assist button
• Entering the main road of highways
while Lane Following assist and Smart
Cruise Control are operating
7
Restarting after stopping
2C_HDADeactivatedInfo
2C_SCCReStartInfo
When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving within
30 seconds after the stop, your vehicle
will start as well. In addition, after the
vehicle has stopped and 30 seconds have
passed, the "Use switch or pedal to
accelerate" message will appear on the
instrument cluster. Depress the
accelerator pedal or operate the + switch,
- switch or (ç) switch to start driving.
If the driver still does not have their hands
on the steering wheel after the hands-off
warning, "Highway Driving Assist
deactivated" warning message will
appear and Highway Driving Assist will be
automatically canceled.
Driving speed limit
Hands-off warning
2C_HDADeactivatedDuetoHandOffInfo
2C_HandOffWarningInfo
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
"Keep hands on steering wheel" warning
message will appear and an audible
warning will sound in stages.
First stage: Warning message
Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
When Highway Driving Assist is canceled
by the hands-off warning, The driving
speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, the "Driver's grasp not
detected. Driving speed will be limited"
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster, and an audible
warning will sound continuously.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby state.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will
operate properly.
7-81
Driver Assistance System
Information
• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When the driver grabs the steering
wheel again
- When the driver turns on Lane
Following Assist by pressing the Lane
Driving Assist button (p)
- When +, -, (ç) switch or (å) button
is operated, or the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal is depressed
Highway Driving Assist
malfunction and limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
and yellow Lane Keeping Assist (S)
warning light appears on the instrument
cluster. If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-82
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for controlling
the vehicle for safe driving.
• Always have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
• Highway Driving Assist is a
supplemental function that assists the
driver in driving the vehicle and is not a
complete autonomous driving system.
Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
• Always have your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws. The vehicle
manufacturer is not responsible for any
traffic violation or accidents caused by
the driver.
• Highway Driving Assist may not be able
to recognize all traffic situations.
Highway Driving Assist may not detect
possible collisions due to limitations of
the function. Always be aware of the
limitations of the function. Obstacles
such as vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles,
pedestrians, or unspecified objects or
structures such as guardrails, tollgate,
etc., that may collide with the vehicle
may not be detected.
• Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following
situations:
- Driving on roads that Highway
Driving Assist does not operate, such
as a rest area, intersection, junction,
etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the navigation
is being updated or restarted
• Highway Driving Assist may
inadvertently operate or turn off
depending on road conditions
(navigation information) and
surroundings.
• Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is on.
7
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Highway Driving Assist if the
surrounding is noisy.
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed
above a certain speed at a curve, your
vehicle may drive to one side or may
depart from the driving lane.
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Highway
Driving Assist for safety reasons.
• The hands-off warning message may
appear early or late depending on how
the steering wheel is held or road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• For your safety, please read the owner's
manual before using the Highway
Driving Assist.
• Highway Driving Assist will not operate
when the vehicle is started, or when the
detecting sensors or navigation is being
initialized.
Limitation of Highway Driving Assist
Highway Driving Assist may not operate
properly, or may not operate under the
following circumstances:
• The map information and the actual
road is different because the navigation
is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the route
to the destination is changed or
canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the front view camera, front radar, front
corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)" section in
this chapter.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7-83
Driver Assistance System
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
if equipped
Rear View Monitor displays the area
behind your vehicle to help with safe
parking .
Rear View Monitor settings
Warning Method
Detecting sensor
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
2C_WideRearViewCamera
(1) Wide-rear view camera
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
The Warning Method can be set with the
engine on.
• Parking Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Parking Safety Priority in the
infotainment system.
If Parking Safety Priority is enabled,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when Rear View Monitor is
operating.
Information
• If you change the Warning Method, the
Warning Method of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Method will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
7-84
7
Camera Settings
Rear View Parking Lines
If Rear View Parking Lines is selected, the
Rear View parking guide lines and rear top
view guide lines will be displayed at the
left side of the infotainment system .
Information
2C_RVMParkingDistanceWarningInfo
You can change Rear View Monitor
Display Contents by touching the setup
icon (ģ) on the screen while rear view
Monitor is operating, or selecting Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Camera Settings from the
Settings menu in the infotainment system
while the engine is on.
In the Display Contents, you can change
settings for Extended Rear View Monitor
and Rear View Parking Lines.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m)
and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear Top
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) and 4.9 ft. (1.5
m) from the vehicle.
Rear View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Extended Rear View Monitor
Keeps displaying the Rear View when
shifting from R (Reverse) to N (Neutral) or
D (Drive). When exceeding a certain
speed, the Rear View stops displaying.
2C_ParkingViewButton
Press the Parking/View button (1) while
the gear is in P (Park), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) to turn on the Rear View
Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
7-85
Driver Assistance System
Rear View
Extended Rear View Monitor
The Rear View will maintain showing on
the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions
The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is
6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
2C_RearViewInfo
Operating conditions
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed
while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph
(10 km/h) or less.
Touch the Change View button (2) to
select rear view or rear top view.
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted to P (Park).
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
• The gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
and the vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h).
• The previous button (ŷ) is selected on
the Rear View menu.
Information
When the gear is in R (Reverse), the Rear
View does not turn off.
7-86
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h), the Rear View will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the Rear View
will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1), the
Rear View will turn off.
Information
• The Rear View does not turn off
regardless of the mode when the gear is
in R (Reverse).
• The Rear View is always displayed when
the gear is in R (Reverse).
• The rear parking guidelines are
displayed in rear view and rear top view
mode. (When selected in Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Camera Settings > Display
Contents > Rear View Parking Lines
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system).
7
Rear View Monitor
malfunction and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
Surround View Monitor
(SVM)
if equipped
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display properly,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Surround View Monitor uses the wide
view cameras and displays images
around your vehicle through the
infotainment system to help with safe
parking or driving.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
Detecting sensor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
WARNING
• The Rear View camera does not cover
the complete area behind the vehicle.
The driver should always check the rear
area directly through the inside and
side view mirror before parking or
backing up.
• The distance to the object shown on the
screen may differ from the actual
distance. This is because the image
shown on Rear View Monitor is
displayed by calibrating the image from
the wide-rear view camera. When the
vehicle is tilted by cargo loading, rear
parking guidelines may not be correct.
Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the rear view camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Rear View
Monitor may not operate properly.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic
solvents (gasoline, acetone, etc.). This
may damage the camera lens.
2C_WideFrontSideViewCamera
2C_WideRearCamera
(1) Wide-front view camera
(2) Wide-side view camera (Below the
side rearview mirror)
(3) Wide-side view camera (Below the
side rearview mirror)
(4) Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
7-87
Driver Assistance System
Surround View Monitor
settings
Camera settings
Warning Methods
2C_SVMParkingDistanceWarningInfo
2C_WarningVolumnParkingSafetySetInfo
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
If Parking Safety Priority is enabled, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when Surround View Monitor is
operating.
To enable Parking Safety Priority, select
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Warning Methods > Parking Safety
Priority from the settings menu in the
infotainment system.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the vehicle is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
• You can change Surround View Monitor
Display Contents by touching the
setup icon (ģ) on the screen while
Surround View Monitor is operating, or
selecting Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Camera Settings from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system while the engine is on.
• In the Display Contents (Display
Settings), you can change settings for
Parking Distance Warning, Top View
Reference Lines and Rear View
Reference Lines.
Parking distance warning
When the Parking Distance Warning is
selected, parking distance warning
appears on the right side of the Surround
View Monitor screen.
Top view reference lines
When the Top View Parking Lines (Top
View Reference Lines) is selected,
parking guidance appears on the right
side of the Surround View Monitor screen.
Information
The horizontal guideline of the Rear Top
View Parking Guidance shows the trunk
opening distance and the distance of 1.6
ft. (0.5 m) and 6.6 ft (2 m) from the
vehicle.
7-88
7
Rear view reference lines
When the Rear View Parking Lines (Rear
View Reference Lines) is selected,
parking guidance appears in the rear
view.
Surround View Monitor
operation
Parking/View button
Information
The horizontal guideline shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and
7.6 ft. (2.3 m).
Surround View Monitor Auto On
2C_ParkingViewButton
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Surround View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Front view
2C_SVMAutoOnInfo
With the engine on, select Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Surround
View Monitor Auto On from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system to use
the function.
Information
For more information on Surround View
Monitor auto On, refer to the “Surround
View Monitor operation” in this chapter.
2C_SVMFrontViewInfo
The front view appears on the screen
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to assist in parking.
You may select top view, front view, side
view using the change view button (2).
7-89
Driver Assistance System
Operating conditions
• The gear is shifted to N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) from R (Reverse) and the vehicle
speed is 6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed,
while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph
(10 km/h) or less.
• The Parking Distance Warning occurs
while the gear is in D (Drive).
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function is operated.
When Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Surround View Monitor Auto
On is selected from the Settings menu,
the front view while parking appears.
Information
When the front view is activated, the
latest used view mode is displayed.
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to P (Park) or R (Reverse).
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h).
Information
Surround View Monitor may turn off when
vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
However, Surround View Monitor may
not turn on again although vehicle speed
drops below 6 mph (10 km/h).
7-90
Rear view
The rear view appears on the screen to
assist in parking.
You may select top view, rear view, side
view using the change view button (2) .
Operating conditions
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The rear view is selected by pressing
the change view button (2) after
pressing the Parking/View button (1),
while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph
(10 km/h) or less.
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed,
while the gear is in P (Park).
Information
When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear
view does not turn off even if the
infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
7
Front view while driving
Rear View while driving
The driver is able to check the front view
on the screen for safe driving.
You may select front view while driving
using the change view button (2) .
The driver is able to check the rear view
on the screen while driving, it is to assist
with backing up.
Operating conditions
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed,
while the gear is in N (Neutral) or D
(Drive), and vehicle speed is above 6
mph (10 km/h).
Off conditions
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
pressed.
• The gear is shifted from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to P (Park) or R (Reverse).
• The view mode button (2) is pressed
when the vehicle speed is 6 mph (10
km/h) or less.
Information
• When the front view while driving is
activated, the latest used view mode
displayed.
• The front view while driving does not
turn off even when the vehicle speed is
lower than 6 mph (10 km/h) once it is
on.
• When the front view while driving is on,
the front top view and side view are
deactivated in all speed.
Operating conditions
• The rear view is selected by pressing
the change view button (2) after
pressing the Parking/View button (1),
while the gear is in N (Neutral) or D
(Drive), and vehicle speed is above 6
mph (10 km/h).
You may select rear view or 3D view using
the change view button (2) .
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted to P (Park).
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
Information
• When the rear view while driving is
activated, the latest used view mode is
displayed.
• The Rear View Parking Lines does not
operate on the rear view while driving.
• The rear view while driving does not
turn off even when the vehicle speed is
lower than 6 mph (10 km/h) once it is
on.
• When the rear view while driving is on,
the rear top view and rear side view are
deactivated in all speed.
7-91
Driver Assistance System
3D view
The 3D view shows the image around the
vehicle from various angles.
You can change angles by tapping the
screen. Press the 3D view button again to
return to the initial angle.
Operating conditions
When the 3D view is selected by pressing
the change view button (2):
• The gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) when vehicle speed is below 6
mph (10 km/h).
• The Surround View Monitor is turned on
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
Off conditions
When the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or
D (Drive):
• The gear is shifted to P (Park) from N
(Neutral) or D (Drive).
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h).
When the gear is in R (Reverse):
• The gear is shifted to P (Park)
Information
3D view does not display guidelines.
7-92
Surround View Monitor
malfunction and limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunction
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
properly, we recommend that your
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon will appear at
the top left side of the screen under the
following circumstances:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver or front passenger door is
opened
- The side rear view mirror is folded
7
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may differ
from the actual vehicle’s location.
• The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Surround View Monitor is designed to
be used on a flat surface. Therefore, if
used on roads with different heights
such as curbs and speed bumps, the
image in the screen my not look
correct.
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Surround
View Monitor may not operate
properly. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as strong
detergents containing high alkaline or
volatile organic solvents (gasoline,
acetone, etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist helps detect vehicles approaching
from the rear left or right while your
vehicle is reversing and warns you of a
possible collision with a warning message
and a warning sound. Also, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help avoid a collision.
2C_RCCAOpeartionOverview
[A] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range
[B] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Information
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Surround View Monitor uses the cameras
installed on the vehicle to show images
around the vehicle through the
infotainment system. The image shown
on the screen may look unnatural
depending on the surroundings.
7-93
Driver Assistance System
Detecting sensor
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
2C_RearRadar
(1) Rear corner radar
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
Information
For more information on the precautions
of the rear corner radar, refer to the
"Detecting sensor" section in this chapter.
2C_RCCASetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Rear Cross-Traffic Safety from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
always turn on. However, if 'Off' is
selected after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
7-94
7
Warning Method
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist warns and helps control the vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
'Collision Warning', 'Emergency Braking'
and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control'.
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
The Warning Method can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Haptic Warning from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
Collision Warning
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo
Information
• If you change the Warning Method, the
Warning Method of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Method will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo_2
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror blinks and a warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster. At the same time, an audible
warning sounds and the steering wheel
vibrates. A warning also appears on the
infotainment system.
7-95
Driver Assistance System
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates when all the following
conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
about 82 ft. (25 m) from the left and
right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Emergency Braking
2C_RCCAEmergencyBrakingInfo
Information
• If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there may be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or
right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
instrument cluster.
7-96
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo_2
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror blinks and a warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster. At the same time, an audible
warning sounds and the steering wheel
vibrates. A warning also appears on the
infotainment system.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates when all the following
conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
about 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the left and
right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
- Emergency braking is assisted to help
prevent collision with approaching
vehicles from the left and right.
7
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
• The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
• The approaching vehicle passes behind
your vehicle
• The approaching vehicle does not drive
toward your vehicle
• The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
• The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
2C_RCCADriveCarefullyInfo
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the "Drive
carefully" warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist will
automatically cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake pedal.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
• If any other system's warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the driver
applies the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
• During Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operation,
the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle's basic braking
performance will operate properly.
• When Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating,
braking control by the function will
automatically cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the accelerator
pedal.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate in all situations
or cannot avoid all collisions.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may warn the driver late or may
not warn the driver depending on the
road and driving conditions.
7-97
Driver Assistance System
• The driver has the responsibility to
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It
may cause serious injury or death.
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
CAUTION
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Information
If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the driver
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when the driver
depresses the brake pedal with
sufficient power.
• After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
7-98
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system." warning message appears on
the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the master (X) warning
light illuminates on the instrument
cluster. If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates properly when such
foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate properly after it is
removed, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the "Check side
view mirror warning light" warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster for several seconds, and the
master (X) warning light illuminates on
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly in an
area (for example, open terrain), where
any objects are not detected after
turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
When the rear bumper around the
rear-side radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
System limited. Radar blocked." warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster.
7-99
Driver Assistance System
Information
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the rear corner radar, refer to the
"Detecting sensor" section in this chapter.
WARNING
• Driving near a vehicle or structure
2C_RCCAInfo
When the Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating, if
the function is not working normally or
the radar is blocked, the master warning
light (X) appears. You can check the
warning in the Utility view on the
instrument cluster.
2C_RCCADrivingNearVehicle
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or grass are
overgrown
• Departing from where roads are wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is fast
or slow
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
7-100
[A] Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when driving near
a vehicle or structure, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the driver or
control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
7
• When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
• When the vehicle is on or near a slope
2C_RCCANearSlope
2C_RCCAVehicleInParkingLot
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles which are
parking or pulling out near your vehicle
(for example, a vehicle leaving beside
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle
approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function
may unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• When the vehicle is parked diagonally
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when the vehicle
is on a uphill or downhill slope, or near
it, and may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the function may not warn
the driver or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• Pulling into the parking space where
there is a structure
2C_RCCAThereIsStructure
2C_RCCAParkDiagonally
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may be limited when backing up
diagonally, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may
not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
[A] Structure
[B] Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles passing by in
front of you when parking in reverse
into a parking space with a wall or
structure in the rear or side area. If this
occurs, the function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
7-101
Driver Assistance System
• When the vehicle is parked rearward
2C_RCCAParkRearward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect vehicles passing by
behind you when parking in reverse
into a parking space. If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily warn the
driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer or turn off
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist for safety reasons.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly if
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate for about 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
7-102
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
7
Forward/Side/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
(PDW)
if equipped
Forward/Side/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
settings
Warning Method
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front, side, and rear
ultrasonic sensors to help detect a
person, animal, or object and warns you if
within a certain distance when your
vehicle is stopped or driving at low speed.
Detecting sensor
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_6
2C_CheckPDWSideInfo_2
The Warning Method can be set with the
engine on.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Method > Warning Volume from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
Information
2C_WideRearUltrasonicSensor
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Front ultrasonic sensors
Front side ultrasonic sensors
Rear side ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
• If you change the Warning Method, the
Warning Method of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Method will maintain the last setting.
• The Setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
See the illustration above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
7-103
Driver Assistance System
Parking Distance Warning Auto On
Forward Parking Distance Warning
To use Parking Distance Warning Auto
On function, select Setup > Vehicle>
Driver Assistance > Parking Safety >
Parking Distance Warning Auto On from
the infotainment system settings menu.
Forward Parking Distance Warning
operates under the following conditions.
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to
D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Distance
Warning on.
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking
Safety (ÿ) button indicator light is on.
• Shift to D (Drive) when the function is
off (Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking
Distance Warning Auto On is selected
from the infotainment system settings
menu.)
Information
When "Parking Distance Warning Auto
On" is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator (ÿ) stays on.
Forward/Side/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
operation
Parking Safety button
2C_ParkingSafetyButton
Press the Parking Safety (ÿ) button to
turn on Parking Distance Warning. Press
the button again to turn off the function.
• When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning
automatically turns on (Parking Safety
button indicator on).
7-104
Information
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
operates only when the vehicle's
forward speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
• The front outer side warnings turn on
when the vehicle is in R (Reverse).
• Forward Parking Distance Warning is
deactivated if the vehicle speed
reaches above 18 mph (30 km/h). It may
not reactivate although the vehicle
speed drops below 6 mph (10 km/h).
(Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking
Distance Warning Auto On is not
selected from the infotainment system
settings menu.)
7
Warning indicator/Warning sound
Warning
Distance
indicator
from
object Cluster Infotain
ment
Warning
sound
24-48
inches
(60-120
cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
(front inside)
12-24
inches
(30-60
cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12
inches
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator
illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person or object in its
sensing range. Also an audible warning
sounds.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one is warned with an audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Side Parking Distance Warning
Side Parking Distance Warning operates
under the following conditions.
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to
D (Drive).
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking
Safety (ÿ) button indicator light is on.
• Shift to D (Drive) when the function is
off.
(Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking
Distance Warning Auto On is selected
from the infotainment system settings
menu.)
Information
• Side Parking Distance Warning
operates when the vehicle's forward
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• Side Parking Distance Warning
operated only when Forward or
Reverse Parking Distance Warning is
on.
7-105
Driver Assistance System
Warning indicator/Warning sound
Distanc Warning indicator
e from
Infotain
object Cluster
ment
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
Warning
sound
Warning indicator/Warning sound
24-48
inches
(60-120
cm)
-
12-24
inches
(30-60
cm)
-
within
12
inches
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator
illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person or object in its
sensing range.
• If an object located within 12 inches (30
cm) from the side of the vehicle's path
is detected, an audible warning sounds.
• If an object outside the side of the
vehicle's path is detected, the warning
indicator is displayed.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7-106
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
operates under the following conditions.
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Warning
Distance
indicator
from
object Cluster Infotain
ment
Warning
sound
24-48
inches
(60-120
cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12-24
inches
(30-60
cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12
inches
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator
illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person or object in its
sensing range. Also an audible warning
sounds.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one is warned with an audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7
Forward/Side/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
malfunction and limitations
Parking Distance Warning disabled
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
After starting the vehicle, a beep sounds
when the gear is shifted to R (Reverse) to
indicate Parking Distance Warning is
operating properly.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The "Check Driver Assistance system."
warning message appears on the
instrument cluster.
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedUltrasonic
If this occurs the "Driver assistance
system limited. Ultrasonic sensor
blocked" warning message appears on
the instrument cluster. Parking Distance
Warning operates properly when snow,
rain or foreign material is removed. If
Parking Distance Warning does not
operate properly after obstruction (snow,
rain, or foreign material) is removed
(including trailer, carrier, etc., from the
rear bumper), have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Information
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
2C_CheckUltrasonicSensorInfo_2
When the Parking Distance Warning is
operating, if the function is not working
normally or the ultrasonic sensor is
blocked, the master warning light (X)
appears in the direction of the
corresponding sensor. You can check the
warning in the Utility view on the cluster.
7-107
Driver Assistance System
Limitations of Parking Distance
Warning
• Parking Distance Warning may not
operate properly when:
- There is excessive moisture or frost
on the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
substance, such as snow or water
(Parking Distance Warning operates
properly when such substance is
removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with high pressure
washer
• Parking Distance Warning may
malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle's sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
7-108
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Narrow objects, such as corners of a
square column
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
inches (14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
- An object in the Side space between
the front corner ultrasonic sensor and
the rear corner ultrasonic sensor or
an object approaching the Side space
7
WARNING
• Parking Distance Warning is a
supplemental function. The operation
of Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the front and rear view before
and while parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size or material,
all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
• Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of the
vehicle or the shape of a person,
animal, or object.
• If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (PCA)
if equipped
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects pedestrians or objects
behind the vehicle and may warn you or
assist you with braking to help avoid a
collision while your vehicle is reversing.
Detecting sensor
2C_WideRearViewCamera
2C_RearUltrasonicSensor
(1) Wide-rear view camera
(2) Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
7-109
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
settings
Parking Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Parking Safety in the infotainment
system to set whether to use each
function.
• If "Backward Safety" is selected,
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
warns the driver and assists with
braking when a collision with a
pedestrian or an object is imminent
from behind.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the vehicle is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation
Turning Parking Collision Avoidance
Assist On/Off
Warning Methods
2C_ParkingSafetyButton
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_2
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
Warning Volume: Select Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods
> Warning Volume from the settings
menu in the infotainment system to
change the Warning Volume.
7-110
Press and hold the Parking Safety (ÿ)
button more than 2 seconds, to turn the
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist on or
off.
7
Operating conditions
If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision behind the
vehicle with a pedestrian or an object,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver with an audible
warning and warning message on the
cluster. If Surround View Monitor is
operating, a warning will appear on the
infotainment screen.
If collision is imminent, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will assist you
with braking.
Select "Backward Safety" from the
"Parking Safety" menu of the
infotainment system. Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist is enabled
when the following conditions are
satisfied:
• The trunk and door are closed
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
released
• A trailer is not connected
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
(detecting pedestrians)
• Vehicle speed is below 2.4 mph (4
km/h) (detecting objects)
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
components such as the rear view
camera and the rear ultrasonic sensors
are in normal conditions
When Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist activates, a
line appears behind the vehicle image in
the instrument cluster.
2C_PCAOnInfo
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates only once after shifting
the gear to R (Reverse). To reactivate
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist, shift
the gear from another gear to R (Reverse).
Off conditions
If collision is imminent, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will assist you
with braking. Braking assist is released
after 5 minutes. Immediately depress the
brake pedal and check vehicle
surroundings. Braking assist is also
released in the following conditions
when:
• The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive)
• The brake pedal is depressed with
sufficient power
Information
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
is activated while reversing, braking
control will be released after 5 minutes
and the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
will be engaged.
7-111
Driver Assistance System
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations
Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled
Reverse Parking CollisionAvoidance Assist malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
When Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or other
related functions are not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system" warning message will appear on
the instrument cluster, and Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
turn off automatically. We recommend
that your vehicle be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-112
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedUltrasonic
The "Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera blocked." or "Driver Assistance
system limited. Ultrasonic sensor
blocked." warning message will appear
on the cluster if the following situations
occur:
• The rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, etc.
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or
may not operate properly. Check whether
the rear view camera and rear ultrasonic
sensors are clean.
7
Information
2C_PCAInfo
A master warning light (X) appears in the
relative directions in case of a
malfunction or blinding of the ultrasonic
sensors while the Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) is active.
You can check the message in the utility
information view of the instrument
cluster.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn the
driver even if there are pedestrians or
objects under the following
circumstances:
• Problems with vehicle
- Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
- Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
- Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
- Wide-rear view camera(s) or
ultrasonic sensor(s) is damaged
- Wide-rear view camera(s) or the
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
- Wide-rear view camera(s) is
obscured by a light source or by
inclement weather, such as heavy
rain, fog, snow, etc.
• Problems with the surroundings
- The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
- Outside temperature is very high or
very low
- The wind is either strong (above 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing
perpendicular to the rear bumper
- Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle vehicles or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
- An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
- The road is slippery or inclined
- The image of the pedestrian in the
front view camera is
indistinguishable from the
background
• Problems with pedestrian or object
- The pedestrians are difficult to detect
- There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian
- The pedestrian is near the rear edge
of the vehicle
- The pedestrian is not standing
upright
- The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall to detect
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
7-113
Driver Assistance System
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well
- Size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultrasonic
waves well (for example, low object,
narrow object, circular pillar, small
pillar, corners of a square pillar, bush,
curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
- The pedestrian or the object is
moving
- The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
- There is a large object such as a wall
is behind the pedestrian or the object
- The object is not located at the front
or rear center of your vehicle
- The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
- The sensors cannot detect the
pedestrians and objects
• Problems with driving condition
- The driver drives the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse) or D (Drive)
- The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
- The vehicle is driven immediately
after starting the vehicle
7-114
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• Always exercise extreme caution while
driving. The driver is responsible for
braking and safe driving.
• Always pay attention to road and traffic
conditions while driving, whether or not
there is a warning.
• Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no pedestrians or
objects before moving the vehicle.
• The performance of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may vary
under certain conditions. If vehicle
speed is above 2 mph (4 km/h), Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
provide collision avoidance assist only
when pedestrians are detected. Always
look around and pay attention when
driving your vehicle.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may operate differently under
certain conditions. If the vehicle moves
forward and backward repeatedly,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may fail to assist braking or to
warn the driver. Always pay attention
when driving your vehicle.
• Some objects may not be detected by
the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the
sensor.
• Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the
surroundings.
• Do not solely rely on Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Doing so
may lead to vehicle damage or injuries.
7
CAUTION
• Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
• If any other warning sound such as the
seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
may not sound.
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not work properly if the bumper has
been damaged, replaced or repaired.
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate properly if interfered by
strong electromagnetic waves.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
sounds.
• Turn off Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist when towing a trailer. If towing
and moving in reverse, Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will activate
as it detects the trailer.
• The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
• Always keep the wide-rear view
cameras and ultrasonic sensors clean.
• Do not use any cleanser containing acid
or alkaline detergents when cleaning
the camera lens. Use only a mild soap or
neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water.
• Do not spray the wide-rear view
cameras or the rear ultrasonic sensors
or their surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. It may cause the
wide angle cameras or the ultrasonic
sensors to malfunction.
• Do not apply objects, such as a bumper
sticker or a bumper guard, near the
wide angle cameras or ultrasonic
sensors or apply paint to the bumper.
Doing so may adversely affect the
performance of Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
• Never disassemble or apply impact on
the wide angle cameras or the
ultrasonic sensors components.
• Do not apply unnecessary force on the
wide-rear view cameras or the
ultrasonic sensors. Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly if the wide angle
cameras or the ultrasonic sensor(s) is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment. We recommend that your
vehicle be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
can detect a pedestrian or an object when:
• A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of your vehicle
7-115
Driver Assistance System
Remote Smart Parking
Assist (RSPA)
Detecting sensors
if equipped
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses the
front, front side, rear side, and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect parking
spaces and control vehicle steering,
speed, gear shifts, and help enter and exit
parking spaces remotely from outside
your vehicle.
Function
2C_CheckPDWSideInfo_2
Description
Remotely moving forward or
backward
Remote
Operation
2C_WideRearUltrasonicSensor
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
2C_RSAPRemoteForwardRewardOperatio
n
• Remote Smart Parking and Remote
Operation function may be operated
from outside the vehicle using the
smart key.
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Parking Distance Warning
and Surround View Monitor will also
operate. For more information, refer to
the "Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning (PDW)" and
"Surround View Monitor (SVM)"
sections in this chapter.
7-116
Front ultrasonic sensors
Front ultrasonic side sensors
Rear ultrasonic side sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensors.
7
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or cause
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors need repair, we
recommend that your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or ultrasonic sensor installation
has been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with the
sensor performance.
• When the ultrasonic sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may not operate until the stains
are removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch, or strike the
ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage
could occur.
• Do not spray the ultrasonic sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
settings
Warning Methods
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_2
The Warning Methods can be set with the
engine on.
Warning Volume: Select Setup > Vehicle
> Driver Assistance > Warning Methods
> Warning Volume in the infotainment
system to change the Warning Volume.
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
7-117
Driver Assistance System
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation
Remote Smart Parking Assist button
Parking/View button
Location
Inside
vehicle
Smart
key
Smart key
Name
Symbol
Parking/
View button
ā
Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on
Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance warning will automatically turn on.
ÿ
Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart
Parking Assist is operating to end Remote Smart
Parking Assist operation.
Parking
Safety
button
Description
Remote
Start button
Ĕ
Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked
with the engine off to start the engine remotely. Press
the Remote Start button while Remote Smart Parking
or Remote Operation function is operating to end
function operation.
Forward
button
đ
Į
When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the button while the
button is pressed.
Backward
button
7-118
Parking Safety button
7
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function.
Method (1) Using the function with engine
off
1. Within a certain range from the vehicle
press the door lock (Ď) button on the
smart key and lock all doors.
For more information on remotely
starting the engine, refer to the "Engine
Start/Stop button" section in chapter 6.
Method (2) Using the function with
engine on
1. Park the vehicle in front of the space
where you want to use Remote
Operation function, and shift the gear
to P (Park).
2. Press and hold the Parking/View (ā)
button to turn on Smart Parking Assist.
A message "Under Remote Control" will
appear on the infotainment system.
2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedureInfo
3. Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all doors.
Information
2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedure
2. Press and hold the Remote Start button
(Ĕ) within 4 seconds until the engine
starts.
"Agree" must be selected on the
infotainment system and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Remote Operation
function.
7-119
Driver Assistance System
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedure_2
• Press and hold one of the Forward (đ)
or Backward (Į) button on the smart
key. Remote Smart Parking Assist will
automatically control the steering
wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift. The
vehicle will move in the direction of the
button pressed.
• While Remote Operation function is
operating, if you let the button, the
vehicle will stop and function control
will pause. The function will start
operating again when the button is
pressed and held again.
• Hold down the Forward (đ) or
Backward (Į) button until the vehicle
reaches the target location.
• When Remote Operation is done, get in
the vehicle with the smart key or press
the Remote Start (Ĕ) button on the
smart key from outside the vehicle.
• The message will appear on the
infotainment system. The vehicle will
automatically shift to P (Park) and
engage the parking brake.
• When the Remote Start (Ĕ) button is
pressed, the vehicle will turn off. If the
driver is in the vehicle, the vehicle will
retain ON position.
• Remote Operation can control the
vehicle remotely using the smart key
outside the vehicle.
7-120
Information
• Check that all smart keys are outside
the vehicle when using Remote
Operation function.
• Remote Operation function will operate
only when the smart key is within 13 ft.
(4 m) from the vehicle. If there is no
vehicle movement even when the
Forward or Backward button is pressed
on the smart key, check the distance to
the vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart key
may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by radio
waves such as transmission tower,
broadcast station, etc.
• When remotely moving forward using
method (1), it is recognized as an exit
situation, and the vehicle moves 13 ft. (4
m) to check for pedestrians, animals or
objects around the vehicle. After
confirmation, the steering wheel is
controlled according to the condition
ahead.
• When remotely moving forward using
method (2), it is recognized as a parking
situation, and will immediately control
the steering wheel according to the
condition ahead to assist with entering
the parking space and aligning the
vehicle. However, performance may
reduce depending on the pedestrians,
animals, shape of objects, location,
etc., around the vehicle.
• For moving remotely backward, both
method (1) and (2) aligns the steering
wheel first, and then will only move the
vehicle straight.
7
WARNING
• When using Remote Operation function,
make sure that all passengers have
gotten out of the vehicle.
• If the vehicle’s battery is discharged or
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunctions when parked in a narrow
parking space, Remote Operation
function will not operate. Always park
your vehicle in a space wide enough for
you to get in or out of your vehicle.
• Please note that depending on the
parking space, you may not be able to exit
from the space you have entered by using
Remote Operation function.
• After parking, the surrounding may
change due to the movement of
surrounding vehicles. If this occurs,
Remote Operation function may not
operate.
• Before leaving the vehicle, close windows
and sunroofs, and make sure the engine is
off before locking the doors.
Remote Operation function operation
status
Hazard
warning
light
Operation
status
Smart key LED
Under
control
Green LED
continuously
blinks
-
Pause
Red LED
continuously
blinks
Blinks
Off
Red LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 3
times and
turns off
Complete
Green LED
illuminates for
4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 1
time and
turns off
Information
• Operation status by the hazard warning
light may not be applicable based on
the regulation of your country.
• If the smart key is not within the
operating range from the vehicle
(about 13 ft. (4 m)), the smart key LED
will not illuminate or blink. Use the
smart key within the operating range.
7-121
Driver Assistance System
How to turn off Remote Operation function
while operating
• Press the Parking/View (ā) button
while the infotainment system guides
the driver using method 2.
• Shift the gear from P (Park) to any other
position while the infotainment system
guides the driver using method 2.
• Press the Parking Safety (ÿ) button or
select "Cancel" on the infotainment
system.
• Press the Remote Start (Ĕ) button on
the smart key while the vehicle is being
controlled by Remote Operation
function. Remote Operation function
will turn off. At this time, the engine will
turn off.
• Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on.
7-122
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a pedestrian, animal or object
in the direction the vehicle is moving
• The door or trunk is open
• The Forward (đ) or Backward (Į)
button is not continuously pressed
• Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
• The smart key is not operated within 13
ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
• Button of another smart key is pressed
in addition to the operating smart key
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist or
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates while the vehicle is
being controlled in the reverse
direction.
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while the
smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
7
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
When Remote Operation function is
cancelled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
• The engine hood is open
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed when all the doors are
closed
• The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
• About 3 minutes and 50 seconds has
passed after Remote Operation
function has started to operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
• The function is paused for more than 1
minute
• The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after Remote
Operation function operation
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
properly
• There is a problem with the smart key or
the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction and limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
Remote Smart Parking Assist check
2C_CheckRSPAInfo
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is not
working properly, the "Check Parking
Assist" warning message will appear on
the infotainment system. If the message
appears, stop using Remote Smart
Parking Assist, and we recommend that
your vehicle be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-123
Driver Assistance System
Remote Smart Parking Assist cancelled
2C_CheckRSPACancelledInfo
When Remote Parking Assist is operating,
the function can be cancelled, and the
"Parking Assist Cancelled." warning
message may appear regardless of the
parking order. Other messages may
appear depending on the situations.
Follow the instructions provided on the
infotainment system while parking your
vehicle with Remote Parking Assist.
Always look around and pay attention
when using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
Remote Smart Parking Assist standby
2C_CheckRSPAStandbyInfo
The "Parking Assist Conditions not met"
message appears when Parking/View
(ā) button has been pressed and held
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is in
standby. After a while, press and hold the
Parking/View (ā) button again to see if
Remote Smart Parking Assist works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
7-124
Limitations of Remote Smart Parking
Assist
In the following circumstances, Remote
Smart Parking Assist performance to park
or exit the vehicle may be limited, there
may be a risk of collision, or Remote
Smart Parking Assist may turn off. Park or
exit the vehicle manually if necessary.
• Accessories are attached to the
steering wheel, or steering
components have been modified
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size wheel
• Tire pressure is lower or higher than the
standard tire pressure
• Your vehicle is loaded with cargo longer
or wider than your vehicle or a trailer is
connected to your vehicle
• Modified braking system components
such as brake discs, calipers, etc.
• Modified drive unit components such
as the engine (motor), transmission,
etc.
• Wheel alignment have problems or
suspension components have been
modified
• Your vehicle is leaned severely to one
side
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
• The license plate is installed differently
from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Parking Assist is
activated
• The parking space is curved or diagonal
• There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow
pillar, etc.) near the parking space
• There is a circular pillar or narrow pillar,
or a pillar surrounded by objects such
as fire extinguisher, etc., near the
parking space
7
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near a vehicle with
higher ground clearance or big, such as
a truck, etc.
• The parking space is Inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking Assist
on uneven roads, gravel roads, bushes,
etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
• An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
• A wireless device with a transmission
function operates near the ultrasonic
sensors
• Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle’s Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the bumper
• When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
detect the following objects:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles
- Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
inches (14 cm) in diameter
- Objects which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow
- A narrow object such as a corner of a
square pillar
- Person, animal or object near the
ultrasonic sensor
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly under the following
circumstances:
• Parking on inclines
2C_RSPAParkingInclineInfo
Park manually when parking on
inclines.
• Parking on uneven road
2C_RSPAParkingUnevenRoadInfo
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or the
vehicle cannot move due to road
conditions such as pebbles or
fragmented stones.
7-125
Driver Assistance System
• Parking behind a truck
• Parking in a parking space with a
vehicle on one side only
2C_RSPAParkingBehindTruckInfo
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist around vehicles with higher
ground clearance, such as a bus, truck,
etc. It may lead to an accident.
• Parking near a pillar
2C_RSPAParkingWithSideVehicleInfo
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used,
when parking in a parking space with a
vehicle only on one side, your vehicle
may cross the parking line to avoid the
parked vehicle.
• Parking diagonal
2C_RSPAParkingNeerPillarInfo
Remote Smart Parking Assist
performance may reduce or collision
with an obstacle may occur when there
is a narrow object, circular pillar, square
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as a fire extinguisher, etc., near
the parking space. The driver should
park the vehicle manually.
2C_RSPAParkingDiagonalInfo
Remote Operation may not operate
provide properly in a diagonal parking
space.
• Parking in snow
2C_RSPAParkingInSnowInfo
Snow may interfere with sensor
operation, or Remote Smart Parking
Assist may cancel if the road is slippery
while parking.
7-126
7
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Remote Smart Parking Assist:
• The driver is responsible for safe
parking and exit when using Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• When using Remote Smart Parking
Assist, stay out of the way in the
direction the vehicle moves for your
safety.
• Always check surroundings when using
Remote Smart Parking Assist. You may
collide with pedestrians, animals, or
objects if they are near the sensor or are
in the sensor’s blind spot area.
• A collision may occur if a pedestrian,
animal, or object suddenly appears
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating.
• Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
• Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used
continuously for a long period, it may
adversely affect Remote Smart Parking
Assist performance.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly if the vehicle needs
wheel alignment adjustment such as
when the vehicle tilts to one side. We
recommend that your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking Assist
or when the brake pedal is depressed
by the driver.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid
collision.
• Use Remote Smart Parking Assist only
in a parking space that is large enough
for the vehicle to move safely.
NOTICE
• If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning sounds while
Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating, it means the obstacle
detected is close to your vehicle. At this
time, Remote Smart Parking Assist will
temporarily stop operating. Make sure
there are no pedestrians, animals, or
objects around your vehicle.
• Depending on brake operation, the
stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
• If the vehicle is remotely started that
has been parked in cold weather for a
long time, the operation of Remote
Smart Parking function may be delayed
or cancelled depending on vehicle
condition.
7-127
Driver Assistance System
Declaration of conformity
• For Canada
Front radar
The radio frequency components
complies:
• For USA
2C_DeclarationOfConformityFrontRadar_CAN
2C_DeclarationOfConformityFrontRadar_USA
7-128
7
Rear corner radar
• For Canada
The radio frequency components
complies:
• For USA
2C_DeclarationOfConformityRearRadar_CAN
2C_DeclarationOfConformityRearRadar_USA
7-129
8. Emergency Situations
Hazard warning flasher ...................................................................................................8-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..........................................................................8-2
If the engine stalls while driving ................................................................................. 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing............................................................8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................................................................8-3
If the engine does not start.............................................................................................8-3
Jump starting...................................................................................................................8-4
Before Jump Starting ..................................................................................................8-4
Jump Starting...............................................................................................................8-5
If the engine overheats ...................................................................................................8-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .................................................................... 8-10
Check tire pressure .................................................................................................... 8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............................................................................... 8-11
Low tire pressure indicator ........................................................................................8-12
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale ................................................8-12
TPMS malfunction indicator...................................................................................... 8-13
Changing a tire with TPMS ........................................................................................ 8-13
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit)................................................................ 8-15
Introduction................................................................................................................ 8-15
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......................................................... 8-16
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................................................................8-17
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a tire is flat ........................................................... 8-18
How to adjust tire pressure ........................................................................................8-21
Towing............................................................................................................................ 8-22
Towing service ........................................................................................................... 8-22
Removable towing hook............................................................................................ 8-23
Emergency towing.....................................................................................................8-24
8
Emergency Situations
Hazard warning flasher
In case of an emergency
while driving
If the engine stalls while
driving
2C_HazardWarningLamp
The hazard warning flasher warns other
drivers to exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing your
vehicle.
It should be used whenever making
emergency repairs or when stopped near
the edge of a roadway.
To turn on or off the hazard warning
flasher, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the Engine Start/Stop button
in any position. The hazard warning
flasher button is located in the center
fascia panel. All turn signal lights flash
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
8-2
• Reduce the vehicle speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously
off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle does not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the engine stalls at a
crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to a
safe location.
To stay N (Neutral) while the vehicle is off,
refer to the "To stay in N (Neutral) when
vehicle is OFF" section in chapter 6.
8
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the vehicle slow down while
driving straight ahead. Do not apply the
brakes immediately or attempt to pull
off the road because this may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in a
collision. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do so,
brake carefully and pull off the road.
Drive off the road as far as possible and
park on a firm, level ground. If you are
on a divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic
lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, shift the
gear to P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Make sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing or inflating a flat tire,
follow the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
If the engine does not
start
• Be sure the gear to N (Neutral) or P
(Park). The engine starts only when the
gear is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the
starter, the battery is drained.
Refer to the instructions in the "Jump
starting" section in this chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the vehicle still does not start, contact
for assistance.
NOTICE
Starting the vehicle by pushing or pulling
may cause the catalytic converter to
overload and damage the emission
control system.
8-3
Emergency Situations
Jump starting
Before Jump Starting
Using the 12V BATT RESET button
This vehicle does not have a regular 12 V
battery that needs periodic replacement.
It is lithium ion type integrated into the
high voltage hybrid battery. The vehicle
has a 12 V battery protection system that
cuts 12 V battery from vehicle draw to
prevent full discharge. To charge the 12 V
battery, you should try pressing the 12V
BATT RESET button or the power trunk
open button.
To Charge the 12 V battery:
1. When the 12 V battery is discharged,
you cannot open the door with the
smart key. If the door is locked, press
the power trunk open button. If the
door is open, press the 12V BATT RESET
button on the left side of the steering
wheel.
2. Start the vehicle within 30 seconds
after pressing the 12V BATT RESET
button.
3. After starting the vehicle (READY
indicator on), operate the vehicle safely
outdoors in ready mode stopped
and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to
charge the 12 V battery fully.
indicator on), operate the vehicle
safely outdoors in ready mode stopped
and/or drive it for 30 minutes total to
charge the 12 V battery fully.
If you do not start the vehicle 30 seconds
after pressing the 12V BATT RESET
button, the power of 12 V battery is
automatically disconnected after few
seconds to save the 12 V battery from
additional discharge. If the 12 V battery is
disconnected prior to starting the vehicle,
press the 12V BATT RESET button again
and start the vehicle as explained.
Repeated use of the 12V BATT RESET
button without a sufficient engine ON
cycle (30 Min+) may cause over discharge
of the 12 V battery, which will prevent the
vehicle from starting. If the 12 V battery is
over discharged to a point that the reset
does not work, try to jump start the
vehicle.
Information
2C_12VBatteryReset
2C_OutsideTrunkOpenButton
8-4
After starting the vehicle (READY
indicator on), the 12 V battery is being
charged whether the engine is running or
not. Although there is no engine sound, it
is unnecessary to depress the accelerator
pedal.
8
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
See chapter 4 and 5 for:
• Power Windows
• Utility View
• Climate Control System
• Clock
• Sunroof (if equipped)
NOTICE
External power source using 12 V battery
The use of external power accessories
may reduce performance and function of
the vehicle. Especially, the use of dash
cameras may shut off the power of the
vehicle prior to the dash camera’s
automatic shut down.
If the power of the vehicle is shut off, start
the vehicle as explained. (refer to the
“Jump starting”)
Jump Starting
In the event vehicle still does not have a
functional 12 V battery (check if interior
lights will not turn on) then you can try a
jump start to the engine compartment
jumper terminals using a 12 V booster
pack or jumper cables from another
vehicle’s 12 V battery according to the
following instructions.
CAUTION
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or
towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to
you or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery:
Ě
Always read and follow instructions
carefully when handling a battery.
ğ
Wear eye protection designed to protect
the eyes from acid splashes.
ě
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
Ĝ
Hydrogen is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
8-5
Emergency Situations
ĝ
Ğ
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If
acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery
when the vehicle’s battery cables are
connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with
the engine running or when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that
the jumper cables will reach, but do not
allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put
the vehicles in P (Park) and set the
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
5. Remove the engine compartment fuse
box cover.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure to
correctly identify the positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse
polarity connections.
2C_JumpStart
6. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence shown in the illustration. First
connect one jumper cable to the red,
positive (+) jumper terminal of your
vehicle (1).
7. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
8-6
8
8.Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).
9.Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING
Do not connect the jumper cable to the
negative (-) jumper terminal of the
discharged battery. A spark could
cause the battery to explode and lead
to a personal injury or vehicle damage.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires service. In
this event please seek qualified
assistance. If the cause of your battery
discharging is not apparent, we
recommend that your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact
reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the black, negative (-)
battery/chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
Information
2C_12VBatteryReset
10.Start the engine of the assisting vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes.
11.Press the 12V BATT RESET button.
12.Start your vehicle within 30 seconds
after pressing the 12V BATT RESET
button. After starting the vehicle
(READY indicator on), operate the
vehicle safely outdoors in ready mode
stopped and/or drive it for 30 minutes
total to charge the 12 V battery fully.
The voltage range of the charger should
be 13.3-14 V and its current range should
be less than 60 A. (13.8 V is
recommended).
CAUTION
• The use of an improper charger with a
voltage and current range higher than
specified may cause overheating and
damage to the 12 V battery.
• The use of an incorrect charger will lead
to a power shut-off to save the 12 V
battery. Stop using the incorrect
charger once the power of the vehicle is
shut off.
8-7
Emergency Situations
Information
Ġ
An inappropriately disposed battery can
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Always dispose batteries in
accordance with local laws and
regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12 V power supply (battery or
jumper system) to jump start your
vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, hear loud pinging or knocking, or
the engine may be overheating. If this
happens, you must:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and apply the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out from
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open
the hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine running
and check to make sure the engine
cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn off the engine.
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not jump start another vehicle with
your hybrid vehicle. Jump starting
another vehicle will damage the hybrid
vehicle’s 12 V battery (lithium polymer
type).
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid
the positive (+) and negative (-) cables to
come in contact. A spark could cause
personal injury.
8-8
While the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away from
the moving parts such as the cooling
fan and drive belt to prevent serious
injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses, or under the vehicle. (If
the air conditioning has been in use, it is
normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop.)
8
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the
engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant cap
or the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot.
Hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn off the engine and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the coolant cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure has
been released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to remove it.
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak
in the cooling system. Have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in the
engine. To prevent damage, add engine
coolant slowly in small quantities. It
may require several refilling cycles to
properly fill the engine cooling system.
If necessary, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully
add coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
8-9
Emergency Situations
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
Check tire pressure
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
2C_TPMSWarningLampOverview
2C_TireLowPressureInfo
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and
Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the
cluster display)
8-10
• You can check the tire pressure in the
Utility view mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "Cluster display control"
section in chapter 4.
• Tire pressure appears after a few
minutes of driving. If the tire pressure
does not appear when the vehicle is
stopped, the message, "Drive to
display" appears.
• The displayed tire pressure values may
differ from those measured with a tire
pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure unit
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
- Setup > General > Unit > Tire
Pressure Unit > psi/kPa/bar
8
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
economy and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver's responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator
is combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
about one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
NOTICE
Have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer if:
• The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
Engine Start/Stop button is set to the
ON position or the engine is running.
• The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
about 1 minute.
• The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
remains illuminated.
8-11
Emergency Situations
Low tire pressure indicator
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
If you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure position indicator
will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may blink for one minute and
then remain illuminated until you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
CAUTION
2C_TireLowPressureWarningLamp
Low tire pressure position and
tire pressure telltale
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
When the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System warning indicator (L) is
illuminated and a warning message
appears on the cluster display, one or
more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure
Position Telltale will indicate which tire is
significantly under inflated by
illuminating the corresponding parking
light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping
distances. You should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation
pressure label located on the driver's side
center pillar outer panel.
8-12
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the
tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure in
warm weather. It does not mean your
TPMS is malfunctioning because the
decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm
area to a cold area or from a cold area to a
warm area, or the outside temperature is
greatly higher or lower, check the tire
inflation pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the
vehicle unstable and may contribute to
loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
may cause the tires to overheat and fail.
8
TPMS malfunction indicator
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales come on.
Have the flat tire repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
2C_TPMSMalfunctionOverview_2
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator (L)
illuminates after it blinks for about one
minute when there is a problem with the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS,
the individual tire pressures on the cluster
display are not available. Have the system
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible or replace the
flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is near electric power supply
cables or radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public offices,
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, transmitting
towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or if electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. are near the vehicle. This
may interfere with normal operation of
the TPMS.
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved
by HYUNDAI dealer or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not
approved by HYUNDAI dealer or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not
come with a tire pressure monitoring
sensor. When the low pressure tire or the
flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale remains on.
Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator
illuminates after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at the speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for about 10 minutes.
Once the original wheel equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low
Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS
Malfunction Indicator goes off within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not turn off after a few
minutes, visit an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. Always have your tires serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
8-13
Emergency Situations
You may not be able to identify a tire with
low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire
that is hot (from being driven) has a
higher pressure measurement than a tire
that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than
1 mi. (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always make sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
8-14
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS
malfunctions and may void the warranty.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
8
If you have a flat tire (with
Tire Mobility Kit)
if equipped
2C_TMKOverview
(1) Sealant bottle
(2) Compressor
For safe operation, carefully read and
follow the instructions in this manual
before use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to
the tire, have the tire replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
When two or more tires are flat, do not
use the Tire Mobility Kit because the
sealant provided with the Tire Mobility Kit
must be used for only one flat tire.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile
even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The compressor and sealing compound
system effectively and comfortably seals
most punctures in a passenger car tire
caused by nails or similar objects and
reinflates the tire.
After you are ensure that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously
on the tire (distance up to 120 mi. (200
km)) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80
km/h) in order to reach a service station
or tire dealer for tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially
with larger punctures or damage to the
sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely
affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid abrupt
steering or other driving maneuvers,
especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded
or if a trailer is in use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or
intended as a permanent tire repair
method and is to be used for one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by step
how to temporarily seal the puncture
simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe use of
the Tire Mobility Kit".
WARNING
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair
punctures in the tire walls. This can
result in an accident due to tire failure.
• Have your tire repaired as soon as
possible. The tire may lose air pressure
at any time after inflating with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
8-15
Emergency Situations
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your vehicle at the side of the road
so that you can work with the Tire
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle does not move,
even when you are on level ground,
always apply your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car tires.
Only punctured areas located within
the tread region of the tire can be
sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or
any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged,
do not use Tire Mobility Kit.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be
effective for tire damage larger than
about 0.16 inches (4 mm).
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
if the tire cannot be made roadworthy
with the Tire Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire
is severely damaged by driving run flat
or with insufficient air pressure.
• Only punctured areas located within
the tread region of the tire can be
sealed using the Tire Mobility Kit.
• Do not remove any foreign objects such
as nails or screws that have penetrated
the tire.
• Provided the vehicle is outdoors, leave
the vehicle running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running
for more than 10 minutes at a time or it
may overheat.
8-16
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
ambient temperature is below -22 °F
(-30 °C).
• In case of skin contact with the sealant,
wash the area thoroughly with plenty of
water. If the irritation persists, seek
medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the sealant,
flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If
the irritation persists, seek medical
attention.
• In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse
the mouth and drink plenty of water.
However, never give anything to an
unconscious person and seek medical
attention immediately.
• Long time exposure to the sealant may
cause damage to bodily tissue such as
kidney, etc.
8
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
1C_TMKPartsOverveiw
(1) Speed restriction label
(2) Sealant bottle
(3) Filling hose
(4) Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection
(5) Holder for the sealant bottle
(6) Compressor
(7) ON/OFF switch
(8) Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
(9) Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure
(10)Connecting hose from sealant bottle to wheel
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high
pressure.
8-17
Emergency Situations
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the
sealant has expired (the expiration date is
pasted on the sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
2. Secure the sealant bottle connection
hose (10) to the sealant bottle.
3. Make sure the tire pressure adjustment
(9) button is not depressed.
WARNING
Sealant
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
2C_TMKPrecedure
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
when a tire is flat
4. Connect the sealant bottle to the
compressor.
CAUTION
2C_TMKPrecedure_2
2C_HowToUseTMK
Detach the speed restriction label (1) from
the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a
highly visible place inside the vehicle
such as on the steering wheel to remind
the driver not to drive too fast.
CAUTION
If only the tire pressure needs to be
adjusted, refer to the "How to adjust tire
pressure" section in this chapter.
Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be fully
aware of the explanation on the sealant.
8-18
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose
to the valve. If not, sealant may flow
backward, possibly clogging the filling
hose.
8
5. Open the wheel air filling cap of the
damaged tire and connect the filling
hose (3) connected to the sealant to the
wheel air filling to secure it.
7. With the engine ON, switch on the
compressor and let it run for about 5-7
minutes to fill the sealant up to proper
pressure. (refer to the "Tires and
wheels" section in chapter 2). The
inflation pressure of the tire after filling
is unimportant and can be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and
stay away from the tire when filling it.
CAUTION
2C_TMKPrecedure_3
WARNING
Do not connect another vehicle's Tire
Mobility Kit to the power outlet. This
may cause a fire due to the difference in
current capacity.
6.Make sure the compressor is turned off
and plug the compressor power cord
(4) into the vehicle power outlet.
2C_TMKPrecedure_4
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if
the tire pressure is below 29 psi (200
kPa). This could result in an accident
due to sudden tire failure.
8.Switch off the compressor. Detach the
hoses from the sealant bottle
connector and from the tire valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its
storage location in the vehicle.
9. Immediately drive about 4-6 mi (7-10
km. or about 10 minutes) to evenly
distribute the sealant in the tire.
2C_TMKPrecedure_5
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80
km/h). If possible, do not fall below a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive with
caution until you can safely pull off of
the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
8-19
Emergency Situations
10.After driving about 4-6 mi (7-10 km or
about 10 minutes), stop at a safety
location.
11.Connect the compressor and tire
connecting hose (10) directly to the tire
wheel air filling.
CAUTION
• If the tire inflation pressure is not
maintained, drive the vehicle a second
time, refer to step 9. Then repeat steps
10 to 13.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be
effective for tire damage larger than
about 0.16 inches (4 mm).
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer if
the tire cannot be made roadworthy with
the Tire Mobility Kit.
WARNING
2C_TMKPrecedure_6
12.Plug the compressor power cord (4)
into the vehicle power outlet.
13.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recommended tire inflation.
With the engine running, proceed as
follows:
• To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor. To check
the current inflation pressure setting,
briefly switch off the compressor.
• To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
may overheat and may be damaged.
Information
The pressure gauge may show higher
than actual reading when the compressor
is running. To get an accurate tire
pressure, the compressor needs to be
turned off.
8-20
The tire inflation pressure must be
inflated to the proper pressure, refer to
the "Tires and wheels" section in chapter
2. If it is not inflated, do not continue to
drive.
Call for road side service or towing.
CAUTION
Tire pressure sensor
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
and wheel should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one and
inspect the tire pressure sensors. Have
this done at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Information
When reinstalling the repaired or
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tighten the wheel nut to 79-94 lbf·ft (11-13
kgf·m).
8
How to adjust tire pressure
1. Park your vehicle in a safe location.
2. Connect the filling hose (10) of the
compressor directly to the tire valve.
Information
• The pressure gauge may show higher
than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire reading, the compressor
needs to be turned off.
• When reinstalling the repaired or
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tighten the wheel nut to 79-94 lbf·ft
(11-13kgf·m).
CAUTION
2C_TMKPrecedure_6
3. Plug the compressor power cord (4)
into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recommended tire inflation.
With the engine running, proceed as
follows:
• To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor. To check
the current inflation pressure setting,
briefly switch off the compressor.
• To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
Do not use the sealant when the tire
pressure only needs to be adjusted.
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be
inflated to the proper pressure, refer to
the "Tires and wheels" section in chapter
2. If it is not inflated, do not continue to
drive.
Call for road side service or towing.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
may overheat and may be damaged.
8-21
Emergency Situations
Towing
NOTICE
Towing service
Flatbed Towing
To prevent damage when towing:
• Do not lift using the trailer hitch or body
and chassis parts.
• Do not tow the vehicle with the front
wheels on the ground.
2C_TowingGood
Wheel lift Towing
2C_TowingBad
• Do not tow vehicles with sling-type
equipment. Only use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
2C_TowingGood_2
(1) Dollies
If towing is necessary, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
2WD vehicles can be towed with the rear
wheels on the ground (without dollies)
and the front wheels off the ground.
The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is
recommended. If any of the loaded
wheels or suspension components are
damaged or the vehicle is towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels.
8-22
2C_TowingBad_2
8
When towing your vehicle without wheel
dollies:
1. Release the parking brake before
turning off the engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) while
depressing the brake pedal.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position.
WARNING
Removable towing hook
Front
2C_TowingHook
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover
sensor, Press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF or ACC position when
the vehicle is being towed. The side
impact and curtain airbag may deploy if
the sensor detects the situation as a
rollover.
Rear
Information
Always shift the gear to N (Neutral) to
prevent damage to the transmission
before towing.
2C_TowingHook_2
(1) Install
(2) Remove
1. Open the trunk and remove the towing
hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the
cover after use.
NOTICE
Failure to properly tighten the towing
hook may result in vehicle damage and
deformation of related parts.
8-23
Emergency Situations
WARNING
CAUTION
Make sure the towing hook is tighten
properly. If not, during towing the towing
hook may be thrown off the vehicle
resulting in serious injury or accident.
Emergency towing
Front
2C_TowingHookWithGeneralVehicle
Rear
2C_TowingHookWithGeneralVehicle_2
If emergency towing is necessary,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
a commercial tow-truck service.
If tow-truck service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle can be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the removable towing hook at
the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Perform emergency towing using cables
or chains on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds. The
wheels, axles, powertrain, steering, and
brakes must all be in good working
condition.
8-24
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes. Passengers other
than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing
precautions:
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position so the steering wheel
is not locked.
• Shift the gear in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal because you have
reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort is required
because the power steering system will
be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles must
communicate with each other
frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the removable hook is not broken or
damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the cables, chains, or
removable hook. Apply steady and
even force.
• Use a towing cable or chain less than 16
ft. (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in the
middle of the cable or chain for easy
visibility.
8
2C_TowingHookRange
(1) 16 ft. (5m)
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or
chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the Automatic
Transmission for fluid leaks under your
vehicle. If the transmission fluid is
leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing
dolly must be used.
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a
slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope or
chain to start or drive the vehicle.
Otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may
be damaged.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when using
the towing hooks. Do not pull from the
side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull the
vehicle out of mud, sand, or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15
km/h) and drive less than 1 mi. (1.6 km)
when towing to avoid serious damage
to transmission.
8-25
9. Maintenance
Engine compartment ......................................................................................................9-4
Maintenance services .....................................................................................................9-5
Owner's responsibility .................................................................................................9-5
Owner maintenance precautions ...............................................................................9-5
Owner maintenance........................................................................................................9-6
Owner maintenance schedule ....................................................................................9-6
Scheduled maintenance services...................................................................................9-8
Normal maintenance schedule...................................................................................9-9
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions ..............................9-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............................................................ 9-14
Engine oil and filter .................................................................................................... 9-14
Drive belts................................................................................................................... 9-14
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections..................................................................... 9-14
Fuel filter..................................................................................................................... 9-14
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ................................................................................... 9-14
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ....................................................................... 9-14
Air cleaner filter.......................................................................................................... 9-14
Spark plugs ................................................................................................................. 9-14
Valve clearance .......................................................................................................... 9-14
Cooling system........................................................................................................... 9-15
Engine coolant ........................................................................................................... 9-15
Automatic Transmission fluid ................................................................................... 9-15
Brake hoses and lines ................................................................................................ 9-15
Brake fluid................................................................................................................... 9-15
Parking brake.............................................................................................................. 9-15
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors...................................................................... 9-15
Exhaust pipe and muffler .......................................................................................... 9-15
Suspension mounting bolts....................................................................................... 9-15
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint......................................... 9-16
Drive shafts and related ............................................................................................ 9-16
Air conditioning refrigerant....................................................................................... 9-16
Engine oil........................................................................................................................ 9-16
Checking the engine oil level .................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the engine oil and filter..............................................................................9-17
9
Engine coolant ............................................................................................................... 9-19
Checking the coolant level ........................................................................................ 9-19
Changing coolant ....................................................................................................... 9-21
Brake fluid.......................................................................................................................9-22
Checking the brake fluid level ...................................................................................9-22
Washer fluid................................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the washer fluid level ............................................................................... 9-23
Air cleaner...................................................................................................................... 9-23
Filter replacement ..................................................................................................... 9-23
Cabin air filter ................................................................................................................ 9-25
Filter inspection ......................................................................................................... 9-25
Filter replacement ..................................................................................................... 9-25
Wiper blades.................................................................................................................. 9-26
Blade inspection ........................................................................................................ 9-26
Blade replacement .................................................................................................... 9-26
Battery ............................................................................................................................9-27
For best battery service ............................................................................................ 9-29
Battery capacity label ............................................................................................... 9-29
Battery recharging .................................................................................................... 9-29
Reset items ................................................................................................................. 9-31
9
Tires and wheels............................................................................................................. 9-31
Tire care ..................................................................................................................... 9-32
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ........................................................... 9-32
Check tire inflation pressure..................................................................................... 9-33
Tire rotation ............................................................................................................... 9-33
Wheel alignment and tire balance ........................................................................... 9-34
Tire replacement ....................................................................................................... 9-34
Wheel replacement ................................................................................................... 9-35
Tire traction................................................................................................................ 9-35
Tire maintenance....................................................................................................... 9-35
Tire sidewall labeling................................................................................................. 9-35
Tire terminology and definitions .............................................................................. 9-38
All Season tires ........................................................................................................... 9-41
Summer tires .............................................................................................................. 9-41
Snow tires ................................................................................................................... 9-41
9. Maintenance
Radial-Ply Tires...........................................................................................................9-42
Low aspect ratio tires ................................................................................................9-42
Fuses...............................................................................................................................9-43
Instrument panel fuse replacement .........................................................................9-44
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement........................................................9-44
Fuse/relay panel description.................................................................................... 9-46
Light bulbs......................................................................................................................9-53
Front light replacement.............................................................................................9-54
Side repeater light replacement ...............................................................................9-54
Rear combination light replacement........................................................................9-54
High mounted stop light replacement .....................................................................9-55
License plate light replacement ...............................................................................9-56
Interior light replacement .........................................................................................9-56
Appearance care............................................................................................................9-58
Exterior care ...............................................................................................................9-58
Interior care ................................................................................................................9-62
Emission control system ...............................................................................................9-65
Crankcase emission control system .........................................................................9-65
Evaporative emission control system including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR) ........................................................................................................................9-65
Exhaust emission control system ............................................................................ 9-66
California perchlorate notice ........................................................................................ 9-67
9
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Smartstream G2.0 GDI HEV
1C_EngineRoom
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Windshield washer fluid reservoir
Air cleaner
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Brake fluid reservoir
Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap
Fuse box
Inverter coolant reservoir
9-4
9
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection
procedures.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer
meets HYUNDAI's high service quality
standards and receives technical support
from HYUNDAI in order to provide you
with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with the
scheduled maintenance service charts
shown on the following pages. You need
this information to establish your
compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided
in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner maintenance
precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational
problems with your vehicle that could
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform. Several
maintenance procedures can only be
done with special tools, therefore contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Your vehicle should not be modified in
any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and
other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For information, read the
separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty
Information booklet provided with the
vehicle. If your unsure about any service
or maintenance procedure, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level ground. Shift
the vehicle to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that
can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do it in an outdoor area
or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the engine is operating or hot
to prevent serious injury. Turn off the
engine and wait until the metal parts cool
down before working on the vehicle.
9-6
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed by
the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer at the frequencies indicated to
help ensure safe and dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant
level when the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns and
other injuries.
9
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or "pulls" to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or
"hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the transmission P (Park)
function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle
(water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after use
is normal).
At least monthly:
At least twice a year: (for example,
every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
with a clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires
including the spare for tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
9-7
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
services
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if
the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply. If
any of the following conditions apply, you
must follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less
than 5 mi. (8 km) in normal temperature
or less than 10 mi. (16 km) in freezing
temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain
road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or
driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or
rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
• Engine oil usage which is not
recommended (Mineral type,
Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After the periods or distance shown in the
chart, continue to follow the prescribed
maintenance intervals.
NOTICE
After driving more than 10 years or
100,000 mi., use severe maintenance
schedule.
9-8
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be
consumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal
operating conditions is based on the use
of the recommended engine
specification. If the recommended
engine oil specification is not used, then
replace the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule under severe
operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with the Oil
Life Management System that predicts
engine oil life based on the driver's driving
history and alerts the driver to change
engine oil.
- If the deterioration of the engine oil
increases depending on the driver's
driving severity, the remaining oil life
alert appears on the instrument cluster
before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the engine
oil and filter changed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
- Oil Life Management System works
when the recommended engine oil is
used. So, if recommended engine oil is
not used, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance
schedule under severe usage
condition. Also, check the amount of
engine oil regularly as this system
assumes that the engine oil is being
filled normally.
- Always reset the remaining engine oil
life whenever the engine oil is changed.
Otherwise, the indication of remaining
Oil life in the Oil Life Management
System may not be accurate. To reset
the Oil Change Reminder, select
"RESET" from the infotainment system.
Then, select "Yes" when the message
"Has the engine oil been changed?
Press [Yes] to reset the oil life." appears
on the screen.
- If there is no alert until the maximum
maintenance interval, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
9
Normal maintenance schedule
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE mi. ×
INTERVALS 1,000
8
16
24
32
40 48
56
64
Km ×
1,000
13
26
39
52
65
91 104 117 130 143 156 169 182 195
78
72
80 88 96 104 112 120
MAINTENANCE ITEM
HSG belts *1
Engine oil and
engine oil filter *2*3
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months, and replace
every 64,000 miles (104,000 km) or 48 months
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
R
I
Spark plugs
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
Replace every 100,000miles
Rotate Tires
(includes tread wear
inspection and tire
pressure check)
Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Climate control air
filter
R
Engine
coolant/Inverter
coolant
R
Add fuel additives every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Fuel additives *4
Air cleaner filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months.
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
*1 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*2 Requires API SN PLUS (or above) grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil is used, then the engine oil and
engine oil filter must be replaced at every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months as indicated for severe
maintenance condition.
*3 Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the properties of engine oil and may
cause serious engine failure.
*4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
9-9
Maintenance
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE mi. ×
INTERVALS 1,000
Months
8
16
24
32
40 48
56
64
Km ×
1,000
13
26
39
52
65
78
91 104 117 130 143 156 169 182 195
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses
and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake hoses and
lines
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack,
linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
72
80 88 96 104 112 120
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension
mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner
refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner
compressor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust pipe and
muffler
I
I
Automatic
transmission fluid
Vapor hose, fuel filler
cap and fuel tank
I
I
I
I
I
No check, No service required
I
I
I
*1 For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
9-10
9
Information
Fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but the quality of fuel used may impact
the frequency of maintenance needed. If there are some important safety matters like
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc., replace the filter
immediately regardless of maintenance schedule. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE mi. ×
INTERVALS 1,000
Months
8
16
24
32
40 48
56
64
Km ×
1,000
13
26
39
52
65
91 104 117 130 143 156 169 182 195
78
72
80 88 96 104 112 120
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Fuel tank air filter*5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter*5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel lines, hoses and
connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
*1 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended
for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow
restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of
maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
9-11
Maintenance
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on the vehicles mainly used under
severe and low mileage driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
R: Replace
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving
condition
R
Every 30,000 miles (48,000
km) or 24 months
B, C, D, E, I, K
I
Every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months
B, C, D, E, I, K
Engine oil and filter *1
R
Replace every 3,000 miles
(5,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K, L
Air cleaner filter
R
Replace more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, E
Spark plugs
R
Replace more frequently
depending on the
condition
A, B, F, G, H,
I, K
Climate control air filter (for
evaporator and blower unit)
R
Replace more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, E, G
Disc brakes and pads,
calipers and rotors
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, D, E, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/ lower arm ball joint,
upper arm ball joint
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I
Automatic transmission
fluid
R
Every 62,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, K
Parking brake
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the
condition
C, D, G, H
Maintenance item
HSG (Hybrid Starter &
Generator) belt
*1 Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated for
severe maintenance condition.
9-12
9
Severe driving conditions
• A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 mi. (8 km) in normal temperature or
less than 10 mi. (16 km) in freezing temperature
• B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• E: Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine
• F: Driving in heavy traffic area
• G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
• H: Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
• I: Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing.
• J: Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration.
• K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
• L: Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
9-13
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation.
Replace them if necessary.
Check the drive belts periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as
necessary.
Information
Always turn off the engine before
inspecting the drive belts.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Have any damaged or leaking parts
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.
Fuel filter
The fuel filter is considered to be
maintenance free but periodic inspection
is recommended depending on the fuel
quality. If there is fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, or hard starting,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
have the fuel filter replaced immediately.
9-14
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a
new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration, and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Air cleaner filter
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark plugs
Be sure to install new spark plugs of the
correct heat range.
When installing new spark plugs, make
sure the ignition coils are clean and free of
any oil or debris. Clean and wipe off the
bottom portion of the ignition coil to
prevent any contamination with the spark
plug during installation.
WARNING
Do not remove spark plugs from the
vehicle when the engine is hot. You may
damage the engine and may also risk
burn injury.
Valve clearance
Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
Have the system serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9
Cooling system
Brake hoses and lines
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Engine coolant
Brake fluid
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Check the brake/clutch fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4
specification.
Automatic Transmission fluid
if equipped
The automatic transmission fluid level
does not need to be checked under
normal usage conditions.
Have the automatic transmission fluid
changed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer according to the maintenance
schedule.
Information
The color of a new automatic
transmission fluid is red. As the vehicle is
driven, the automatic transmission fluid
begins to look darker.
This is normal and the automatic
transmission fluid does not need to be
replaced based on the color change.
NOTICE
Only use the automatic transmission fluid
specified in the "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" section in
Chapter 2 to prevent transmission
damage.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the cables.
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for
any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers
for any fluid leakage.
For more information on checking the
pads or lining wear limit, visit
http://service.hyundai-motor.com
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any exhaust
gas leakage. Tighten connections or
replace parts as necessary.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
9-15
Maintenance
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for
bends or damage. Check the dust boots
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and related
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal, and
it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's
precautions.
2. Make sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake applied.
3. Turn on the engine and warm the
engine up until the coolant
temperature reaches a constant normal
temperature.
4. Turn off the engine, remove the oil filler
cap and pull the dipstick out. Wait for 15
minutes for the oil to return to the oil
pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between F
(Full) and L (Low).
2C_EngineOilGaugeGasoline_1
9-16
9
7. If the oil level is below L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
Checking the engine oil and
filter
2C_EngineOilRefillGasoline
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to
the "Recommended lubricants and
capacities" section in chapter 2).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle, and it should stabilize after
driving 4,000 mi. (6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil
quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it if
necessary.
2C_RecommendedEngineOil
• The lubrication, rust prevention,
cooling, and cleaning effect of the
engine oil will gradually degrade during
its use.
Have the engine oil and filter be
changed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer according to the Oil Life
Management System function or the
Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to replace
engine oil is exceeded, the engine oil
performance may deteriorate, and the
engine condition may be affected.
Therefore, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance
schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the
recommended engine oil and filter are
not used, replace it according to the
maintenance schedule under severe
usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
9-17
Maintenance
Information
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil
Pressure (H) warning light illuminates.
In addition, the enhanced engine
protection system, which limits the
engine's power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (I)
illuminates when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When the engine
oil pressure is restored, the warning light
and the enhanced engine protection
system turn off after engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and can
cause burns during replacement. Replace
the engine oil after the engine oil has
cooled down.
Never add any additives to the engine oil.
Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause
serious engine failure.
9-18
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory animals.
Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after handling
used oil.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after handling
used oil.
9
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season and
before traveling to a colder climate.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system
inspection.
WARNING
Checking the coolant level
2C_EngineCoolant
Battery system Coolant
2C_HEVCoolant
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between
the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of
the coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
Never remove the radiator cap or the
drain plug while the engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure is released
from the cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been released,
press down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the
engine temperature. Before checking or
refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
9-19
Maintenance
WARNING
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
the engine could be overheated while
driving.
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight
in front.
2C_RadiatorFANWarning
The electric motor for the cooling fan may
continue to operate or start up when the
engine is not running and can cause
serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and
tools away from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
Always turn off the vehicle unless the
vehicle has to be inspected with the
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan
may operate if the negative (-) battery
terminal is not disconnected.
9-20
2C_CheckCoolantCapLocked
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap is securely
interlocked.
9
Recommended coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix
hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can result
in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has
aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant
or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60 % antifreeze or less than
35 % antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
Water
5 °F (-15 °C)
35
65
-13 °F (-25 °C)
40
60
-31 °F (-35 °C)
50
50
-49 °F (-45 °C)
60
40
Changing coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in
the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to
paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a
thick towel around the engine coolant
cap before refilling the coolant to prevent
the coolant from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50 %
water and 50 % antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to use
for most temperature ranges of -31 °F (-35
°C) and higher.
9-21
Maintenance
Brake fluid
Checking the brake fluid level
WARNING
Do not let brake fluid into your eyes. If
brake fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention.
NOTICE
2C_BreakOilLevel
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition
associated with the wear of the brake
linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate a leak
in the brake system. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
9-22
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle's body paint, as it will result in
paint damage.
• NEVER use brake fluid which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time, as its quality cannot be
guaranteed.
• Do not use the wrong type of brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil,
such as engine oil in your brake system
can damage brake system parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (Refer
to the "Recommended lubricants and
capacities" section in chapter 2).
9
Washer fluid
Air cleaner
Checking the washer fluid
level
Filter replacement
2C_AirCleaner_2
2C_WasherFluid
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine
coolant can severely obscure visibility
when sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame to contact
the washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from children
and animals.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for
inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
1. Pull up the air cleaner filter cover and
release the lock (1).
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure
9-23
Maintenance
2. Pull up the air cleaner cover (2) and
open it.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the usual
recommended intervals (Refer to the
"Maintenance under severe usage and
low mileage conditions" section in this
chapter).
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure_2
3. Rotate the fixed lever (3) on the filter
and loosen the lock.
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure_3
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure_4
5. Reassemble the air cleaner cover in the
reverse order.
6.Check that the cover is firmly installed.
9-24
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be
careful that dust or dirt does not enter
the air intake, or damage may result.
• Use parts for replacement from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use of
non-genuine parts could damage the
engine.
• Do not blow the inner part of the air
filter with compressed air. Dust or dirt
may enter the air intake.
• Check that the replaced filter is firmly
fixed when reassembling the air cleaner
filter, and that the levers are firmly
assembled.
9
Cabin air filter
3. Press and hold the lock on the right side
of the cover.
Filter inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
for a long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner.
Replace the cabin air filter by following
the procedure below and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
Filter replacement
1. Open the glove box and remove the
support rod (1).
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure_3
4. Pull out the cover.
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure
2. Press both sides of the glove box
inward to release.
2C_AirFilterReplacementCaution
Install a new cabin air filter in the correct
direction with the arrow symbol (↓) facing
downwards, to prevent noise and
efficiency loss.
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure_2
9-25
Maintenance
Wiper blades
Blade inspection
Contamination of the windshield or wiper
blades with foreign substances may
reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If
the blades are not wiping properly, clean
both the window and the blades with
glass cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Replace
blades as needed.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms, or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers manually.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked. Replace the wipers with new
ones.
NOTICE
To prevent damage:
• Never use non-specified wiper blades.
• Lift the wiper arms when in the top
wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, push and hold the wiper lever
down to the MIST position for about 2
seconds until the wipers move to the
top wipe position.
Information
• Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult
to clean.
• Wiper blades are consumable items.
Normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure
2. Raise the wiper arm.
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure_2
9-26
9
3. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull
down the wiper blade (2). Remove the
wiper blade from the wiper arm.
Battery
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to
you or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery:
Ě
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure_3
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
Always read and follow instructions
carefully when handling a battery.
ğ
Wear eye protection designed to protect
the eyes from acid splashes.
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure_4
5. With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, turn the wiper switch
to any ON position to return the wipers
to the bottom resting position.
NOTICE
• Avoid the wipers from touching the
windshield when the wiper blade is
disassembled to prevent windshield
damage.
• The wiper may not operate for about 10
seconds if the wiper is operated
without washer fluid or the blades are
frozen to prevent damage to the motor.
ě
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
Ĝ
Hydrogen is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
9-27
Maintenance
ĝ
Ğ
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If
acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the battery
when the vehicle's battery cables are
connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch these
components with the engine running or
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
9-28
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm. Batteries
also contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
Always follow these instructions when
handling your vehicle's battery to prevent
damage to your battery:
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
disconnect the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the battery
terminals. The performance of the
battery may be degraded, and may
cause injury. Be cautious when loading
liquid in the trunk.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
9
For best battery service
Battery capacity label
2C_TakingCareOfBattery
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
2C_BatteryCapacityLabel_AGM
• The actual battery label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
1. AGM70L-DIN: The HYUNDAI model
name of battery
2. 12 V: The nominal voltage
3. 70Ah (20HR): The nominal capacity (in
Ampere hours)
4. RC 120min: The nominal reserve
capacity (in min.)
5. CCA 5760A (SAE/EN): The cold-test
current in amperes
Battery recharging
By battery charger
Your vehicle has a maintenance free,
calcium based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left on
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for
10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20-30 A for two hours
9-29
Maintenance
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid
the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking the
battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from the
vehicle and placed in a well ventilated
area.
• Watch the battery during charging, and
stop or reduce the charging rate if the
battery cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following
order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the
negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
• Always use a genuine HYUNDAI
approved battery or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle when you
replace the battery.
9-30
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries
are maintenance-free and have the
AGM battery serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. For charging your
AGM battery, use only fully automatic
battery chargers that are specially
developed for AGM batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery, use
parts for replacement from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks of
internal electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not
restart if you shut it off before the battery
had a chance to adequately recharge. See
"Jump starting" in chapter 8 for more
information on jump starting procedures.
Information
Ġ
An inappropriately disposed battery can
be harmful to the environment and
human health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulation.
9
Reset items
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been removed:
• Current Trip/Since Refueling/Since
Rest (refer to chapter 4)
• Integrated memory system (refer to
chapter 5)
• Power window (refer to chapter 5)
• Sunroof (refer to chapter 5)
• Climate control system (refer to
chapter 5)
• Clock (refer to Infotainment system
manual)
• Infotainment system (refer to
Infotainment system manual)
Tires and wheels
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle
control and result in a collision. To
reduce risk of serious injury or death:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar. Always use a tire
pressure gauge to measure tire
pressure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear unevenly
causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the spare
every time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, or
traction.
• Always replace tires with the same
size, type, construction, and tread
pattern as each tire that was
originally supplied with this vehicle.
Using tires and wheels other than
the recommended sizes may cause
unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
9-31
Maintenance
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, always
maintain recommended tire inflation
pressures and stay within the load
limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
2C_TireLabel
All specifications (sizes and
pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
Recommended cold tire
inflation pressures
Check all tire pressures (including the
spare) when the tires are cold. "Cold
tires" mean the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or
driven less than 1 mi. (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed the
recommended cold tire pressures by
4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure. The tires are
under-inflated. For recommended
inflation pressure, refer to the "Tires
and wheels" section in chapter 2.
9-32
WARNING
• Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum tire
wear.
• Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to
sudden tire failure that may result
in loss of vehicle control resulting in
a collision.
• Severe under-inflation may lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation, and
other tire failures that may result in
loss of vehicle control resulting in a
collision. This risk is much higher on
hot days and when driving for a
long time at high speeds.
• Under-inflation may cause
excessive wear, poor handling, and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation is also possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center of
the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
9
Check tire inflation pressure
Tire rotation
Check your tires, at least once a
month.
To equalize tread wear, have the tires
rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire
pressure, improper wheel alignment,
out-of-balance wheels, severe
braking, or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or side
of the tire. Replace the tire if you find
any of these conditions. Replace the
tire if fabric or cord is visible. After
rotation, be sure to bring the front
and rear tire pressures to
specification and check nut torque
(proper torque is 79-94 lbf·ft [11-13
kgf·m]).
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure. You
cannot tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated
when they are underinflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge
firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the
pressure is low, add air until it
reaches the recommended pressure.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture may get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on the
valve stems. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture may get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.
2C_TireRotation
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
When installing an unsymmetrical
tire, install the side marked "outside"
facing out.
9-33
Maintenance
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare tire
for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss
of vehicle control and result in a
collision.
Wheel alignment and tire
balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory, and you may not need to
have your wheels aligned again. If
you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling to one side, the
alignment may need to be adjusted.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Only use approved wheel weights or
your vehicle's aluminum wheels may
be damaged.
Tire replacement
2C_TireWareIndicator
[A]Tread wear indicator
9-34
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator appears as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inches (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of death or serious
injury:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires may cause loss of
braking effectiveness, steering
control, and traction.
• Always replace tires with the same
size as each tire that was originally
supplied with this vehicle. Using
tires and wheels other than the
recommended sizes may cause
unusual handling characteristics,
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS).
• When replacing tires (or wheels), it
is recommended to replace the two
front or two rear tires (or wheels) as
a pair. Replacing just one tire may
seriously affect your vehicle's
handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, have the
tires replaced after 6 years of
normal service.
• Driving in hot climates or excessive
loading may accelerate the tire
aging process.
9
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width,
and offset.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires or the tires that
are improperly inflated, or on slippery
road surfaces. Replace the tires when
tread wear indicators appear. To
reduce the possibility of losing
control, slow down whenever there is
rain, snow, or ice on the road.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps decrease the
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment. When you have
new tires installed, make sure they
are balanced. This may increase ride
comfort and tire life. Additionally, a
tire must always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides the tire identification
number (TIN) for safety standard
certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.
2C_TireSideWallLabelling
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You need this
information when selecting
replacement tires for your vehicle.
The following explains what the
letters and numbers in the tire size
designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only. Your tire size
designator may vary depending on
your vehicle.)
205/65 R16 95H
205: Tire width in millimeters.
65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its width.
R: Tire construction code (Radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
95: Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load
the tire can carry.
H: Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section for
additional information.
9-35
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you need
if you ever have to replace one.
Example wheel size designation:
6.5J X 16
6.5: Rim width in inches.
J: Rim contour designation.
16: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire's designed maximum safe
operating speed.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S
112 mph (180 km/h)
T
118 mph (190 km/h)
H
130 mph (210 km/h)
V
149 mph (240 km/h)
W
168 mph (270 km/h)
Y
186 mph (300 km/h)
9-36
3. Checking tire life (TIN: Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) must be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The
DOT Code is a series of numbers on a
tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing
date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1523 represents that
the tire was produced in the 15th
week of 2023.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply
construction. The letter "D" means
diagonal or bias ply construction; and
the letter "B" means belted-bias ply
construction.
9
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S.
Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S.
Federal Safety Requirements. All tires
are also graded for treadwear,
traction, and temperature
performance according to
Department of Transportation (DOT)
standards.
Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as
well on the government course as a
tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary depending on the grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
9-37
Maintenance
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature may
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature may lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance that all passenger car
tires must meet the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades A and B represent higher
levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation,
over-inflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
may cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
Tire terminology and
definitions
Air pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are automatic
transmission, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
9-38
9
Cold tire pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S. Department
of Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify
the tire manufacturer, production
plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear
axle.
Intended outboard sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load index
An assigned number ranging from 1 to
279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum inflation pressure
The maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The
maximum air pressure is molded onto
the sidewall.
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal occupant weight
The number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
lbs. (68 kg).
9-39
Maintenance
Occupant distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward facing sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the
traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight,
including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
9-40
Recommended inflation pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's
recommended tire inflation pressure
as shown on the tire placard.
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip
provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inches
of tread remains.
9
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system
that provides consumers with ratings
for a tire's traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are determined
by tire manufacturers using
government testing procedures. The
ratings are molded into the sidewall
of the tire.
Vehicle capacity weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
All Season tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road
conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better snow
traction than all season tires and may
be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads. Summer
tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction
rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the
tire side wall. If you plan to operate
your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, use snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels;
otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver's side of
the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
9-41
Maintenance
Radial-Ply Tires
Low aspect ratio tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The
radial-ply tires used on this vehicle
are of belted construction, and are
selected to complement the ride and
handling characteristics of your
vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the
same load carrying capacity, as
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same
recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply
or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted
tires when used on the same vehicle
will seriously deteriorate vehicle
handling. The best rule to follow is:
Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for the
front tires and a set for the rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and
consequently have a greater contact
patch with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires
under any circumstances. This may
cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
9-42
CAUTION
Low aspect wheels and tires are
easily damaged. To reduce the risk of
damage:
• When driving on rough roads,
passing over a pothole, speed
bump, manhole, or curb stone,
drive the vehicle slowly not to
damage the tires and wheels.
Damage is not covered by your
vehicle warranty.
• Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 mi. (3,000
km).
• It is difficult to visually inspect for
tire damage with your eyes. If any
damage is found, contact your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
replace the tire.
9
Fuses
Blade type
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver's side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn off the
engine and all switches, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
2C_FuseType
Cartridge type
2C_FuseType_2
Multi type
Never replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse may cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and possibly a
fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because it
may cause a short circuit and damage the
system.
2C_FuseType_3
A vehicle's electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories,
or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse is
melted or broken.
9-43
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse
replacement
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Turn off all other switches.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel in
the engine compartment.
Engine compartment panel
fuse replacement
Blade fuse/Cartridge fuse
2C_InstrumentPanelFuseReplacement
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the
fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Turn off all other switches.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the
fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
Blade type
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement_2
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool (1) provided in the
engine compartment fuses panel
cover.
6.Check the removed fuse and replace it
if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it is not tight, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
In an emergency, if you do not have a
spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating
from a circuit you may not need for
operating the vehicle.
9-44
Cartridge type
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement_3
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool (1) provided in the
engine compartment fuses panel
cover.
9
6.Check the removed fuse and replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it is not tight, have your vehicle be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
Always securely install the fuse panel
cover. Water may contact the fuse and
cause an electrical failure.
Multi fuse
2C_MultiTypeMainFuse
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-45
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
Instrument panel fuse panel
2C_InstrumentPanelFuseLabel
Inside the fuse panel cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names
and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. When
you inspect the fuse panel on your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label in your vehicle.
1C_InstrumentPanelFuseLabel_2
9-46
9
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
A/C2
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater Relay), A/C Control Module,
A/C Switch
BRAKE SWITCH
7.5A
BDC, Stop Lamp Switch
MEMORY
10A
Cluster Unit, A/C Switch, Mood Lamp Unit, Mood Lamp
(Driver/Passenger), A/C Control Module, DC-DC Converter,
Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, ADAS Unit (Parking)
E-SHIFTER3
10A
Electronic ATM Lever, SCU
MODULE7
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Driver Door Module,
Driver IMS Control Module, Rain Sensor, Start/Stop Button,
Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Data Link
Connector, Hazard Switch, Crash Pad Switch (Upper),
Multifunction Switch, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
E-SHIFTER2
10A
Electronic ATM Lever, SCU
CCU
10A
CCU
wireless DCU
7.5A
DCU
BDC2
7.5A
BDC
MODULE2
10A
CCU, Stop Lamp Switch
MULTIMEDIA
25A
CCNC Head Unit, DC-DC Converter
MODULE4
10A
ATM Shift Lever IND., AMP, Driver IMS Control Module, DC-DC
Converter, CCNS Head Unit, Data Link Connector, Smart Phone
Wireless Charger Unit, A/C Switch, A/C Control Module,
Overhead Console, Electro Chromic Mirror
CLUSTER
7.5A
Cluster Unit
IG3 3
10A
IG3
MODULE6
7.5A
12V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
TRUNK OPEN
10A
Trunk Relay
SUNROOF1
20A
Panoramic Roof Glass Motor
MODULE8
10A
Driver Door Module
MDPS
7.5A
MDPS Unit
MODULE1
10A
AMP, ADAS Unit (Parking), Overhead Console CCNC Keyboard,
DCU, CCU, BDC, CCNC Head Unit, DC-DC Converter
Circuit Protected
9-47
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
P/SEAT (PASS)
30A
Passenger Power Seat Module
SEAT HTR (FRT)
25A
Front Seat Heater Control Module
WASHER
15A
Multifunction Switch
BDC1
10A
BDC, ATM Lever, Bluetooth Unit #1/#2, Driver/Passenger Door
NFC Module
BATTERY
MANAGEMENT2
7.5A
Battery Management
A/BAG1
10A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
USB CHARGER
15A
Front/Rear USB Charger Connector
P/WINDOW (LH)
30A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
Switch LH
MODULE5
7.5A
BDC
BATTERY
MANAGEMENT1
10A
Battery Management
AMP
25A
AMP, DC-DC Converter
SUNROOF2
20A
Panoramic Roof Blind Motor
MODULE3
10A
Vacuum Switch, Front Radar, ADAS Unit (Parking),
Multifunction Switch, Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, Crash Pad
Switch (Upper), DCU, Front Console Switch, Front View Camera
(ADAS), AWD ECM
P/SEAT (DRV)
30A
Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
P/WINDOW
(RH)
30A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
Switch RH
A/BAG2
10A
SRS Control Module
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
S/HEATER (RR)
25A
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
START
7.5A
BDC, ECM/PCM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.02)
POWER TRUNK
30A
PTL Unit (Power Trunk Lid)
9-48
Circuit Protected
9
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine compartment junction block)
2C_EngineFuseLabel
Inside the fuse panel cover, you can find the label describing fuse names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. When
you inspect the fuse panel on your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label in your vehicle.
1C_EngineFuseLabel_2
9-49
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine compartment junction block)
Type
MULTI
FUSE-A
MULTI
FUSE-B
S/B FUSE
9-50
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
E-SHIFTER1
30A
SCU
IG1
40A
PCB Block (ACC/IG1 Relay)
BLOWER
50A
Blower Relay
REAR HEATED
50A
Rear Heated Relay
IEB2
60A
ESC Module
B+5
60A
PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse: WIPER1,
HORN, A/C1, ECU2, TCU1)
B+1
60A
PDC (Fuse: P/SEAT(DRV), P/SEAT(PASS), MODULE7,
P/WINDOW(LH), P/WINDOW(RH), SPARE, POWER
TRUNK, S/HEATER(FRT), E-SHIFTER2)
IG2
30A
Start Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
IEB1
40A
ESC Module
B+2
50A
PDC (IPS2, IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7)
PTC HEATER1
50A
PTC Heater Relay
B+3
50A
PDC (Fuse: AMP, SUNROOF1, SUNROOF2, AIR BAG2)
PTC HEATER2
50A
PTC Heater Relay
COOLING
FAN
80A
Cooling Fan Controller
MDPS
80A
MDPS Unit
HPCU1
10A
HPCU
B+6
40A
PDC (IPS9, IPS11, IPS12)
B+4
60A
PDC (Long Term Load Latch Relay, IPS3, Fuse: BDC1,
DOOR LOCK, TRUNK OPEN, CCU, BRAKE SWITCH)
IEB3
60A
ESC Module
AUX BATT
60A
12V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
Circuit Protected
9
Type
FUSE
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
EWP1
10A
Electronic Water Pump
BATTERY
C/FAN
20A
Battery Cooling Fan
OPCU1
20A
Oil Pump Control Unit
IG31
10A
IG3
FUEL PUMP1
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
POWER
OUTLET
20A
Front Power Outlet
IG32
10A
IG3
EWP3
10A
Electronic Water Pump
HEATED
MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror(Defogger),
ECM
Circuit Protected
9-51
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB block)
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
WIPER1
30A
Wiper Power Relay
WIPER2
10A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: BDC, PCM
ECU4
20A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: PCM
ECU2
15A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: PCM
ECU1
20A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: PCM
OPCU2
10A
Oil Pump Control Unit
SENSOR1
15A
Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
EWP2
10A
Electronic Water Pump
HPCU2
10A
HPCU
HORN
20A
Horn Relay
SENSOR2
10A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil
Control Valve (Exhaust), Variable Oil Pump Valve, Cooling Fan
Controller, Oil Level Sensor, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,
E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay)
FUEL PUMP2
10A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
ECU3
10A
Smartstream G2.0 GDI: PCM
IEB4
10A
ESC Module
IGN COIL
20A
Ignition Coil #1~#4
9-52
Circuit Protected
9
Light bulbs
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true for removing
the headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly may result in damage to the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Prior to replacing a light bulb, depress
the brake pedal, shift to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position
and take the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden movement
of the vehicle and to prevent possible
electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may
burn your fingers.
NOTICE
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage to prevent
damage to the fuse or electrical wiring
system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlight lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
Information
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to
reduce fogging inside the headlight due
to moisture. The desiccant is consumable
and its performance may change based
on the used period or environment. If
fogging inside the headlight due to
moisture continues for a long time,
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
The headlight and tail light lenses could
appear to have condensation inside if the
vehicle is washed after driving or if the
vehicle is driven in wet weather. This
condition is caused by a higher
temperature inside the light and a cooler
outside temperature. Moisture that
condenses in the light is removed after
driving with the light on. If the moisture is
not removed, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
• A normally functioning light may flicker
momentarily to stabilize the vehicle's
electrical control system. If the light
goes out, or continues to flicker, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The parking light may not turn on when
the parking light switch is turned on,
but the parking light and headlight
switch may turn on when the headlight
switch is turned on. This may be caused
by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this
occurs, have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Information
Adjust the headlight aim after an accident
or the headlight is replaced.
9-53
Maintenance
Front light replacement
Side repeater light
replacement
if equipped
2C_FrontLampOverview
(1) Turn signal light/Parking
light/Daytime Running Light (DRL)
(2) Parking light
(3) Headlight (High, Sub Low)
(4) Headlight (Low)
(5) Front side marker
If the LED light does not operate, have the
system inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
2C_SideRepeaterLamp
If the side repeater light (1) does not
operate, have the system inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Rear combination light
replacement
2C_RearLampOverview_1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
9-54
Tail light
Turn signal/stop/parking light
Turn signal/stop light
Reverse light
Rear side marker
9
If the LED light does not operate, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Install a new bulb and reinstall in the
reverse order.
Replacing reverse light (bulb)
High mounted stop light
replacement
1. Apply the parking brake and turn off the
engine.
2. Turn off all the lamps and open the
trunk panel.
2C_HighMountedStopLamp
2C_BackupLampChange1
3. Remove the clip on the trunk panel.
4. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
If the LED light does not operate, have the
system inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
2C_BackupLampChange2
9-55
Maintenance
License plate light
replacement
License plate light (bulb type)
2C_LicensePlateLampBulb
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from the lamp
housing.
2. Remove the socket from the vehicle by
turning it counterclockwise.
3. Push down the connector clip and pull
the connector to remove it from the
socket.
4. Install a new bulb and reinstall in the
reverse order.
Interior light replacement
Map lamp and personal lamp (LED
type)
Map lamp
2C_MapLampLED
Personal lamp (if equipped)
2C_PersonalLampButton
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
9-56
9
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror
lamp, and luggage compartment
lamp (bulb type)
Luggage compartment lamp
Map lamp
2C_LuggageRoomLamp
2C_MapLampBulb
Room lamp
1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light
housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light
housing notches and snap the lens into
place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the cover, tab,
and plastic housing.
2C_RoomLampBulb
Vanity mirror lamp
2C_SunvisorLampChange
9-57
Maintenance
Appearance care
Exterior care
NOTICE
If you park your vehicle near a stainless
steel sign or glass facade building, the
vehicle's exterior plastic parts such as a
bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or side
view mirror might be damaged due to
sunlight reflected from the sign or
building. To prevent damage of the
exterior plastic parts, you should avoid
parking in areas where light may be
reflected or use a car cover. (The exterior
plastic parts applied to your vehicle may
vary.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept clear
and clean.
9-58
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution, and similar deposits
may damage your vehicle's finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. Use a mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
NOTICE
High pressure water may damage front
and rear cameras, sensors, vehicle trim,
and boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents, or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
• To prevent damage to the plastic parts,
do not clean with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
9
NOTICE
2C_VehicleWashCaution
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the failure of
electrical circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle to prevent damage.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
brushes should not be used as this can
damage the surface of your vehicle. A
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may result
the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing your
vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel.
When you hand wash your vehicle, you
should not use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty
(sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean
the surface with water before washing
the car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax helps protect your
paint from contaminants.
Wax the vehicle when water no longer
beads on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste
wax, and follow the manufacturer's
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover usually strips the wax
from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these
areas even if the rest of the vehicle does
not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
• Do not wipe dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth to prevent scratching
the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts to prevent
discoloration or paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector such as
detergent, abrasive, or polish. If wax is
applied, remove the wax immediately
using a silicone remover. If any tar or tar
contaminant is on the surface, use a tar
remover to clean.
Be careful not to apply too much pressure
on the painted area.
9-59
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Underbody maintenance
Deep scratches or stone chips on the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal quickly rusts
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow
removal and dust control may collect on
the underbody. If these materials are not
removed, accelerated rusting may occur
on underbody parts such as fuel lines,
frame, floor pan, and exhaust system,
even though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because it
is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
does more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and
frame members have drain holes that
must not be allowed to clog with dirt.
Trapped water in these areas may cause
rusting.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, make
sure the body shop applies anticorrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
It is impossible to modify only repaint the
damaged area. The whole part must be
repainted as necessary. If the vehicle is
damaged and painting is required, have
your vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use a
tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
9-60
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes on
aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water. Also, clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid
or alkaline detergents.
9
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is only
part of the job. To achieve the longterm
corrosion resistance your vehicle can
deliver, the owner's cooperation and
assistance are also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on
your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by high
humidity, particularly when temperatures
are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle surfaces by
moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is
slow to dry and holds moisture in contact
with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces but
particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
underside of the vehicle is particularly
important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.-, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
9-61
Maintenance
• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
pay particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening the
accumulated mud rather than washing
it away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high
pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly
ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion. This
is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of
corrosion. If bare metal is showing
through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
9-62
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from
contacting the interior parts because they
may cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts, wipe
them off immediately. Refer to the
instructions for the proper way to clean
vehicle interior surfaces.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle because this may
damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats, etc.), use neutral
detergents or low alcohol content
solutions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/alkaline
detergents, the color of the leather may
fade or the surface may get stripped
off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vehicle interior surfaces (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum
cleaner.
If necessary, clean interior surfaces with a
mixture of warm water and mild
non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners
on a concealed area before use).
9
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution
recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If you do not pay
attention to fresh spots immediately, the
fabric may be stained and its color may be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
may be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric's appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural product, each
part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric
to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area
is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from
usage. It is not a fault of the products.
NOTICE
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered by
warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers
or keys inside the back pocket may
damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to
read the instructions and consult a
specialist when using leather coating
or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
9-63
Maintenance
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly.
Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and
wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe
off the cream with a wet cloth and
remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable
cloth and wipe with stain remover
used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove
gradually.
• If the interior wooden trim is damaged,
you may get a splinter from the wood
surface. Have the damaged interior
wooden trim replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Interior wooden trim
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the
rear window. This may result in damage
to the rear window defroster grid.
• Use a wooden furniture protector (for
example, wax, coating compound) to
clean the interior wooden trim.
• Often wipe the interior wooden trim
with a lint-free, clean cloth to maintain
the unique wooden textures for a
longer period of time.
• If you spill beverage (for example,
water, coffee) over the interior wooden
trim, immediately wipe it with clean,
dry cloth.
• Sharp objects (for example, driver,
knife), adhesive materials, or tapes may
damage the interior wooden trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the
interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the interior
wooden trim is removed, moisture may
damage or change wood traits.
9-64
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap.
WARNING
Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces need to be
cleaned, use a glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
9
Emission control system
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner's
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission
control system to meet all applicable
emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows:
• Crankcase emission control system
• Evaporative emission control system
• Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test
(with Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system off by pressing the ESC switch
(ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation system
is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
Evaporative emission control
system including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR
system is designed to allow the vapors
from the fuel tank to be loaded into a
canister while refueling at the gas station,
preventing the escape of fuel vapors into
the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank
are absorbed and stored in the onboard
canister. When the engine is running, the
fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are
drawn into the surge tank through the
purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not
taken into the engine. After the engine
warms-up during ordinary driving, the
PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel
to the engine.
9-65
Maintenance
Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the engine
may cause damage to the emission
system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)
precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. If you smell
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows fully
open. Have your vehicle checked and
repaired immediately.
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an open
area for more than a short time with the
engine running, adjust the ventilation
system (as needed) to draw outside air
into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle
for any extended time with the engine
running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
9-66
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of
automobile components and parts,
including components found in the
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluids contained in
vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters
if equipped
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic system
are very hot while the engine is running or
immediately after the engine is turned off.
To avoid serious injury or death:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such as
grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A
hot exhaust system may ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may get
burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink around
the exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control. It may
present a fire risk under certain
conditions.
9
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the
following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline
engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the engine off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control
system. Have all inspections and
adjustments made by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level.
Running out of fuel could cause the
engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter.
Failure to follow these precautions may
void your vehicle warranty.
California perchlorate
notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
9-67
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing your vehicle ................................................................................................................5-5
Immobilizer system ................................................................................................................... 5-12
Smart key .....................................................................................................................................5-5
Active Air Flap .............................................................................................................................6-41
Malfunction ................................................................................................................................6-41
Air cleaner .................................................................................................................................. 9-23
Filter replacement .................................................................................................................... 9-23
Air conditioner compressor label ............................................................................................. 2-17
Air conditioning system ............................................................................................................ 2-13
Air ventilation seats ................................................................................................................... 3-17
Airbag - Supplemental Restraint System ................................................................................3-37
Additional safety precautions .................................................................................................. 3-58
Airbag warning labels ............................................................................................................... 3-58
How does the airbags system operate? .................................................................................. 3-43
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ....................................................................................3-47
SRS care .....................................................................................................................................3-57
SRS components ...................................................................................................................... 3-39
SRS warning light ......................................................................................................................3-47
What to expect after an airbag inflates .................................................................................. 3-46
Where are the airbags? ............................................................................................................ 3-40
Why didn't my airbag go off in a collision? ............................................................................. 3-53
Appearance care ....................................................................................................................... 9-58
Exterior care .............................................................................................................................. 9-58
Interior care .............................................................................................................................. 9-62
Automatic climate control system ...........................................................................................5-81
Automatic heating and air conditioning ................................................................................. 5-82
Manual heating and air conditioning ...................................................................................... 5-83
System maintenance ................................................................................................................ 5-88
Automatic Transmission ............................................................................................................6-10
Automatic Transmission (Rotary gear shift dial type) ............................................................6-10
Good driving practices ..............................................................................................................6-18
Parking .......................................................................................................................................6-18
B
Battery .........................................................................................................................................9-27
Battery capacity label .............................................................................................................. 9-29
Battery recharging .................................................................................................................... 9-29
For best battery service ........................................................................................................... 9-29
Reset items ................................................................................................................................9-31
Before driving .............................................................................................................................. 6-3
Before entering the vehicle ....................................................................................................... 6-4
Before starting ............................................................................................................................ 6-4
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ..........................................................................7-25
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .................................... 7-30
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ...................................................................7-28
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ......................................................................7-26
I-2
I
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ............................................................................................... 7-53
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction .................................................................................... 7-55
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation ........................................................................................ 7-54
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ........................................................................................... 7-54
Brake fluid .................................................................................................................................. 9-22
Checking the brake fluid level ................................................................................................. 9-22
Braking system .......................................................................................................................... 6-27
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) .................................................................................................6-34
Auto hold ................................................................................................................................... 6-32
Disc brakes wear indicator ....................................................................................................... 6-28
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................................................................................ 6-28
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............................................................................................ 6-35
Good braking practices ............................................................................................................6-39
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .................................................................................................6-38
Power-assist brakes ................................................................................................................. 6-27
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .....................................................................................6-38
Bulb wattage ................................................................................................................................2-11
C
Cabin air filter ............................................................................................................................ 9-25
Filter inspection ........................................................................................................................ 9-25
Filter replacement .................................................................................................................... 9-25
California Perchlorate Notice .................................................................................................. 9-67
Center console overview ............................................................................................................ 2-6
Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................................................... 3-28
Children always in the rear ...................................................................................................... 3-28
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................................... 3-30
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................................... 3-29
Climate control additional features ........................................................................................ 5-92
Air conditioning auto-drying .................................................................................................... 5-92
Auto defogging system ............................................................................................................ 5-92
Auto dehumidify ....................................................................................................................... 5-93
Recirculating air when entering a tunnel ................................................................................ 5-94
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used ...........................................................................5-94
Sunroof inside air recirculation ................................................................................................ 5-94
Cluster display ........................................................................................................................... 4-24
Cluster display control ............................................................................................................. 4-24
View modes ............................................................................................................................... 4-24
Consumer information ..............................................................................................................2-18
D
Declaration of conformity ....................................................................................................... 7-127
Front radar ................................................................................................................................ 7-127
Rear corner radar ..................................................................................................................... 7-128
Dimensions ..................................................................................................................................2-10
Door locks ................................................................................................................................... 5-24
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features ..............................................................................................5-27
Child-protector rear door locks ............................................................................................... 5-28
I-3
Index
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...................................................................... 5-24
Operating door unlocks from inside the vehicle .................................................................... 5-26
Drive mode integrated control system ................................................................................... 6-39
Drive mode ................................................................................................................................ 6-39
Driver Assistance system notice ................................................................................................7-4
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ............................................................................................. 7-48
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations ......................................................... 7-50
Driver Attention Warning operation ........................................................................................ 7-49
Driver Attention Warning settings ........................................................................................... 7-48
Driving your hybrid vehicle ........................................................................................................1-13
Cluster display messages ......................................................................................................... 1-26
Energy flow ................................................................................................................................. 1-17
Hybrid system gauge ................................................................................................................ 1-22
Special features ..........................................................................................................................1-15
Starting your vehicle ..................................................................................................................1-13
Stopping your vehicle ................................................................................................................1-14
Warning and indicator lights .................................................................................................... 1-24
E
Emission control system .......................................................................................................... 9-65
Crankcase emission control system ....................................................................................... 9-65
Evaporative emission control system including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR) ............................................................................................................................................. 9-65
Exhaust emission control system ............................................................................................ 9-66
Engine ..........................................................................................................................................2-10
Engine compartment .................................................................................................................. 9-4
Engine compartment overview ................................................................................................. 2-9
Engine coolant ............................................................................................................................9-19
Changing coolant ...................................................................................................................... 9-21
Checking the coolant level .......................................................................................................9-19
Engine number ........................................................................................................................... 2-17
Engine oil .....................................................................................................................................9-16
Checking the engine oil and filter ............................................................................................ 9-17
Checking the engine oil level ...................................................................................................9-16
Engine Start/Stop button ........................................................................................................... 6-5
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .......................................................................9-14
Air cleaner filter .........................................................................................................................9-14
Air conditioning refrigerant ......................................................................................................9-16
Automatic Transmission fluid ...................................................................................................9-15
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors .....................................................................................9-15
Brake fluid .................................................................................................................................. 9-15
Brake hoses and lines ................................................................................................................9-15
Cooling system ..........................................................................................................................9-15
Drive belts ..................................................................................................................................9-14
Drive shafts and boots ..............................................................................................................9-16
Engine coolant ........................................................................................................................... 9-15
Engine oil and filter ...................................................................................................................9-14
Exhaust pipe and muffler .......................................................................................................... 9-15
Fuel Filter ...................................................................................................................................9-14
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ....................................................................................9-14
I-4
I
Parking brake .............................................................................................................................9-15
Spark plugs .................................................................................................................................9-14
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint ........................................................9-16
Suspension mounting bolts ......................................................................................................9-15
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses .......................................................................................9-14
Valve clearance ..........................................................................................................................9-14
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ...................................................................................................9-14
Exterior lights ............................................................................................................................. 5-70
Battery saver function ...............................................................................................................5-72
Daytime Running Light (DRL) .................................................................................................. 5-73
Headlight delay function ...........................................................................................................5-72
High beam operation ................................................................................................................ 5-71
Interior button lights ................................................................................................................ 5-73
Lighting control ......................................................................................................................... 5-70
Turn signals and lane change signals ....................................................................................... 5-71
Welcome system ...................................................................................................................... 5-73
Exterior overview (Front view) .................................................................................................. 2-2
Exterior overview (Rear view) .................................................................................................... 2-3
F
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) .................................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ......................................... 7-12
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation .........................................................................7-7
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ........................................................................... 7-6
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ..................................................7-103
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation ..............................................7-104
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings .................................................7-103
Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations .......................................................7-106
Fuel filler door ............................................................................................................................ 5-63
Closing the fuel filler door ........................................................................................................ 5-64
Opening the fuel filler door ...................................................................................................... 5-63
Fuel requirements ........................................................................................................................ 1-7
Fuses ........................................................................................................................................... 9-43
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement .......................................................................9-44
Fuse/relay panel description ...................................................................................................9-46
Instrument panel fuse replacement ........................................................................................9-44
G
Guide to HYUNDAI genuine parts ...............................................................................................1-3
H
Hazard warning flasher ............................................................................................................... 8-2
Head-Up Display (HUD) ............................................................................................................5-66
Head-up display information ................................................................................................... 5-66
Head-up display settings .........................................................................................................5-66
Precautions while using the head-up display .........................................................................5-66
High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................................................ 5-74
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations ...................................................................... 5-76
I-5
Index
High Beam Assist operation .....................................................................................................5-75
High Beam Assist settings ........................................................................................................5-75
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ...................................................................................................7-78
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations .............................................................7-82
Highway Driving Assist operation ........................................................................................... 7-80
Highway Driving Assist settings ...............................................................................................7-79
Hood ........................................................................................................................................... 5-54
Closing the hood ...................................................................................................................... 5-55
Opening the hood ..................................................................................................................... 5-54
How to use this manual ............................................................................................................... 1-5
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) system .......................................................................................1-12
Hyundai Digital Key .................................................................................................................... 5-13
Digital key (Card key) ............................................................................................................... 5-20
Digital key (smartphone) .......................................................................................................... 5-13
Digital key application ............................................................................................................... 5-13
Limitations of the system ........................................................................................................ 5-24
Used vehicle/Digital key maintenance ....................................................................................5-23
HYUNDAI Motor America ............................................................................................................ 1-2
I
If the engine does not start ........................................................................................................ 8-3
If the engine overheats ............................................................................................................... 8-8
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) ...........................................................................8-15
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ........................................................................................ 8-17
How to adjust tire pressure ...................................................................................................... 8-21
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................8-15
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility ...............................................................................8-16
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a tire is flat ...........................................................................8-18
Important safety precautions .....................................................................................................3-2
Airbag hazards .............................................................................................................................3-2
Always wear your seat belt .........................................................................................................3-2
Control your speed ..................................................................................................................... 3-3
Driver distraction .........................................................................................................................3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition .......................................................................................... 3-3
Never drink or take drugs and drive .......................................................................................... 3-3
Restrain all children .....................................................................................................................3-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..................................................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .......................................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving ................................................................................................ 8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving ............................................................................................ 8-3
Infotainment system ................................................................................................................5-103
Antenna ....................................................................................................................................5-104
Bluetooth® wireless technology .............................................................................................5-105
Infotainment system ...............................................................................................................5-105
Steering wheel remote controls .............................................................................................5-104
USB Port ...................................................................................................................................5-103
Voice recognition ....................................................................................................................5-105
I-6
I
Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................................... 4-2
Cluster display messages .........................................................................................................4-20
Gauges and meters ..................................................................................................................... 4-3
Instrument cluster control ......................................................................................................... 4-3
Transmission shift indicator ....................................................................................................... 4-8
Warning and indicator lights ...................................................................................................... 4-8
Integrated memory system ...................................................................................................... 5-30
Recalling memory positions ..................................................................................................... 5-31
Resetting integrated memory system ..................................................................................... 5-31
Seat easy access operation ...................................................................................................... 5-32
Storing memory positions ......................................................................................................... 5-31
While resetting integrated memory system ............................................................................ 5-31
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) ........................................................................................ 7-41
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................... 7-45
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation ................................................................................. 7-43
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings .................................................................................... 7-42
Interior features .........................................................................................................................5-96
Clock ......................................................................................................................................... 5-101
Coat hook .................................................................................................................................5-102
Cup holder .................................................................................................................................5-96
Floor mat anchor(s) .................................................................................................................5-102
Power outlet ..............................................................................................................................5-98
Sunvisor ..................................................................................................................................... 5-97
USB charger ..............................................................................................................................5-98
Wireless smartphone charging system ................................................................................... 5-99
Interior lights ..............................................................................................................................5-77
Ambient light ............................................................................................................................. 5-78
Front lamps ................................................................................................................................5-77
Interior lamp Auto off ................................................................................................................5-77
Luggage compartment lamp ................................................................................................... 5-78
Rear lamps ................................................................................................................................ 5-78
Vanity mirror lamp .................................................................................................................... 5-78
Interior overview ......................................................................................................................... 2-4
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 1-2
J
Jump starting ............................................................................................................................... 8-4
Before Jump Starting ................................................................................................................. 8-4
Jump Starting ............................................................................................................................. 8-5
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) .......................................................................................................7-75
Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................................ 7-78
Lane Following Assist operation ...............................................................................................7-76
Lane Following Assist settings ..................................................................................................7-75
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ......................................................................................................... 7-19
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations ...................................................................7-23
Lane Keeping Assist operation ................................................................................................. 7-21
Lane Keeping Assist settings .................................................................................................... 7-19
I-7
Index
Light bulbs ................................................................................................................................. 9-53
Front light replacement ........................................................................................................... 9-54
High mounted stop light replacement ................................................................................... 9-55
Interior light replacement ........................................................................................................ 9-56
License plate light replacement .............................................................................................. 9-56
Rear combination light replacement ...................................................................................... 9-54
Side repeater light replacement .............................................................................................. 9-54
M
Maintenance services ................................................................................................................. 9-5
Owner maintenance precautions .............................................................................................. 9-5
Owner's responsibility ................................................................................................................ 9-5
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) .......................................................................................... 7-38
Manual Speed Limit Assist operation ..................................................................................... 7-39
Manual Speed Limit Assist settings ........................................................................................ 7-39
Mirrors ........................................................................................................................................ 5-35
Inside side view mirror ............................................................................................................. 5-35
Reverse parking aid .................................................................................................................. 5-45
Side view mirrors ...................................................................................................................... 5-44
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ................................................................... 7-69
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ......................................................... 7-72
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation ................................................................7-70
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings ...................................................................7-70
O
Open source software notice ................................................................................................... 2-17
Over-The-Air software update .................................................................................................5-67
Approving software update ......................................................................................................5-67
Downloading software ..............................................................................................................5-67
Preparing software update ...................................................................................................... 5-68
Updating software .................................................................................................................... 5-68
Owner maintenance ................................................................................................................... 9-6
Owner maintenance schedule .................................................................................................. 9-6
P
Panoramic sunroof ..................................................................................................................... 5-51
Automatic reversal ....................................................................................................................5-52
Power sunshade ........................................................................................................................ 5-51
Resetting the sunroof ............................................................................................................... 5-53
Slide open/close ........................................................................................................................5-52
Sunroof open warning .............................................................................................................. 5-54
Tilt open/close ...........................................................................................................................5-52
Power trunk ................................................................................................................................5-57
Emergency trunk safety release .............................................................................................. 5-60
Operating the power trunk ...................................................................................................... 5-58
I-8
I
Power trunk operating conditions ........................................................................................... 5-57
Resetting the power trunk .......................................................................................................5-60
Setting the power trunk ...........................................................................................................5-60
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ......................................................... 7-93
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ........................ 7-98
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ...................................................... 7-95
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ......................................................... 7-94
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ....................................................................................................... 5-29
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ......................................................................................................... 7-84
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations ..................................................................... 7-87
Rear View Monitor operation ................................................................................................... 7-85
Rear View Monitor settings ...................................................................................................... 7-84
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...............................................................................2-14
Recommended SAE viscosity number ..................................................................................... 2-15
Regenerative braking system (paddle shifter) .......................................................................6-19
Regenerative braking system limitations ...............................................................................6-20
Using the regenerative braking system ...................................................................................6-19
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ......................................................................................7-115
Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction and limitations .................................................. 7-123
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation .................................................................................7-118
Remote Smart Parking Assist settings .................................................................................... 7-117
Reporting safety defects ...........................................................................................................2-19
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ..............................................................7-109
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ........................... 7-111
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ........................................................ 7-110
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ...........................................................7-109
S
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ........................................................................................................... 7-34
Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ...................................................................... 7-36
Safe Exit Warning operation .................................................................................................... 7-35
Safe Exit Warning settings ....................................................................................................... 7-34
Safety messages ...........................................................................................................................1-6
Safety precautions for hybrid system ......................................................................................1-28
Countermeasures for accidents or fire .................................................................................... 1-33
Hybrid vehicle components ......................................................................................................1-28
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off ............................................................................................ 1-32
Scheduled maintenance services ..............................................................................................9-8
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions .............................................9-12
Normal maintenance schedule .................................................................................................9-9
Seat belts .....................................................................................................................................3-18
Additional seat belt safety precautions .................................................................................. 3-25
Care of seat belts .......................................................................................................................3-27
Seat belt restraint system ........................................................................................................ 3-20
Seat belt safety precautions .....................................................................................................3-18
Seat belt warning light ..............................................................................................................3-19
I-9
Index
Seats ............................................................................................................................................. 3-4
Front seats .................................................................................................................................. 3-6
Head restraint ............................................................................................................................ 3-13
Rear seats ....................................................................................................................................3-11
Safety precautions ..................................................................................................................... 3-5
Seats warmers ............................................................................................................................3-16
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) .......................................................................................................7-55
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ................................................................ 7-64
Smart Cruise Control operation ...............................................................................................7-56
Smart Cruise Control settings ..................................................................................................7-56
Smart recuperation system ...................................................................................................... 6-21
Front sensor .............................................................................................................................. 6-23
Pausing smart recuperation system ....................................................................................... 6-23
Precautions for smart recuperation system ........................................................................... 6-24
Smart recuperation level settings ........................................................................................... 6-23
Smart recuperation system disabled ...................................................................................... 6-24
Smart recuperation system on/off .......................................................................................... 6-22
Smart recuperation system operating condition ................................................................... 6-22
Smart trunk ................................................................................................................................. 5-61
Deactivating smart trunk ......................................................................................................... 5-62
Detecting area .......................................................................................................................... 5-63
Using smart trunk ......................................................................................................................5-61
Special driving conditions ........................................................................................................ 6-42
Driving at night ......................................................................................................................... 6-43
Driving in flooded areas ........................................................................................................... 6-44
Driving in the rain ..................................................................................................................... 6-43
Hazardous driving conditions .................................................................................................. 6-42
Highway driving ........................................................................................................................ 6-44
Rocking the vehicle .................................................................................................................. 6-42
Smooth cornering ..................................................................................................................... 6-43
Steering wheel ........................................................................................................................... 5-33
Haptic warning/Steering wheel vibration warning ................................................................ 5-34
Horn ........................................................................................................................................... 5-34
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) .................................................................................... 5-33
Tilt/Telescopic steering ............................................................................................................ 5-33
Steering wheel control overview .............................................................................................. 2-8
Storage compartment .............................................................................................................. 5-95
Center console storage ............................................................................................................ 5-96
Glove box .................................................................................................................................. 5-96
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ..................................................................................................7-87
Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations .............................................................7-92
Surround View Monitor operation ........................................................................................... 7-89
Surround View Monitor settings .............................................................................................. 7-88
T
Theft-alarm system ................................................................................................................... 5-28
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................................................................................8-10
Changing a tire with TPMS ....................................................................................................... 8-13
I-10
I
Check tire pressure ................................................................................................................... 8-10
Low tire pressure indicator .......................................................................................................8-12
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale ...............................................................8-12
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ............................................................................................. 8-11
TPMS malfunction indicator .....................................................................................................8-13
Tire specification and pressure label .......................................................................................2-16
Tires and wheels ................................................................................................................ 2-12, 9-31
All Season tires ...........................................................................................................................9-41
Check tire inflation pressure .................................................................................................... 9-33
Low aspect ratio tires ............................................................................................................... 9-42
Radial-Ply Tires ......................................................................................................................... 9-42
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .......................................................................... 9-32
Snow tires ...................................................................................................................................9-41
Summer tires ..............................................................................................................................9-41
Tire care ..................................................................................................................................... 9-32
Tire maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 9-35
Tire replacement ....................................................................................................................... 9-34
Tire rotation ............................................................................................................................... 9-33
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................................................................................ 9-35
Tire terminology and definitions .............................................................................................9-38
Tire traction ............................................................................................................................... 9-35
Wheel alignment and tire balance .......................................................................................... 9-34
Wheel replacement .................................................................................................................. 9-35
Towing ........................................................................................................................................ 8-22
Emergency towing ...................................................................................................................8-24
Removable towing hook .......................................................................................................... 8-23
Towing service .......................................................................................................................... 8-22
Trailer towing .............................................................................................................................6-49
Trunk ........................................................................................................................................... 5-55
Closing the trunk ...................................................................................................................... 5-56
Emergency trunk safety release .............................................................................................. 5-56
Opening the trunk ..................................................................................................................... 5-55
V
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off ................................................................................................................. 6-9
Deactivating conditions ............................................................................................................. 6-9
Operating conditions .................................................................................................................. 6-9
System operation ........................................................................................................................6-9
Vehicle break-in process ........................................................................................................... 1-10
Vehicle certification label .........................................................................................................2-16
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders .................................................................. 1-11
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ........................................................................................2-16
Vehicle load limit .......................................................................................................................6-49
The loading information label ..................................................................................................6-50
I-11
Index
Vehicle modifications .................................................................................................................. 1-9
Vehicle settings (infotainment system) ..................................................................................4-27
Setting your vehicle ...................................................................................................................4-27
Vehicle weight and luggage volume ....................................................................................... 2-13
W
Washer fluid ............................................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the washer fluid level .............................................................................................. 9-23
Windows ......................................................................................................................................5-47
Power windows ........................................................................................................................ 5-48
Windshield defrosting and defogging .................................................................................... 5-90
Automatic climate control system .......................................................................................... 5-90
Defogging logic .........................................................................................................................5-91
Rear window defroster .............................................................................................................. 5-91
Winter driving ............................................................................................................................ 6-44
Snow or icy conditions ............................................................................................................. 6-44
Winter precautions ................................................................................................................... 6-47
Wiper blades .............................................................................................................................. 9-26
Blade inspection ....................................................................................................................... 9-26
Blade replacement ................................................................................................................... 9-26
Wipers and washers ...................................................................................................................5-79
Windshield washers ................................................................................................................. 5-80
Windshield wipers .....................................................................................................................5-79
I-12